International Journal of Scientific and Innovative Research 2015 3 (2) P-ISSN 2347-2189, E - ISSN 2347-4971

VOLUME 3, ISSUE 2 (JULY - DECEMBER) 2015
Editorial
I am happy to convey that second issue of third volume of "International Journal of Scientific and
Innovative Research (IJSIR)", a bi-annual journal has been published by Sky Institute, Lucknow in an
effort to promote multidisciplinary scientific and innovative research of societal benefit. This journal
covers all branches of science, technology, engineering, health, agriculture and management.
Research articles in the field of education are also encouraged in order to promote educational
technology aiming at improvement in present educational system. As research and development (R &
D) has been playing a significant role in overall development of society, continuous multidisciplinary
innovative research in science and technology is needed to address the challenges in context to
changing environmental conditions in the present era of gradual increase in industrial and
technological advancement at global level. Efforts should be made to develop eco-friendly
technologies in order to provide solutions for developing socially, economically and culturally
sustainable society.
The present issue of International Journal of Scientific and Innovative Research (IJSIR) contains 17
research papers I articles covering different areas of science and technology. All these papers are well
written and informative in content. I express my sincere thanks and gratefulness to Mr.Mohit Bajpai,
Chairman, Sky Institute, Lucknow (U.P.), India for his support in publishing it. I express my thanks to
members of Committee for Editorial Assistance Dr. B.C.Tripathi, Dr. Pankaj Verma, Shri Sanjay
Pandey, Shri Sanjay Dixit and Mr. Shamshul Hasan Khan for their hard work and devotion in giving
the final shape to the journal. I am thankful to all faculty members, scientists and research scholars of
different universities, research organizations and technical institutions for contributing their research
articles for publication in the present issue of the journal. The help provided by faculty members and
supporting staff of Sky Institute in publishing the present volume of the journal is also acknowledged. I
hope scientists, academicians and young researchers will be greatly benefited by this publication for
their research work.
I request humbly to the readers and contributors of our journal to continue encouraging us for regular
publication of the journal. Any suggestion and comment for the improvement in the quality of the
journal are always welcome.
Dr. B. R. Pandey
Editor-in-Chief
International Journal of Scientific and Innovative Research 2015; 3(2)

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
EDITOR-IN-CHIEF
Dr. B.R. Pandey
Director (Research)
Sky Institute, Kursi Road, Lucknow, U.P, India
Dean, Faculty of Science & Technology, Sai Nath University, Jharkhand, India
Former Joint Director, Council of Science & Technology, UP, Lucknow
(Department of Science and Technology, UP Government), India
Former Professor, International Institute of Herbal Medicine (IIHM), Lucknow, U.P., India
E-mail Id: editorijsir02@gmail.com, Mobile-: 9794849800
COMMITTEE FOR EDITORIAL ASSISTANCE

Dr. B.C.Tripathi
Assistant Prof., Deptt. of Education,
Rama P.G. College, Chinhat,
Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh
Dr. Pankaj Verma

Senior Research Fellow, Deptt. of
Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery, Faculty
of Dental Sciences, K.G. Medical
University, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh
Shri Sanjay Pandey

Assistant Prof., National Institute of
Fashion Technology, Raebareli,
Uttar Pradesh
Shri Ashish Tiwari

Research Scholar, Sai Nath University,
Ranchi, Jharkhand
Shri Sanjay Dixit

Scientist, Sky Institute, Lucknow,
Uttar Pradesh
Shamshul Hasan Khan

Scientist, Sky Institute, Lucknow,
Uttar Pradesh
ADVISORY BOARD
Prof.(Dr.)S. P. Ojha
Prof. (Dr.) R. L. Singh
Former Vice Chancellor, CCS Meerut University, Meerut, Uttar Pradesh
Prof & Head, Department of Biochemistry & Coordinator Biotechnology

Program , Dr. R. M. L. University Faizabad, Uttar Pradesh
Prof.(Dr.)V.K. Srivastava
Former Prof & Head, Deptt. of Community Medicine King George Medical
Dr. Sarita Verma
University, Lucknow.
Former Director, Integral Institute of Medical Sciences & Research, Integral
University, Lucknow
Former Vice -Chancellor,
Texila American University, Georgetown, Guyana, South America
Head, Deptt. of Home Sci., Mahila P.G. College, Kanpur, Uttar Pradesh
Prof.(Dr.) M.I. Khan

Prof & Head, Deptt. of Mechanical Engg., Integral University, Lucknow, Uttar
Pradesh
Prof. (Dr.) S.K. Avasthi

Former Director, H.B.T.I., Kanpur, Uttar Pradesh
Prof.(Dr.) Amrika Singh

Prof & Head (Chemistry), Deptt. of Applied Sciences,
Institute of Engg. & Technology, Sitapur Road, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh
Prof. (Dr.) U.N. Dwivedi

Prof & Ex- Head, Deptt of Biochemistry, Former Pro- Vice Chancellor, Former Dean,
Faculty of Science, University of Lucknow, Lucknow, U.P.
Prof. (Dr.) U.K. Misra

Head, Deptt. of Neurology, Ex Dean,
Sanjay Gandhi Post Graduate Institute of Medical Sciences, Lucknow, U.P.
Dr. A.K. Gupta

Former Deputy Director General,
Indian Council of Medical Research (ICMR), Ansari Nagar, New Delhi
Prof.(Dr.) V.K.Tondon
Former Prof & Head, Deptt. of Chemistry, Ex- Dean Faculty of Science, University
of Lucknow, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh
Prof. (Dr.) Amod Kumar Tiwari,

Prof.- Director, Bhabha Institute of Engg.& Technology, Kanpur, U.P.
Prof.(Dr.) Chandra Dhar Dwivedi

Former Prof. & Chairman, Deptt. of Pharmaceutical Sciences, College of Pharmacy,
South Dakota State University, Borokings, South Dakota, USA
Prof. (Dr.) Vimal Kishore

Prof. & Chairman, Deptt. of Basic Pharmaceutical Sciences,
Xevier College of Pharmacy, University of Louisiana, 7325, Palmetto Street New
Orlens, Louisiana USA
Prof. (Dr.) S.P. Singh

Former Prof & Head, Deptt. of Pharmacology,
G. S. V. M. Medical College, Kanpur, Uttar Pradesh
www.ijsir.co.in
Prof. (Dr.) S.K.Agarwal

Pro. & Ex-Head, Deptt. of Biochemistry, Lucknow University, Lucknow,
U.P.
Dr. Bharat Sah

Director,
National Institute of Fashion Technology, Raebareli, Uttar Pradesh
Prof. (Dr.)N.S. Verma

Prof., Deptt. of Physiology,
K. G. Medical University, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh
Prof. (Dr.)A.K. Tripathi

Prof. & Head, Deptt. of Clinical Hematology & Medical Oncology,
Prof.(Dr.)C.M. Pandey
Prof. & Head, Deptt. of Biostatistics & Health Informatics,
Sanjay Gandhi Post Graduate Institute of Medical Sciences, Lucknow,
Uttar Pradesh
Dr. Rupesh Chaturvedi

Associate Prof., School of Biotechnology,
Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, Former Asstt. Prof., Deptt. of
Pharmaceutical Sciences , College of Pharmacy, Vanderbilt University,
Tennessee, USA
Dr. S.Sinha
Asstt. Prof. Deptt. of Internal Medicine, CD University,
C. David Giffen School of Medi., University of California, Los Angeles, USA
Dr. K.Raman
Principal Scientist, Martek Biosciences Corporation, 6480 Dobbin Road,
Columbia, MD 21045, USA Dr. P.K.Agarwal
Editor in Chief, Natural Product Communication,
Natural Product Inc 7963, Anderson Park Lane West Terville, OH, USA
Dr. R.K.Singh,
Chief Scientist, Division of Toxicology, CSIR-Central Drug Research
Institute, Jankipuram Extension, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh
Dr. Mohd. Tarique

Prof., Deptt of Physical Edu., Lucknow University, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
EDITORIAL BOARD
Prof.(Dr.) Y.B. Tripathi
Dr. Vinod Singh
Prof. & Head, Deptt. of Medicinal Chemistry,Institute of Medical Sciences, Banaras Hindu
University Varanasi, Uttar Pradesh
Assoc. Prof. & Head, Deptt. of Microbiology, Baruktulla University, Bhopal,

Madhya Pradesh
Prof.(Dr.) R.K. Singh
Dr. K.K.Verma
Prof. & Head , Deptt. of Biochemistry, Shri Guru Ram RaiInstitute of Medical & Health
Sciences, Dehradun, Uttarakhand & Former Prof. & Head, Department of Biochemistry,
K. G. Medical University, Lucknow, U.P.
Assoc. Prof., Deptt. of Physics & Electronics.Dr. R. M. L. Awadh University ,

Faizabad,Uttar Pradesh
Prof. (Dr.) R.S.Diwedi

Former Director, National Research Centre for Groundnut (NRCG) , ICAR, Junagarh,
Gujarat & Former Principal Scientist Head, Deptt. of Plant Physiology, Indian Institute
of Sugarcane Research, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh
Dr. Atul Gupta

Senior Scientist, CSIR- Central Institute of Medicinal & Aromatic Plants,
Dr. Saudan Singh,
Prof. (Dr.) Nuzhat Husain
Senior Principal Scientist, CSIR- Central Institute of Medicinal & Aromatic

Plants , Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh
Prof. & Head , Deptt of Pathology & Acting Director, R. M. L. Institute of Medical
Sciences, Lucknow,Uttar Pradesh
Dr. S.K.Tiwari
Prof. (Dr.) Amita Jain
Senior Principal Scientist ,CSIR- National Botanical Research Institute,

Prof. Deptt. of Microbiology, K.G. Medical University, Lucknow, U.P.
Dr. Shivani Pandey,
Dr. Sudhir Mahrotra
Asstt. Prof., Deptt. of Biochemistry,K.G.Medical University, Lucknow, U.P.
Associate Prof., Deptt. of Biochemistry, Lucknow University, Lucknow, U.P.
Dr. B.C. Yadav,
Prof. (Dr.) Vibha Singh
Lucknow Associate Prof. & Coordinator, Deptt. of Applied Physics, School for
Physical Sciences, Babasaheb Bhimrao Ambedkar University, Lucknow, U.P.
Prof., Deptt. of Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery, Faculty of Dental Sciences,

Dr. Anchal Srivastava,
Prof. (Dr.) U.S. Pal
Prof., Deptt of Physics, Lucknow University,Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh
Prof. & Head, Deptt. of Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery, Faculty of Dental Sciences,
Dr. Shalini Bariar
Prof. (Dr. ) K.K. Pant
Associate Professor, Thakur Institute of Management Studies and

Research,, Mumbai, India
Dr.A.K.Pandey
Prof. & Head, Deptt. of Pharmacology & Therapeutics,

Principal Scientist, National Bureau of Fish Genetic Resources,Lucknow, U.P.
Dr. C.M.K.Tripathi
Dr.S.K.Pandey
Former Deputy Director & Head, Division of Fermentation Technology, CSIR- Central
Drug Research Institute , Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh
Dr. Suneet Kumar Awasthi,
G.M. LML Factory, Kanpur Uttar Pradesh
Dr. R.D. Tripathi
Asst. Prof, Deptt.of Physics J.P. University, Noida, Uttar Pradesh
Chief Scientist & ProfessorPlant Ecology & Environmental Science Division, Uttar Pradesh
CSIR-National Botanical Research Institute, Lucknow, U.P.
Dr.G. N. Pandey
Prof.(Dr.) Ashwani K. Srivastav

Prof. & Head, Deptt. of Biosciences, Integral University,Lucknow,
Former Senior Scientist, Birbal Sbahani Institute Paleobotany, Lucknow, U.P.
Prof.(Dr.) L. Pandey
Prof. & Head , Postgraduate Deptt . of Physics,Former Dean, Faculty of Science, Rani
Durgawati University, Jabalpur, Madhya Pradesh, India
Prof .(Dr.) Bali Ram

Prof., Deptt. of Chemistry, Banaras Hindu University, Varanasi, Uttar Pradesh
Asst. Prof, Deptt. of Physics Amity University, Noida ,Uttar Pradesh
Dr. Mukesh Verma

Asst. Prof., Deptt. of Physical Education, Dr. R.M.L. Avadh University,
Faizabad, Uttar Pradesh
Dr. Abhay Singh,

Head, Physical Education, Delhi Public School, Lucknow Uttar Pradesh
Dr. Santosh Gaur

Asst. Prof. Deptt. of Physical Education, Jawahar Lal Nehru P.G. College,
Barabanki, Uttar Pradesh
Prof.(Dr.) J.P.N.Rai
Dr.Sanjeev Kumar Jha
Prof.& Head, Deptt. of Environmental Sciences, G.B. Pant University of Agr. &
Technology, Pant Nagar, Uttarakhand
Senior Scientist, DEOACC Patna
Prof.(Dr. )R. S. Dubey
Dr. Shivlok Singh

Scientist, DEOACC, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh
Prof. & Head, Deptt. of Biochemistry, Banaras Hindu University, Varanasi, U.P.
Dr. Anurag Tripathi,
Prof. (Dr.) Omkar
Asstt . Prof. , Deptt. of Electrical Engg., Institute of Engg. & Technology,

Sitapur Road, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh
Deptt. of Zoology, Lucknow University, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh
Prof.(Dr.) Sudhir Kumar
Prof. V.P.Sharma
Prof., Deptt. of Zoology, Lucknow University, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh
Senior Principal Scientist, CSIR-Indian Institute of Toxicology Research,

Prof.(Dr.) Naveen Khare

Prof., Deptt. of Chemistry, Lucknow University, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh
Dr. Krishna Gopal
Prof.(Dr.) S. M. Natu
Former Deputy Director & Head , Aquatic Toxicology Division, CSIR- Indian
Institute of Toxicology Research, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh
Prof., Deptt. of Pathalogy,K.G. Medical University, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh
Dr. Kusum Lata Mishra,
Dr. S.P. Shukla
In-charge, Coagulation Laboratory, Deptt. of Pathology,

K.G. Medical University, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh
Prof. , Deptt. of Civil Engg., Institute of Engg. & Technology, Sitapur Road ,
Prof.(Dr.)V.K. Sharma,
Prof., Deptt. of Chemistry, Lucknow University, Uttar Pradesh
Dr. Ajay Mishra

Associate Prof. , Deptt. of Geology, Lucknow University, Lucknow , U. P.
Prof.(Dr.) R.K. Shukla
Dr. Ashutosh Singh
Prof., Deptt. of Physics, Lucknow University, Lucknow Uttar Pradesh
Prof., Deptt. of Chemistry,Saket P.G. College, Ayodhya, Faizabad, U. P.
Prof.(Dr.)Anil Gaur
Dr. S.K. Singh
Prof., Deptt. of Biotechnology & Genetic Engg., G.B. Pant University of Agr. &
Technology, Pant Nagar, Uttarakhand
Shri Sudesh Bhat
Principal, Gita College of Education , Nimbari, Panipat, Haryana
Dr. Mahesh Pal
Advisor (Education), Sky Institute, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh
Principal Scientist ,Phytochemistry Division, CSIR- National Botanical Research Institute,

Dr. Krishna Gopal

Asst. Prof., Deptt. of English,Rama University, Kanpur, Uttar Pradesh
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
ABOUT EDITOR-IN- CHIEF : DR. B. R. PANDEY

Dr. B. R. Pandey is a well-known academician and scientist with brilliant academic career and research
accomplishments. He has done M.Sc. (organic chemistry) from Banaras Hindu University, Varanasi, India in the
year 1972. He has done PhD in Medicinal Chemistry under the guidance of world renowned Biochemist &
Medicinal Chemist, Professor S.S. Parmar, Professor of Medicinal Chemistry & Chemical Pharmacology,
Department of Pharmacology & Therapeutics, K. G. Medical College, Lucknow ( Presently K. G. Medical
University), Faculty of Medicine, University of Lucknow, Lucknow, India in the year 1976. Dr. Pandey has all
throughout first class educational qualifications and his research interest covers medicinal chemistry, biochemical
pharmacology, neurochemistry, neuro-toxicology, environmental chemistry, herbal medicine & natural products.
He is having extensive research experience of more than 40 years and published several research papers in peer
reviewed journals of international repute. His research particularly on the studies of central nervous system acting
drugs and anti-inflammatory drugs and their biochemical mode of action using animal models and enzymes such as
monoamine oxidase, acetylcholine esterase, purine catabolizing enzymes , proteolytic enzymes, membrane
stabilizing enzymes, respiratory enzymes, microsomal enzymes etc. has been well recognized as evidenced by his
research publications. Further, his research on developing herbal medicines has been found very useful in
prevention and treatment of chronic diseases and other refractory diseases for which modern system of medicine
have no permanent cure. He has worked on the position of Joint Director, Council of Science & Technology, U.P.,
Lucknow, Department of Science & Technology, Uttar Pradesh Government, India from the year 1979 to 2011,
where he successfully executed several R & D projects in various disciplines of Science & Technology including
chemical & pharmaceutical sciences, medical sciences, biological sciences, environmental sciences etc. During his
tenure as Joint Director, he has been instrumental in launching and implementing important schemes: Young
Scientists Scheme, Young Scientist Visiting Fellowship Scheme, Establishment of Centre of ExcellenceEncephalitis Research Centre of Excellence in Sanjay Gandhi Post Graduate Institute of Medical Sciences (
SGPGIMS), Lucknow , U. P. India ; Centre of Excellence in Materials Science ( nano materials) in Z. H. College of
Engg. & Technology, Aligarh Muslim University, Aligarh, U.P. India, Establishment of Patent Information Centre
in the premises of Council of Science & Technology , U.P. He has also worked on the post of Secretary ( as additional
charge ) , Council of Science & Technology, U.P. several times and functioned as Administrative Head of the
Organization. Prior to taking over the position of Joint Director, Council of Science & Technology, U.P. in the year
1979, he has worked as Junior Research Fellow/ Senior Research Fellow ( Council of Scientific & Industrial
Research, New Delhi ), Assistant Research Officer ( Jawaharlal Nehru Laboratory of Molecular Biology) at
Department of Pharmacology & Therapeutics, K.G. Medical College (presently K. G. Medical University), Faculty
of Medicine, University of Lucknow, Lucknow, India from the year 1972 to 1979 and involved in multidisciplinary
biomedical research leading to drug development . He has worked as Visiting Scientist / Faculty in the Department
of Physiology, School of Medicine, University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, North Dakota, USA and also visited
scientific institutions in Sweden, U.K. and U.S.A. under Training Program on Capacity Building in Environmental
Research Management (World Bank Funding Project). After his superannuation in the year 2011, he has been
associated with International Institute of Herbal Medicine (IIHM), Lucknow, India as Professor and is presently
associated with Sky Institute, Lucknow, India as Director (Research) and Dean, Faculty of Science & Technology,
Sai Nath University, Jharkhand, India and involved in programs related to higher cation and research of scientific &
technological fields. He has organized several national and international conferences. He has actively participated
in national and international conferences, symposia and workshops and presented research papers and chaired
scientific / technical sessions. He is life member and fellow of many scientific societies such as National Academy
of Sciences India, Society of Toxicology of India, Indian Academy of Neurosciences, Bioved Research Society
India, International Society for Herbal Medicine (ISHM), Society of Biological Sciences and Rural Development,
India. He has been member of several scientific expert committees/ advisory committees to evaluate scientific
research proposals. Dr. Pandey has been actively associated with various universities and institutions in India as
examiner for conducting graduate, post graduate and doctoral level examinations in disciplines like chemical
sciences, pharmaceutical sciences, biochemical sciences, biotechnology and allied areas and member of Board of
Studies for the academic development in the department. He has been approved research supervisor for guiding
research in chemistry, biotechnology and related areas from various universities of India leading to PhD Degree. In
view of his vast research and administrative experience and broad R & D vision, Dr. Pandey has been associated
with International Journal of Scientific & Innovative Research (IJSIR) as Editor-in-Chief.
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
FROM THE DESK OF CHAIRMAN, SKY INSTITUTE
It is my privilege to state that I have great desire to contribute to the development of our country
and to bring about social transformation through education, higher learning and research. This
inner feeling prompted me to establish Sky Institute in Lucknow (Uttar Pradesh), the city
known for its rich cultural heritage and vibrant academic institutions of higher learning. Sky
Institute, since its inception in the year 2006, has been functioning to impart various educational
and training courses with a vision to improving lives through education, research and innovation. The institute
provides a professional learning environment that acts as a catalyst, for the exponential growth of student as well as
extracurricular abilities. It conducts regular courses at the level of graduate and post graduate followed by research
courses leading to M Phil and PhD in all subjects in association with universities .
I feel great pleasure to highlight that Sky Institute has started to publish a bi-annual journal International Journal of
Scientific and Innovative Research ( IJSIR ) which encourages to publish research articles in all branches of science,
technology, engineering, health, agriculture and management. Research articles in the field of education are also
considered in order to improve educational standard in educational institutions with innovative technologies. First
volume of the journal has been successfully published. The present issue of second volume of the journal contains
useful and informative research articles which may be interesting to readers and educational and research
organizations. The association of eminent faculty and scientists of reputed organizations with our journal is highly
appreciable.
I call upon all the students who are willing to join various programs/courses being run at Sky Institute in association
with selected universities, to strive hard to gain knowledge, transform it into skills with right attitude and inculcate
the habit of learning, which will drive them to self directed learning.
My best wishes to all the aspiring students.
Mohit Bajpai
Chairman
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
CONTENTS
PHYTOTHERAPEUTICS OF CASSIA FISTULA (AMALTAS): AN OVERVIEW
B. R. Pandey, Nidhi Sharma, Pankaj Verma
HETEROSIS AND INBREEDING DEPRESSION IN OKRA

(ABELMOSCHUS ESCULENTUS (L.) MOENCH)
Neetu, Anand Kumar Singh, Rakesh Kumar and Mahesh Pal
15
PREDICTION OF EPITOPE-BASED PEPTIDES FOR MHC CLASS-II FROM PROTEOME

OF NIPAH VIRUS USING IMMUNOINFORMATIC APPROACH
B. R. Pandey, Sugandha Singh, Shipra Srivastava
25
ANTIBACTERIAL ACTIVITY OF SPICE EXTRACTS AGAINST

VIBRIO SPECIES FROM DIFFERENT AREA OF UTTAR PRADESH
Ashish Tiwari, Uma Shankar, Divya Sahni
37
A REVIEW- BASICS OF LASER AND ITS ROLE IN PERIODONTICS: PART I

Pratima Srivastava
43
DESIGN PHYSIOLOGICAL MODEL USING FUZZY LOGIC AND

MATHEMATICAL CONCEPT
Amod Kumar Tiwari, Ashok Kushwaha, Anurag Singh, Shivesh Pandey
52
USE OF APPLET IN AN ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY COURSE

Rajendra Kumar Dwivedi, Saurabh Dwivedi, Ashish Kumar Mishra
57
DESIGN COMPLEX SURFACE USING DIFFERENTIAL LAPLACIAN

AND COMPLEX MATHEMATICS
Sharad Chandra Shukla, Agraj Tripathi
63
MODELLING LABORATORY ONLINE: CASE OF AN IMPLEMENTATION

OF PRACTICAL WORK REMOTELY ON A DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING KIT
Amod Kumar Tiwari, Ashraf Ali, Afza Meraj, Priyanka Srivastava
67
AFFORDANCES AND FORM: APPLYING LESSONS FROM INFORMAL

LEARNING TO FORMAL LEARNING ON THE WEB
Amod Kumar Tiwari, Anup Kumar Patel, Afza Meraj, Priyanka Srivastava
74
A STUDY ON ORGANIZATIONS EMBRACING GREEN MARKETING FOR A

SUSTAINABLE ENVIRONMENT WITH REFERENCE TO INDIAN MARKETS
Shalini Bariar, Anil Vikramaditya Verma
80
SOME PREDICTIVE ANTHROPOMETRIC VARIABLES OF

FAST BOWLING IN CRICKET
Abhay Singh, Amit Kumar Singh, Hari S hanker Singh
90
COMPARISON OF SELF-CONCEPT AMONG MALE CRICKET

PLAYERS OF VARIOUS LEVELS
Suyash Shukla, Joseph Singh
96
EDUCATION AND TRAINING OF GENERAL WOMEN EDUCATION IN INDIA

Virendra Singh Yadav, Neelam Shukla
100
IMPORTANCE OF CROP INSURANCE IN MEETING OUT THE PROBLEMS AND

CHALLENGES FACED BY INDIAN AGRICULTURE IN CURRENT SCENARIO
Dr. S.C. Pandey
105
ATTITUDE OF HIGHER SECONDARY SCHOOLS' TEACHERS

Rashmi Sharma and Naresh Chandra Srivastava
116
JOB SATISFACTION OF HIGHER SECONDARY SCHOOLS' TEACHERS

Rashmi Sharma and Naresh Chandra Srivastava
120
www.ijsir.co.in
International Journal of Scientific and Innovative Research 2015; 3(2): 1-14,

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
PHYTOTHERAPEUTICS OF CASSIA FISTULA (AMALTAS):

AN OVERVIEW
*B. R. Pandey1, 2, Nidhi Sharma3, Pankaj Verma4
1
Faculty of Science & Technology, Sai Nath University,Ranchi,Jharkhand,India,2Sky Institute, Lucknow,

3
4
U.P.,India, Research Scholar, Sai Nath University, Ranchi, Jharkhand, India, Department of Oral &
Maxillofacial Surgery, King George's Medical University, Lucknow, U.P. , India
*Address for Correspondence : Dr. B. R. Pandey , Dean , Faculty of Science & Technology, Sai Nath
University , Ranchi, Jharkhand, India & Director ( Research ) , Sky Institute, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh, India
Email ID : drbrpandey@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
In the present scenario of increasing environmental pollution globally, health of people living in developed as
well as developing countries is always at risk giving rise to chronic and infectious diseases alarmingly. Even, the
number of multi-drug resistant microbial strains and the appearance of strains with reduced susceptibility to
antibiotics are continuously increasing which is a big threat to health of living community throughout the world.
The drugs presently available in modern system of medicine have not been able to provide affordable and lasting
remedies to treat diseases especially refractory diseases due to their adverse reactions in patients. This has
necessitated continued research efforts to address the health issues adequately. Medicinal plants as a source
of therapeutically important compounds have continued to play a prominent role in the maintenance of human
health since ancient times. Traditional use of natural products in folk medicine for treating ailments is the basis of
many modern day medicines all over the world. Medicinal herbs can provide eco-friendly sustainable strategy
for health care of ailing humanity as these herbs have been found to modulate immune system of the body
thereby making the body more capable to fight against complex diseases. Among medicinal plants, Cassia fistula
Linn. (Cassia) has been extensively used in Ayurvedic system of medicine for the treatment of various ailments. It is
widely used in traditional medicinal system of India. Almost all parts of this medicinal plant have been found to
exhibit different pharmacological properties such as anti-diabetic, anti-fertility, anti-tumor, hepatoprotective,
cholesterol lowering, astringent, febrifugal, purgative, anti- inflammatory, anti-oxidant, antibacterial, anti-viral,
analgesic, anti-dysenteric, antibacterial, antifungal , anti-leishmaniatic , larvicidal and ovicidal ,wound
healing, laxative, clastogenic ,antipyretic, leukotriene inhibition, antitussive , CNS etc. Cassia fistula is well
known for its traditional uses. Among its traditional uses, few are: it reduces fever, cold, swelling of throat,
asthma symptoms; it has ability to subside
gas, flatulence and acidity; it reduces the colic pain; it eases the
discomfort of piles, stops bleeding from different parts of the body and benefit in heart diseases; it cleanses the blood
and eradicates skins problems like itching, inflammation and suppuration. The present review is an attempt to
highlight significant pharmacological properties of Cassia fistula and its phytoconstituents which may have
immense potential in developing effective medicinal herbal products based on Cassia fistula in addressing the
present health challenges of ailing humanity. Extensive multidisciplinary research efforts on the efficacy of
medicinal plants/ herbs to treat diseases followed by animal studies and clinical trials on human subjects are
urgently needed to finding remedies for the so called Refractory Diseases for which modern medicine has not been
able to offer, so far, a satisfactory or lasting remedy and as supplementary measures to well-established
chemotherapy.
Keywords: Cassia fistula Linn. (Cassia);
Phytoconstituents; Traditional Uses; Ayurvedic Preparations;
Pharmacological Activities
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
INTRODUCTION
Living in a world of inadequately controlled
environmental pollution and expanding therapy with
potent drugs, the important organs of complex human
system
are continually exposed to a variety of
xenobiotics and therapeutic agents. Thus, the disorders
associated with important organs of the human body
are numerous and varied. In such a scenario , an
unexpected increase in water born diseases like
diarrhoea, dysentery, hepatitis, jaundice , cholera ; air
borne diseases like bronchial asthma, lung cancer,
dyspnea ; food borne diseases like liver cirrhosis,
chronic hepatitis, immunosuppression, endocrine and
reproductive disorders; radiation induced disorders
like sun burn , cataracts, skin cancer; heat induced
syndromes like heat cramps, heat exhaustion, heat
stroke have been observed in developed as well as
developing countries . Although significant efforts
have been made in our modern system of medicine for
the treatment of various diseases, but the drugs
available in this system have not able to provide
permanent cure in complex chronic diseases. Further,
the continuous use of potent drugs is associated with
gradual decay of the body's resistance mechanism and
this, as well as, the harmful side effects of these
medicines have led to proscription of many standard
remedies in recent years. This has been
realized
both in affluent west as well as in the poor east and there
is now a growing tendency towards the use of herbal
remedies.
Medicinal plants as a source of therapeutically
important compounds have continued to play a
prominent role in the maintenance of human health
since ancient times. Traditional use of natural products
in folk medicine for treating ailments is the basis of
many modern day medicines all over the world.
According to the World Health Organization
(WHO) , plant extracts or their active constituents are
used as folk medicine in traditional therapies of 80%
of the world's population.
Medicinal herbs can
provide eco-friendly sustainable strategy for health
care of ailing humanity as these herbs have been
found to modulate immune system of the body thereby
making the body more capable to fight against complex
diseases. India's century old heritage of traditional
medical systems using natural products have been
utilized for addressing preventive as well as curative
aspects of health care in the country.
Cassia fistula Linn. (Cassia) - family Caesalpiniaceae
commonly known as Amulthus
and in English
popularly called Indian Laburnum has been
www.ijsir.co.in
extensively used in Ayurvedic system of medicine for

the treatment of various ailments . It is widely used in
traditional medicinal system of India. It is deciduous
and mixed monsoon forests throughout greater parts of
India, ascending to 1300 m in outer Himalaya. In
Maharashtra, it occurs as a scattered tree throughout
the Deccan and Konkan [3]. The plant is cultivated as an
[4]
ornamental throughout India . Several
studies
have been made on the morphology of the plant[3-8].
The plant Cassia fistula Linn. has been reported to
possess diverse pharmacological properties such as
hepatoprotective, anti-inflammatory, antitussive ,
antifungal, antibacterial and wounds healing[1,2,3].
Scientific studies have demonstrated that the plant
has anti-diabetics, anti-fertility, anti-tumor,hepatoprotective, cholesterol lowering, astringent, febrifugal,
purgative, anti inflammatory, anti-oxidant,
antibacterial, anti-viral, analgesic, , anti-dysenteric
properties. The plant reduces fever, cold, swelling of
throat, asthma symptoms. The plant subsides gas,
flatulence and acidity. It reduces the colic pain, eases
the discomfort of piles, stops bleeding from different
parts of the body and benefit in heart diseases. It
cleanses the blood and eradicates skins problems like
itching, inflammation and suppuration. It is helpful in
treating piles. The diverse pharmacological properties
possessed by this medicinal plant prompted us to
review its therapeutic properties which may be
useful in developing effective herbal drugs based
on Cassia fistula Linn. for treatment of various
diseases .
TRADITIONAL USES
All parts of the plant Cassia fistula Linn. have medical
uses and are used in different disease conditions. The
root of Cassia fistula Linn. is prescribed as a tonic,
astringent, febrifuge and strong purgative [3, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12] .
The extract of leaves of the plant has been found to
reduce mutagenicity in E. coli [6]. The extract of the
root bark of the plant with alcohol can be used for
back wart fever. Its leaves are laxative and are used
externally as emollient, a poultice is used for
chilblains, in insect bites, swelling, rheumatism and
[3,6,9,11]
facial paralysis
. Leaves of the plant possess
anti- periodic and laxative properties. The leaves are
used in jaundice, piles, rheumatism ulcers and also
externally skin eruptions, ring worms, eczema. The
leaves and bark mixed with oil are applied to pustules,
insect bites [7, 11] . The roots of the plant are used in
chest pain, joint pain, migraine and blood dysentery.
2

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
The extract of the root of the plant has been found to

lower the blood sugar level up to 30 % [13]. Leaves and
[3, 7]
flowers of the plant are both purgative like the pulp .
Ashes from burnt pods mixed with little salt are used
with honey taking 3- 4 times to relieve cough [3]. Root of
the plant is useful in fever, heart diseases, retained
excretions and biliousness [9]. Fruits are used as
cathartics and in snake bite. Juice of leaves of the plant
is used in skin diseases [10, 12]. Flowers and pods of the
plant are used as purgative, febrifugal, biliousness and
astringent. The ethanolic (50%) extract of pods has
been found to show antifertility activity in female
albino rats. The heated pods are applied to swellings on
the neck due to cold. The fruits of the plant are
reported to be used for asthma [7, 11]. Pulp of the plant is
given in disorders of liver. The plant is used as
analgesic and antipyretic, it is a remedy for malaria and
fever. It is also applied in blood poisoning, anthrax and
leprosy. It also works as antidysentric and antidiabetic,
it is used for the removal of abdominal obstruction [11].
The extract of the flower inhibits the ovarian function
and stimulate the uterine function in albino rats. Fruits
[6]
are used in the treatment of diabetes . The fruits of
the plant are antipyretic, abortifacient, demulcent,
lessen inflammation and heat of the body; useful in
chest complaints, throat troubles, liver complaints,
diseases of eye and gripping [7]. Juice of leaves is useful
as dressing for ringworm, relieving irritation and relief
of dropsical swelling. The pulp of the fruit around the
seeds is a mild purgative [3, 7, 9, 11, 14]. It is also used in
biliousness and in diabetes. Externally, it is useful for
evacuation in flatulent colic, as dressing for gouty or
[3, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12]
rheumatic joints
. The pith is particularly
useful if there is swelling in stomach, liver or intestine.
The seeds are emetic, used in constipation and have
[3, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12]
cathartic properties
. The seeds are slightly
sweet, laxative, carminative, cooling and they improve
the appetite [7, 11] and possess antipyretic activity. They
are useful in jaundice, biliousness, skin disease and in
swollen throat. A seed dried produce marked
[11]
hypoglycaemic activity . Seed powder is used in
[4, 11]
amoebiasis . The fruit pulp is used for constipation,
colic, chlorosis and urinary disorders [4]. The bark of the
plant possesses tonic and antidysentric properties, it is
also used for skin complaints, the powder or decoction
of the bark is administered in leprosy, jaundice,
syphilis and heart diseases. The aqueous extract of the
root bark exhibits anti-inflammatory activity. The root
is used in cardiac disorders, biliousness, rheumatic
condition, hemorrhages', wounds, ulcers and boils and
[11, 14]
various skin diseases
. The stem bark of the plant
3
[6]
is used against amenorrhea, chest pain and swellings .

Ayurvedic Preparations
The plant Cassia fistula Linn.is used in Ayurvedic
preparations also. It is one of the ingredients of the
preparation known as Constivac (Lupine Herbal), a
bowel regulator, which relieves constipation. It is also
one of the ingredients of the preparations known as
Pilex, Purian (Himalaya Drug Company) for piles and
detoxifier respectively [12].
PHYTOCONSTITUENTS
A large number of phytochemical compounds have
been found to be present in the plant Cassia fistula
Linn. Pulp of the pod has been found to contain
anthraquinone glycosides, sennosides A & B, rhein and
its glucoside, barbaloin, aloin, formic acid, butyric acid
and their ethyl esters and oxalic acid. Presence of
[4, 12]
pectin and tannin is also reported
. Seeds of the
plant have been found to give galactomannan free
sugars and free amino acids; flowers have been
reported to give ceryl alcohol, kaempferol, rhein and a
bianthraquinone glycoside, fistulin; leaves have been
found to give free rhein, its glycosides- sennosides A
& B [4]. The pulp contains sugar, tannic matter,
albuminous starch, oxalate of calcium and other
important constituents. Leaves and flowers contain
anthraquinone, tannin, oxyanthraquinone, rhein and
[3, 10]
volatile oils
. Pulp of the plant consists of sugar,
gum, astringent matter, gluten, coloring matter and
[9, 12]
water
. Root bark besides tannins contains
phlobaphenes and oxyanthraquinone compounds [10, 12].
The plant contains rhein glucoside, rhein, fistulic acid,
[5, 13]
sennoside A & B
. Aurantiamide acetate (0.011),
sitosterol (0.006) and its D glucoside (0.02%) have
[15]
been isolated from flowers of the plant . The roots of
the plant contain 7-methylphyscion, betulinic acid and
sitosterol [13, 15, 16] . The stem bark of the plant has been
found to contain two flavonol glycosides, 5,7,3',4'tetrahydroxy-6, 8-dimethoxyflavone-3-O-0
arabinopyranoside (C22H22O13, m.p.285 c ), 5,7,4'trihydroxy-6,8,3'- trimethoxyflavone-3-O- -Lrhamnosyl (1 2)-O--D-glucopyranoside (C30H36O18,
m.p. 2100 c ) and a xanthone glycoside, 1,8-dihydroxy3, 7-dimethoxyxanthone-4-O- -L-rhamnosyl(1 2)0
O--D-glucopyranoside (C27H32O16, m.p. 217 c). The
cuticular wax of leaves of the plant has been reported to
contain hentriacontanoic, triacontanoic, nonacosanoic
and heptacosanoic acids. The seed oil contains
cyclopropenoid fatty acids viz. vernolic, malvalic and
stetculic acids [13,15] .
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Analysis of the pulp seed and shell (dry basis) gave:

moisture, 60.4, 70.1, 34.2; protein, 5.8, 15.9,3.8; total
N, 0.93, 2.5, 0.6; ash, 5.6, 4.5, 1.8% respectively; and
energy (fruit) 4.25kcal/g. the pulp contains sucrose,
31.3; fructose, 26.2; and glucose, 42.5% and high
concentration of potassium (1809mg/100g dry basis).
The pods contain 5-nonatetracontanone, 2hentriacontanone [17] . Fruit pulp has been found to
contain proteins (19.94 %) and carbohydrates
(26.30%); arginine, leucine, methionine,
phenylalanine, tryptophan, aspartic and glutamic acids
have been isolated from fruit pulp; a new dimeric
proanthocyanidin CFI was isolated along with (-)
epiafzelechin, (+)catechin, kaempferol,
dihydrokaempferol and 1,8-dihydroxy-3methylanthraquinone and its structure was determined
[18]
. The studies conducted by Mahesh et al. on the plant
revealed the presence of chrysophanol, rhein,
physicion, and kaempferol. The identities of the
compounds were confirmed by spectrometry (NMR,
MS, IR) and direct comparison (Co-TLC, MMP) with
[19]
authentic samples
. The presence of
proanthocyanidins containing flavon-3-ol
(epiafzelechin and epicatechin) units with 2Sconfiguration, viz, catechin, epiafzelechin,
epicatechin, procyanidin B-2 and its enantiomer,
epiafzelechin-(4 8)-epicatechin and its enantiomers,
epicatechin-(4 8)-ent- epiafzelechin and its
enantiomer. An anthraquinone derivative; 3-formyl-1hydroxy-8-methoxy anthraquinone, 3-hydroxy-17norpimar -8(9)-en-15- one and 26methylheptacosanoic acid have been reported in the
[5, 13]
plant
. It has been observed from the studies
conducted by Barthakur et al. that the fruit of the plant
is a good source of Fe and Mn, and their
concentrations are considerably higher than those in
apple, apricot, peach, pear and orange. Aspartic acid,
glutamic acid and lysine constituted 15.3, 13.0 and
7.8%, respectively, of the total amino acids in the pulp.
In the seeds the same amino acids constituted,
respectively, 16.6, 19.5 and 6.6% [20] . The results of the
study conducted by Vaishnav et al. confirmed that
Rhamnetin 3-O-gentiobioside is isolated from the
[17, 21]
roots of the plant
. Misra et al. reported that the
hexane fraction of fruits (collected from India)
exhibited activity against Klebsiella sp. The
compounds
5-Nonatetracontanone, 2hentriacontanone, triacontane, 16-hentriacontanone
and beta -sitosterol have been isolated from the hexane
[22]
fraction . In addition to these compounds, Misra et
www.ijsir.co.in
al. isolated a new diterpene, 3-beta hydroxy-17norpimar-8(9)-en-15-one from the pods of Cassia
[23]
fistula . An anthraquinone derivative, characterized
as 3-formyl-1-hydroxy-8-methoxy-anthraquinone has
[24]
been isolated by Rani et al. (1998)
. It has been
reported by Sayeed et al. that Cassia fistula seeds
grown under different soil and climatic conditions of
Bangladesh contain 3% golden colored oil which was
fractionated into mono-, di-, and tri-glycerides by
silicic acid column chromatography. The triglycerides
varied from 89.16% to 91.01%, diglycerides from
2.51% to 3.32% and mono-glycerides from 0.91% to
0.98% depending on the areas from which the seeds
were collected . Fractionation of lipids into three
major lipid groups such as neutral lipids, glycolipids
and phospholipids was carried out by silicic acid
column chromatography where the neutral lipids were
accounted for over 89.80% of the total weight of the
lipid employed. Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids
present in the oil have been separated and varied from
23.79% to 28.20% and 63.28% to 66.71% respectively
depending on the areas. The fatty acid composition of
the oil was analyzed by gas liquid chromatography
(GLC) and the major fatty acids found in the oil were
linoleic acid (42.42%), oleic acid (29.62%), stearic
acid (14.33%) and palmitic acid (11.41%). In addition
to the above, caprylic acid (0.76%) and myristic acid
[25]
(1.44%) were also present in minor amounts .
In addition to above compounds, twenty-seven
compounds including eight long-chain hydrocarbons,
1-hexacosanol, 1-octacosanol, palmitic acid, stearic
acid, oleic acid, linoleic acid, heptacosyl eicosanate,
glyceryl-1-tetraeicosanoate; three sterols, beta sitosterol, stigmasterol, beta -sitosteryl-3-O-Dglucopyranoside; one triterpene, lupeol; eight
anthraquinones, chrysophanol, emodin, physcion,
citreorosein, rhein , rhein methyl ester, ziganein, 1,4,5trihydroxyanthraquinone; two coumarins,
isoscopoletin, scopoletin; two chromones, 2,5dimethyl-7-hydroxychromone, 2,5-dimethyl-7methoxychromone; three aromatic compounds,
isovanillic acid, vanillic acid and 2,4dihydroxybenzaldehyde were isolated and identified
from the aril of Cassia fistula and their structures have
been determined on the basis of spectral data
according to the studies conducted by Lee et al. [26]
The studies conducted by Kuo et al. have shown that
four new compounds, 5-(2-hydroxyphenoxymethyl)
furfural, (2S)-7-hydroxy-5-hydroxymethyl-2-(2hydroxypropyl) chromone, benzyl 2-hydroxy-3,
4

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
6-dimethoxybenzoate and benzyl 2-O-D-glucopyranosyl-3,6- dimethoxybenzoate, together with four

known compounds, 5-hydroxymethylfurfural, (2S)-7hydroxy-2-(2-hydroxypropyl)-5-methylchromone,
and two oxyanthraquinones, chrysophanol and
chrysophanein, were isolated and identified from the
seeds of Cassia fistula and the structures were
[27]
determined on the basis of spectral data
. A new
0
bioactive flavones glycoside (m.p. 252-254 C,
C28H32O16, [M]+ 624 (EIMS)) has been isolated from
the acetone soluble fraction of the defatted seeds of
Cassia fistula by Yadav et al.. It was characterized as
a new bioactive flavone glycoside 5,3',4'-trihydroxy-6methoxy-7-O- alpha -L-rhamnopyrano syl-(1 -> 2)-Obeta -D-galactopyranoside by several colour reactions,
[28]
spectral analysis and chemical degradations . Ali et
al. isolated three lectins, i.e. CSL-1, CSL-2 and CSL-3,
purified from the Cassia fistula seeds and were tested
for their antibacterial activities against different
pathogenic bacteria [57]. The neutral sugar contents of
CSL-1, CSL-2 and CSL-3 were estimated to be 3.5,
3.1 and 2.0%, respectively. The sugar composition of
the lectins was found to be galactose in CSL-1,
galactose and glucose in CSL-2, and galactose and
[29]
mannose in CSL-3 . Sartorelli et al. examined the
bio-guided fractionation which resulted in the
isolation of a sterol, clerosterol, which was further
analyzed in different models [30]. Tzakou et al. examined
the chemical compositions of the flower and leaf
essential oil of Cassia fistula by GC and GC/MS where
forty-four compounds were identified representing
92.6% and 90.7% of the flower and leaf oil,
respectively. The main components of the flower oil
were (E)-nerolidol (38.0%), and 2-hexadecanone
(17.0%), while the leaf oil consisted mainly of phytol
(16.1%) [31].
PHARMACOLOGICAL ACTIVITIES
Antitussive Activity
The methanol extract of leaves of C. fistula (collected
from India in 1995) was investigated for its effect on a
cough model induced by sulfur dioxide gas in mice and
the extract exhibited significant, dose-dependent
anitussive activity compared with the control. The
antitussive activity was comparable with that of
codeine phosphate, a prototypes antitussive agent. C.
fistula extract (400 and 600 mg/kg, p .o.) inhibited
coughing by 44.44 and 51.85%, respectively, with
5
respect to the control group confirming its anitussive

[33]
potential .
CNS Activities
The methanol extract of seeds of C. fistula was tested
for different pharmacological actions in mice and the
extract significantly potentiated the sedative actions of
sodium pentobarbitone, diazepam, meprobamate and
chlorpromazine. It also potentiated analgesia induced
by morphine and pethidine in a dose-dependent
manner. The extract also influenced behaviour in mice
[34]
. These studies have shown that the methanol extract
of seeds of C. fistula possesses significant CNS
activities.
Leukotriene Inhibition Activity
Studies have shown that the methanol extract of fruits
of C. fistula inhibited the 5- lipoxygenase catalysed
formation of leukotriene B4 in bovine
polymorphonuclear leukocytes (IC50 value of 38 micro
g/ml). Lipid peroxidation in bovine brain phospholipid
liposomes induced with 2,2'-azo-bis-(2amidinopropane) dihydrochloride (AAPH) was
inhibited (IC50 of 40 micro g/ml). A linear correlation
was obtained between the effects of the extract in the
two assays suggesting a redox-based mechanism for
[35]
the inhibition of the 5-lipoxygenase enzyme .
Clastogenic Effect
Anthraquinone
glycosides of Cassia fistula were
investigated for their ability to induce a clastogenic
effect on the bone marrow cells of Swiss albino mice.
The endpoints screened were chromosomal
aberrations and frequency of aberrant cells. Oral
exposure to doses of these anthraquinones and their
equivalent amount in leaf and pod extracts did not
induce significant numbers of chromosomal
aberrations or aberrant cells. The results of the study
indicate that anthraquinone sennoside B and rhein are
weakly genotoxic. Pure sennoside B and rhein were
weakly clastogenic. Crude extracts of C. fistula (leaves
and pods) each containing sennoside B and rhein were
also weak clastogens. The CA/cell and % DC were
lower than those induced by an equivalent amount of
pure sennoside B. Therefore, these phytolaxatives do
not behave as potent clastogens and pods or leaves of
C. fistula can be used as an alternative source of
[36]
sennosides .
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Antipyretic Activity
The methanol extract of buds of C. fistula was
investigated for its antipyretic action on normal body
temperature and yeast-induced pyrexia (fever) in rats.
The extract showed significant activity in both the
models at doses of 200 and 400 mg/kg. At a dose level
of 200 mg/kg, the extract caused significant lowering
of normal body temperature up to 3 h. At 400 mg/kg
dose, it caused significant lowering of body
temperature up to 6 h after administration. In the model
of yeast-provoked elevation of body temperature, the
extract showed dose dependent lowering of body
temperature up to 4 h at both the dosage levels. The
results obtained are comparable to those for
[37]
paracetamol, a standard antipyretic agent .
Antioxidant Activity
The antioxidant properties of 90% ethanol extracts of
leaves and 90% methanol extracts of stem bark, pulp
and flowers from Cassia fistula were investigated. The
antioxidant activity was found in the decreasing order
of stem bark, leaves, flowers and pulp and was well
correlated with the total polyphenolic content of the
extracts. The reason for low antioxidant activity in the
flower and pulp fractions could be the presence of some
pro-oxidants such as chrysophanol and reducing sugars
which dominate the antioxidant compounds present
in the extracts. Thus, the stem bark had more
antioxidant activity in terms of reducing power,
inhibition
of peroxidation, O2 and DPPH radical
scavenging ability [38]. In another study, the total
phenolic, proanthocyanidin, and flavonoid contents
and the antioxidant activities, of fresh vegetative and
reproductive organs of Cassia fistula harvested at
different stages of growth were determined using the
Trolox equivalent antioxidant capacity (TEAC) and
ferric-reducing antioxidant power (FRAP) assays. The
antioxidant activities were strongly correlated with
total phenols (TEAC r) 0.989; (FRAP r) 0.951 in all
organs studied, and with proanthocyanidins (TEAC r)
0.980; (FRAP r) 0.899; in reproductive organs
including fruits. The antioxidant activities of
reproductive parts were higher than those of the
vegetative organs, with the pods having highest total
phenolic, proanthocyanidin, and flavonoid contents
and antioxidant potentials (TEAC) 992 ( 0.4 mol/g dry
[39]
weight; FRAP ) 811 ( 23 mol/g dry weight) . The
aqueous extract of Cassia fistula (Linn.) flowers (ACF)
was screened for its antioxidant effect in alloxan
induced diabetic rats. An appreciable decrease in
peroxidation products viz thiobarbituric acid reactive
www.ijsir.co.in
substances, conjugated dienes, hydroperoxides was

observed in heart tissues of ACF treated diabetic rats.
The decreased activities of key antioxidant enzymes
such as superoxide dismutase, catalase, glutathione
peroxidase, glutathione reductase and glutathione in
diabetic rats were brought back to near normal range
upon ACF treatment. These results suggest that ACF
has got promising antioxidant activity in alloxan
[40]
diabetic rats .
Laxative Activity
The in-vitro effect of Cassia fistula infusion on isolated
guinea-pig ileum was studied where the acute and
sub-chronic toxicity of the infusion of C. fistula and
Cassia acutifolia sp. Del. Pod-(Senokot tablet) as the
reference drug were also determined.
C. fistula
infusion, when compared with senokot tablet, showed
that the infusion of Cassia fistula pods possessed very
low levels of toxicity, having the LD50 of 6600 mg/kg
and
also without any pathological effects on the
organs examined microscopically. Thus, C. fistula pod
infusion could be safely utilized as laxative drug and as
[41]
a substitute for the official Senna .
Anti-inflammatory Activity
The extract of leaves of C. fistula has been evaluated
for anti-inflammatory activity using carrageenan-,
histamine- and dextran- induced paw oedema assays in
rats and the activity was compared with that of
phenylbutazone. It has been noted that the extract
exhibited potent anti-inflammatory activity against
all phlogistic agents [42] . In another study, the aqueous
(CFA) and methanolic extracts (CFM) of the Cassia
fistula bark were assayed for anti-inflammatory and
antioxidant activities in Wistar albino rats. The
extracts were
found to possess significant antiinflammatory effect in both acute and chronic models.
Cassia fistula bark extracts showed significant radical
scavenging by inhibiting lipid peroxidation initiated
by CCl 4 and FeSO 4 in rat liver and kidney
homogenates. Both extracts exhibited significant
antioxidant activity in DPPH, Nitric oxide and
Hydroxyl radical induced in-vitro assay methods. Both
extracts showed dose-dependent protective effect
against lipid peroxidation and free radical generation in
liver and kidney homogenates. Further, the acute
toxicity study with the extracts showed no sign of
toxicity up to a dose level of 2000 mg /po. The studies
revealed that Cassia fistula bark extracts (CFA &
CFM) possess significant anti-inflammatory and anti
oxidant properties [43] .
6

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Rajeswari et al. studied the anti- inflammatory activity

of aqueous and alcoholic extracts of C. fistula bark in
sub acute models of inflammation in male albino rats.
The extracts were administered at dose levels of 150,
300, 450 mg/kg body weight. The extracts were found
to possess significant (P<0.01) anti- inflammatory
effect in both air pouch granuloma and cotton pellet
granuloma models. Both the extracts (150 mg/kg body
weight) showed a significant reduction in the
biomarker enzymes like acid phosphatase, cathepsin-D
and alkaline phosphatase in the serum. C. fistula bark
extracts (150 mg/kg body weight) possess antiinflammatory activity as compared to the standard drug
diclofenac (5 mg/kg body weight) [44] .
Wound Healing Activity
The methanolic extract of C. fistula leaves was studied
for its wound healing property in the form of an
ointment in two types of wound models in rats;
excision wound model and incision wound model. The
ointment of the leaf extract of two different
concentrations (5 and 10% w/w ointment of leaves
extract in simple ointment base) responded
significantly in both models of wounds tested. The
results were also comparable to that of the standard
drug, nitrofurazone, in terms of wound contraction
ability, epithelization period, tensile strength and
[45]
regeneration of tissue at wound area . Kumar et al.
investigated the potential of Cassia fistula to treat the
infected wound on albino rat model. The alcohol
extract of C. fistula leaves was analyzed for
antibacterial effect against Staphylococcus aureus
ATCC 29213 and Pseudomonas aeruginosa ATCC
27853. In this study, formulated ointment was
topically applied on the infected wound. Wound
reduction rate, histological analysis, biochemical
analysis, and gelatin zymography were obtained to
assess the healing pattern. It has been observed that C.
fistula treated rats showed better wound closure,
improved tissue regeneration at the wound site and
supporting histopathological parameters pertaining
to wound healing. Biochemical analysis and matrix
metalloproteinases expression correlated well with the
results thus confirming efficacy of C. fistula in the
treatment of the infected wound. Along with the other
a c t i v i t i e s s u c h a s a n t i t u m o r, a n t i o x i d a n t ,
hypoglycemic, hepatoprotective, antibacterial, hypocholesterolaemic,and antidiabetic activity, the healing
potential of C. fistula provides a scientific rationale for
the traditional use of this plant in the management of
infected dermal wound and can be further investigated
7
as a substitute to treat infected wounds without using

[46]
synthetic antibiotics .
Hepatoprotective Activity
The hepatoprotective and antioxidant effect of Cassia
fistula leaf extract on liver injury induced by diethyl
nitrosamine (DEN) was investigated using animal
model Wistar rats. In the experimental animal study,
Wistar rats weighing 20010 g was administered a
single dose of DEN (200 mg/kg b.w., i.p.) and left for
30 days. For hepatoprotective studies, ethanolic leaf
extract (ELE) of C. fistula Linn. (500 mg/kg b.w., p.o.)
was administered daily for 30 days. AST, ALT, ALP,
LDH and bilirubin were estimated in serum and liver
tissue. Lipid peroxidation (LPO), SOD and CAT were
also estimated in liver tissue as markers of oxidative
stress. DEN induced hepatotoxicity in all the treated
animals were evident by elevated serum ALT, AST,
ALP and bilirubin levels and a simultaneous fall in
their levels in the liver tissue after 30 days. Induction of
oxidative stress in the liver was
evidenced
by
increased LPO and fall in the activities of SOD and
CAT. ELE administration for 30 days prevented the
DEN induced hepatic injury and oxidative stress. The
results of the study revealed that ELE of C. fistula
protects the liver against DEN induced hepatic injury
[47]
in rats . In another study , the hepatoprotective
activity of the n-heptane extract of Cassia fistula leaves
was investigated where the extract at a dose of 400
mg/kg body weight has been found to exhibit
significant protective effect by lowering serum levels
of transaminase (serum glutamic-oxaloacetate
transaminase [aspartate aminotransferase] and serum
glutamic-pyruvic transaminase [alanine
aminotransferase]), bilirubin and alkaline
phosphatase. The protective effect was found to be
comparable to that of a standard hepatoprotective agent
[48, 49]
.
Antifungal Activity
The leaf extract of Cassia fistula was evaluated for
antifungal activity against Candida albicans where
extracts of the leaves of Cassia fistula were prepared in
acetone, diethyl ether and methanol for testing and the
antifungal activity was performed by paper disc
diffusion assay. The results of the study indicated that
the methanol extract showed highest activity i.e., up to
21 mm which was comparable with the standard
[50]
antifungal antibiotic, clotrimazole . The hexane,
chloroform, ethyl acetate, methanol and water extracts
from the flower of Cassia fistula were tested against
bacteria and fungi where all the extracts exhibited
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
antibacterial activity against Gram-positive organisms

with minimum inhibitory concentrations (MIC)
between 0.078 and 2.5 mg/ml. Among the Gramnegative bacteria, only Pseudomonas aeruginosa was
susceptible to the extracts. Ethyl acetate crude extract
was fractionated using chromatographic techniques
and a crystal was isolated, which was confirmed as
4-hydroxy benzoic acid hydrate using X-ray
crystallography. It exhibited antifungal activity against
Trichophyton mentagrophytes (MIC 0.5 mg/ml) and
Epidermophyton floccosum (MIC 0.5 mg/ml) [51].
Larvicidal and Ovicidal Activity
The ovicidal effect of leaf extracts of C. fistula (at 0.5,
1.0 and 2.0%, topically applied) was evaluated on the
viability and hatching of eggs (0, 1 and 3 days old) of D.
koenigii. The results of the study have shown that
application of leaf extracts of the plant inhibited
hatching of the eggs and increasing concentration of
the extract resulted in increased non-viability of 3-dayold eggs [52]. In another study, the methanolic leaf
extract of Cassia fistula was tested for larvicidal and
ovicidal activity against Culex quinquefasciatus and
Anopheles stephensi. The extract was
found to be
more lethal to the larvae of A. stephensi than C.
quinquefasciatus with LC50 values of 17.97 and 20.57
mg/l, respectively. Mean percent hatchability of the
ovicidal activity was
observed
120 h after
treatment. The percent hatchability was found to be
inversely proportional to the concentration of extract
and directly proportional to the eggs. The egg raft of C.
quinquefasciatus was found to be more hatchable than
A. stephensi. The results of the study show that the leaf
extract of C. fistula is a promising larvicidal and
ovicidal agent against C. quinquefasciatus and A.
[53]
stephensi .
Antibacterial Activity
A compound isolated from C. fistula has been found
to possess antimicrobial activity against
Staphylococcus aureus, Bacillus subtilis, Klebsiella
pneumoniae, Escherichia coli, Aspergillus niger and
[28]
Fusarium oxysporum . In a study, the antibacterial
and antifungal activities of C. fistula and M. ferrea
extracts were tested on 14 bacteria and 6 fungi. C.
fistula extracts showed stronger antibacterial activity
than M. ferrea [54]. Sundararaju et al. have reported that
100% mortality was recorded from the C. fistula
extract at 48 h at 50 and 100% concentrations. At 72 h,
100% mortality was
observed in all extracts at all
three concentrations. In this study, the mortality rate
was found minimum at 24 h in all three extracts. All
www.ijsir.co.in
plant extracts exhibited a high degree of nematicidal

[55]
action against the adults and juveniles of P. coffeae .
In another study, three lectins CSL-1, CSL-2 and CSL3, purified from the Cassia fistula seeds, were tested
for their antibacterial activities against different
pathogenic bacteria, i.e. Bacillus subtilis, B.
m e g a t e r i u m , S t re p t o c o c c u s h a e m o l y t i c u s ,
Streptococcus aureus, Sarcina lutea, Shigella sonnei,
Escherichia coli, Klebsiella sp., Shigella shiga,
Shigella boydii, Shigella flexneri, Shigella dysenteriae,
Salmonella typhi and Pseudomonas aeruginosa, using
30 micro g/disc. CSL-3 was active against all bacterial
strains and showed strong activity against B.
megaterium, Streptococcus haemolyticus and Shigella
boydii. CSL-2 showed poor activity against most of the
bacterial strains and has strong activity against only
Streptococcus haemolyticus. CSL-1 was inactive
against all the bacterial strains except Streptococcus
haemolyticus and Sarcina lutea. Further, it has been
observed that all the lectins significantly affected the
mortality rate of brine shrimp. Among them, CSL-2
was highly toxic (6.68 micro g/ml) followed by CSL-1
[56]
(10.47 micro g/ml) and CSL-3 (13.33 micro g/ml) .
In another study,
the antibacterial activity of the
aqueous and alcoholic extract of stem bark of C. fistula
was evaluated and it has been found that aqueous
extract of C. fistula in disc diffusion method showed
significant activity against S. aureus but not against
other bacteria tested. Alcoholic extract showed greater
inhibition against S. aureus compared to aqueous
extract. One of the field isolates of S. aureus resistant to
chloramphenicol was also susceptible to the alcoholic
extract of C. fistula. Zones of inhibition of alcoholic
and aqueous extracts were in the range of 7.0-12.0 mm
and 7.0-11.6 mm, respectively. MIC values of the
alcoholic extracts against S. aureus were in the range of
[57].
0.78-6.25 mg/ml
Hypocholesterolemic and Hypoglycaemic Activity
The hypocholesterolemic and hypoglycemic effects
of the hexane extract of stem bark of C. fistula, were
found in normal and streptozotocin induced diabetic
rats. Hexane extract of C. fistula bark at doses 0.15,
0.30, 0.45 g kg-1 body weight for 30 days suppressed
the elevated blood glucose levels in diabetic rats. The
-1
extract at 0.45 g kg was
found to be comparable
with glibenclamide, the reference drug. The lipid
profile (total cholesterol, triglyceride, HDLcholesterol, LDL and VLDL-cholesterol) after the
extract treatment at 0.45 g kg-1 body weight showed
remarkable improvement compared to the diabetic
control animals.
8

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
present in the extracts might contribute to the antihyperglycemic and antilipidemic properties. Thus,
the results suggest that Cassia fistula barks would be
effective in the treatment of diabetes and in prevention
and management of coronary artery disease [58].
Antitumor Activity
The effects of methanolic extract (ME) of Cassia fistula
seed on the growth of Ehrlich ascites carcinoma (EAC)
and on the life span of tumour bearing mice were
studied where it has been found that ME treatment
showed an increase of life span, and a decrease in the
tumour volume and viable tumour cell count in the
EAC tumour hosts. Cytological studies have revealed a
reduction in the mitotic activity and the appearance of
membrane blebbing and intracytoplasmic vacuoles in
the treated tumour cells. Improvement in the
haematological parameters following ME treatment,
like haemoglobin content, red blood cell count and
bone marrow cell count of the tumour bearing mice
have also been observed. The results of the study
suggest that ME of C. fistula seed has an antitumor
activity. Haematological studies have revealed that out
of the three doses of ME, ME at the dose of 100 mg/kg
has shown better results than at the doses of 200 and
300 mg/kg. The exact mechanism by which ME
mediates its antitumor effect is still to be elucidated.
Cytological changes indicate that ME might be
having a direct tumorocidal effect on the tumour cells
[59]
. Studies have been to investigate the
chemopreventive efficacy of Cassia fistula bark
extracts in 7, 12-dimethyl Benz(a)anthracene (DMBA)
induced hamster buccal pouchcarcinogenesis. The
results of this study have revealed that
oral
administration of Cassia fistula bark extract to DMBA
painted animals completely prevented the formation of
oral squamous cell carcinoma. The bark extract also
restored the status of lipid peroxidation by-products,
antioxidants and detoxification enzymes in DMBA
painted animals. These results suggest that Cassia
fistula bark extract has prominent chemopreventive
effect during DMBA induced oral carcinogenesis,
which is probably due to the presence of one or more
potent anticarcinogenic principles and their synergistic
effect. The chemopreventive
potential of Cassia
fistula may also be due to its anti-lipid peroxidative,
antioxidative and modulation of detoxification agents
during DMBA induced oral carcinogenesis[60].
Antiparasitic Activity
The fractionation through bio-guided antileishmanial
activity of the dichloromethane extract of Cassia fistula
9
fruits (Leguminosae) led to the isolation of the active

isoflavone biochanin A, identified by spectroscopic
methods. This compound showed 50% effective
concentration (EC50) value of
18.96 micro g/mL
against promastigotes of Leishmania (L.) chagasi. The
cytotoxicity of this substance against peritoneal
macrophages resulted in an EC50 value of 42.58 micro
g/mL. Additionally, biochanin A presented an antiTrypanosoma-cruzi activity, resulting in an EC50 value
of 18.32 micro g/mL and a 2.4-fold more effectiveness
than benznidazole [32].
Hypolipidemic Activity
The effect of 50% ethanolic extract of Cassia fistula
legume was investigated on serum lipid metabolism in
cholesterol fed rats where oral feeding of cholesterol
(500 mg/kg b.wt./day) dissolved in coconut oil (0.5
ml/rat/day) for 90 days caused a significant (P<0.001)
elevation in total and LDL-cholesterol, triglycerides
and phospholipid in serum of rats. Administration of
C. fistula legume extract at the doses 100, 250 and 500
mg/kg b.wt./day along with cholesterol significantly
prevented the rise in the serum total and LDLcholesterol, triglycerides and phospholipid in a dose
dependent manner. The ratio of HDL-cholesterol/total
cholesterol ratio was elevated in serum of C. fistula
extract treated groups as compared to cholesterol alone
fed control rats [61].
Antifertility Activity
Research studies have demonstrated that petroleum
ether extract of seeds of Cassia fistula, as screened for
antifertility activity in proven fertile female albino rats
at the doses 100, 200 and 500 mg/kg b.wt./day,
produced significant antifertility activity. The results of
the study have revealed that oral administration of the
extract to mated female rats on days 1-5 of pregnancy
resulted in a decline in the fertility index, numbers of
uterine implants and live fetuses in a dose dependent
manner as was confirmed by laparotomy on day 15 of
pregnancy. The extract (100 mg/kg b.wt.) exhibited
weak estrogenic activity when given alone and tested
in immature bilaterally ovariectomized female albino
rats, but exhibited slight antiestrogenic activity when
administered along with estradiol valerate (0.1 mg/kg
b.wt.). In this experimental animal study, blood sugar
and haematological parameters were within normal
range. Thus, the results of the present study indicate
that the petroleum ether extract of Cassia fistula seeds
possesses pregnancy terminating effect by virtue of
[62].
anti-implantation activity
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Anti-leishmaniatic activity
Research studies have shown that the hexane extract
from the fruits of Cassia fistula possesses significant
antileishmanial activity against the promastigote form
of Leishmania L. chagasi. It has been found that the
bio-guided fractionation resulted in the isolation of a
sterol, clerosterol, which was further analyzed in
different models. Promastigotes presented an
inhibitory concentration 50% (IC50) of 10.03 micro
g/mL and intracellular amastigotes demonstrated high
susceptibility, with an IC50 of 18.10 micro g/mL.
Mammalian cytotoxicity was evaluated and it was
demonstrated that clerosterol was 3.6- fold less toxic
[63]
than the standard drug pentamidine . Jaffary et al.
evaluated the effectiveness of Cassia fistula in the
treatment of leishmaniasis, where the efficacy of
concentrated boiled extract and hydroalcoholic extract
of C. fistula on leishmaniasis was compared with
intralesional injection of Glucantime [meglumine
antimonate]. In this clinical study, 63.6% of patients
were treated with the concentrated boiled extract,
52.7% of patients were treated with the hydroalcoholic
extract and 45.5% of patients were treated with
Glucantime. In total, 22 patients (40%) were given the
concentrated boiled extract of C. fistula, 20 patients
(36.4%) were given the hydroalcoholic extract of C.
fistula, and 36 patients (65.5%) of the Glucantime
group showed complete cure. The results of the study
revealed that the efficacy in the third group was
significantly higher than the first (P<0.02) and second
groups (P<0.005), but there was no difference between
the efficacy of concentrated boiled extract and
hydroalcoholic extract of C. fistula. These results show
that this plant could be used topically along with
Glucantime for decreasing the time and dose of
[64].
treatment with Glucantime
In addition to these
studies, Jaffary et al. also conducted the studies to
evaluate the potential of Cassia fistula boiled extract in
the treatment of cutaneous leishmaniasis, to evaluate
the efficacy of intralesional meglumine antimonate-C.
Fistula fruit gel combination for the treatment of
cutaneous leishmaniasis. In this clinical study, a total of
140 patients with cutaneous leishmaniasis were taken,
one group received intralesional meglumine
antimonate injection and C. fistula fruit gel, and the
second group (control) was treated with intralesional
meglumine antimonite plus placebo gel. Improvement
was defined as complete cure, partial cure and
treatment failure. At week 12, forty-seven (67.1%)
www.ijsir.co.in
patients in the experimental group achieved complete

cure, compared to 29 (41.4%) patients in the control
group (P<0.001). Results of this clinical study
indicate that the C. fistula fruit gel increases the
efficacy of intralesional meglumine antimonate for the
treatment of cutaneous leishmaniasis. Thus,
combination therapy with intra lesional meglumine
antimonite and C. fistula fruit gel may be considered
for the treatment of acute cutaneous leishmaniasis [65].
DISCUSSION
Medicinal plants have been used as remedies for
human diseases for centuries. The use of medicinal
plants to heal chronic complex diseases, including
infectious ones, has been extensively applied
by
people worldwide. Interestingly, over 50% of all
modern clinical drugs are of natural product origin [66].
Cassia fistula has occupied a significant position in
herbal medicine due to its therapeutic potential in
prevention and treatment of varieties of diseases.
Almost all parts of this medicinal plant have been
found to exhibit different pharmacological properties
such as anti-diabetic, anti-fertility, anti-tumor, hepatoprotective, cholesterol lowering, astringent, febrifugal,
purgative, anti- inflammatory, anti-oxidant,
antibacterial, anti-viral, analgesic, anti-dysenteric,
antibacterial, antifungal , anti-leishmaniatic properties
, larvicidal and ovicidal activity ,wound healing
activity, laxative activity, clastogenic activity
,antipyretic activity, leukotriene inhibition activity,
antitussive activity, CNS activity etc. The plant is
well known for
its traditional uses. Among its
traditional uses, few are
Cassia fistula reduces
fever, cold, swelling of throat, asthma symptoms; it has
ability to subside
gas, flatulence and acidity; it
reduces the colic pain; it eases the discomfort of piles,
stops bleeding from different parts of the body and
benefit in heart diseases; it cleanses the blood and
eradicates skins problems like itching, inflammation
and suppuration.
The pharmacological actions
exhibited by Cassia fistula in treatment of several
ailments have attracted interest of pharmaceutical
companies in preparation of herbal formulations based
on Cassia fistula. It is one of the ingredients of the
Aurvedic preparation known as Constivac (Lupin
Herbal), a bowel regulator, which relieves
constipation. It is also one of the ingredients of the
preparations known as Pilex, Purian (Himalaya Drug
Company) for piles and detoxifier respectively.
10

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
A large number of biomolecules / phytoconstituents

present in Cassia fistula may be responsible for its
diverse nature of therapeutic response in disease
conditions. It has been observed from research studies
that most of the antimicrobial effects of C. fistula be
related to their components and secondary metabolites
like phenolic compounds. Phytochemical studies
have shown that this plant contains components like
saponin, triterpnoids, glycosides, anthraquinore,
steroids and flavonoids
which may
inhibit the
growth of the bacterial strains. The antimicrobial
activity depends on the contents of
phenolic
components of the plant extracts. High amounts of
phenolic group in the aerial parts of C. fistula have been
reported suggesting that these components may be
the active compounds, which may be responsible for
the antibacterial activity. It has been found that Cassia
species had a significant activity against Gram positive
microorganisms which may be due to the presence of
some substances like flavonoids and polysaccharides.
Research studies have shown that methanolic extracts
inhibited Gram positive bacteria more than Gram
negative species thus C. fistula extracts can be useful
to treat infectious diseases and may be considered as a
new source of antibacterial agents. The C. fistula
extracts can be used as Complementary or Alternative
Medicine in various disease conditions. Although C.
fistula exhibits significant therapeutic actions in
treatment of
varieties of chronic and infectious
diseases, multidisciplinary research studies on this
clinically significant plant and its constituents is
needed in order to develop effective herbal drugs for
mankind.
Several microorganism- derived antibiotics are
currently in use to treat variety of infectious diseases.
Many of them have, however, a limited anti-microbial
spectrum due to frequent evolution of drug-resistant
mutant strain of the pathogen; some even lead to
serious side effects. Further, situation is alarming in
developing as well as developed countries due to
indiscriminate use of antibiotics. The number of multidrug resistant microbial strains and the appearance of
strains with reduced susceptibility to antibiotics are
continuously increasing. This increase has
been
attributed to indiscriminate use of broad-spectrum
antibiotics, immunosuppressive agent, intravenous
catheters, organ transplantation and ongoing
[67, 68, 69, 70]
epidemics of HIV infection
. In addition, in
developing countries, synthetic drugs are not only
expensive and inadequate for the treatment of diseases
but also often with adulterations and side effects.
Therefore, there is need to search new infection11
fighting strategies to control microbial infections [71].

In the present scenario of emergence of multiple drug
resistance to human pathogenic organisms, there is a
necessity to search for new antimicrobial substances
from other sources including plants which may be
useful in developing safe, long acting antimicrobial
drugs based on medicinal plants / herbs as alternative
and complementary medicine for mankind in treatment
and prevention of infectious diseases. The potential for
developing antimicrobials from medicinal plants
appears to be more appropriate as it may lead to the
development of a phytomedicine
to act against
microbes. Plant based antimicrobials represent a vast
untapped source of medicine. Plant based
antimicrobials have enormous therapeutic potential as
they can serve the purpose without any side effects that
are often associated with synthetic antimicrobials.
Since , most modern drug discovery attempts to use
one single compound to hit one target for combating
the related disease, targeted single compound usually
fails to cure multi-genic diseases adequately as
human body is an extremely complex network and the
pathogenesis of most of diseases involves multiple
factors. Further, a single target drug can exert
unexpected side effects due to the breaking of the
balance of the network. Traditional systems of
medicines are still in place today because of their
organizational strengths and as they focus primarily on
multi-component mixtures. They contain enormous
number of compounds to fight the disease at various
aspects. Biological activity of crude drug is mainly due
to the active chemical constituents like saponins,
flavonoids, triterpenoids, sterols, tannins, steroids etc.
etc. It is believed that the medicinal value of plants lies
in some chemical substances
(usually secondary
metabolites)
producing a definite physiological
action on the human body. Saponins are glycosides
occurring widely in plants and are abundant in many
foods consumed by animals and man. In medicine, it is
used as antibiotic [ 72 , antiviral [73], anti-inflammatory [ 74 ]
and anti-ulcer [ 75 ] . Flavonoids are a group of
polyphenolic compounds with known properties
which include free radical scavenging, inhibition of
hydrolytic and oxidative enzymes and anti[ 76 ]
inflammatory action . Triterpenoids and sterols from
plants and fungi possess antitumor-promoting and anti[ 77 ]
inflammatory activities
. Tannins are known to
possess general antimicrobial and antioxidant
activities [ 78 ] . Recent reports show that tannins may
have potential value as cytotoxic and antineoplastic
agents [79].
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Other compounds like saponins also have antifungal

properties [ 80, 81] . Plant derived natural products such
as flavonoids, terpenoids and steroids etc. have
received considerable attention in recent years due to
their diverse pharmacological properties including
[ 82, 83 ]
antioxidant and antitumor activity
. The herbal
medicinal preparations may exert synergistic
effects due to multi-constituents and multi-targets and
these formulations can explore a wider biological
space with less expense. These herbal formulations
have ability to
modulate the biological networks
modestly and thus may be efficient in controlling
complex disease systems. The herbal preparations
exert effects at lower concentration of individual
constituents, thus are safer than single component
drugs and these can deal with drug resistance that
becomes more and more severe with antibiotics, antimalarial and anticancer drugs. Thus, there is a need of
exploring new faces of drug discovery based on herbal
formulations. In order to achieve results within
reasonably short period it would be desirable to have a
need based approach to research on herbal/traditional
drugs including screening of medicinal plants and
herbs for biological activity. Extensive multidisciplinary research efforts
on the efficacy of
medicinal plants/ herbs to treat diseases followed by
animal studies and clinical trials on human subjects are
urgently needed to finding remedies for the so called
Refractory Diseases for which modern medicine has
not been able to offer, so far, a satisfactory or lasting
remedy and as supplementary measures to wellestablished chemotherapy. Further , scientific studies
on the effect of agroclimatic conditions, seasonal
variations, soil conditions , cultivation practices ,
geographical variations, environmental factors on the
growth of these plants and quality of their
phytoconstituents along with the studies on organic
nature of the medicinal plants/ herbs i.e. free from
toxic metals, pesticides, herbicides and environmental
harmful toxins
using modern biotechnological
techniques may enhance the therapeutic potential of
these medicinal plants/ herbs. Considering the
innumerable side and ill effects of modern medicine
and deaths caused by adverse drug reactions recorded
in developed countries, it has become imperative to
look for Holistic Herbal Medicines of the oriental
Indian Medical systems as an Alternative and
Complimentary Medicine. This is necessary because
these are time tested remedies used by humans for
millennia with minimal adverse reactions. These herbs
are specially
needed
to treatment of chronic
diseases. Thus, the usefulness of medicinal plants/
herbs in the treatment of many chronic diseases and
www.ijsir.co.in
infectious diseases appears to be of great benefits

for ailing humanity.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors are thankful to Scientists Shri
Sanjay Dixit and Mr. Shamshul Hasan Khan of Sky
Institute, Lucknow, U.P. India
for extending
their help in preparing the present manuscript.
REFERENCES
1. M a i t y P a l l a b , H a n s d a D h a n a n j a y ,
Bandyopadhyay Uday, Mishra Dipak Kumar,
Indian Journal of Experimental Biology, 2009, 47,
849-861.
2. Kala Chandra Prakash, Indian Journal of
Traditional Knowledge, 2006, 5(4), 537-540.
3. Gupta R. K., Medicinal & Aromatic plants, CBS
publishers & distributors, 1st edition, 2010, 116117.
4. Khare C. P., Indian medicinal plants, Springer,
2007, 128.
5. Gupta A. K., Tondon N., Sharma M., Quality
Standards of Indian Medicinal Plants, Medicinal
Plants Unit, Published by Indian Council of
Medical Research, Vol 2, 2008, 47-53
6. Ayurvedic Pharmacopoeia of India, Part 1, Vol.5,
New Delhi, Government of India Publication,
2001, Page no. 8, 9.
7. Kirtikar K.R., Basu B.D., Indian Medicinal
Plants, International book distributors, 2006, 2,
856-860.
8. Indian Herbal Pharmacopoeia revised new
edition, 2002, Indian Drug Manufacturers
Association, Mumbai, page no.106-113.
9. Nadkarni K. M., Indian Materia Medica, Bombay
Popular Prakashan, 2009, Vol.1, 285-286. 10.
Chopra R. N., Nayar S. L., Chpora I. C., Glossary
of Indian Medicinal Plants, National Institute of
Science Communication and Information
Resources, 2006, page no. 54.
11. Anonymous. The Wealth of India, First
Supplement Series (Raw Materials), National
Institute of Science Communication and
Information Resources, CSIR, 2007, Vol 3(Ca-Ci),
340-342.
12. Agarwal S. S., Paridhavi M., Clinically useful
herbal drugs, Ahuja Publishing House, 2005,
281-282.
Information Resources, CSIR, 2007, 1st
supplementary series, Vol 1 (A-Ci), 223-224.
12

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
14. Ben Erik, Van Wyk, Michael Wink, Medicinal

Plants of the World, Briza Publications, 2009,
page no. 403.
15. Rastogi R. P., Mehrotra B. N.. Compendium of
Indian Medicinal plants, Central Drug
Research Institute, Lucknow and National
Information Resources, New Delhi, 2004, Vol 4,
155, 156.
16. Vaishnava M. M., Tripathi A. K, Gupta K. R.,
Fitoterapia, 1993, 64(1), 93.
Information Resources, CSIR, 2007, 2 n d
supplementary series, Vol 1 (A-F), 158.
18. Rastogi R. P., Mehrotra B. N ., Compendium of
Indian Medicinal plants, Central Drug
Research Institute, Lucknow and National
Information Resources, New Delhi, 2004, Vol 3,
140.
19. Mahesh V.K., Sharma Rashmi, Singh R.S., Journal
of Natural Products, 1984, 47 (4), 733-751.
20. Barthaku N. N., Arnold N. P., Alli I., Plant Foods
for Human Nutrition, 1995, 47(1), 55-62.
21. Vaishnav M. M., Gupta K. R., Fitoterapia, 1996,
67(1), 78-79.
22. Misra T.N., Singh R. S, Pandey H. S., Pandey R. P.,
Fitoterapia, 1996, 67(2), 173-174.
23. Misra T. N., Singh R. S., Pandey H. S., Singh B. K.,
Fitoterapia, 1997, 68(4), 375-376.
24. Rani Meena, Kalidha S. B., Indian Journal of
Chemistry. Section B, Organic including
Medicinal, 1998, 37(12), 1314-1315.
25. Sayeed M. A., Ali M. A., Khan G. R., Rahman M.
S., Bangladesh Journal of Scientific and
Industrial Research, 1999, 34(1), 144-148.
26. Kuo Lee Ching, Lee Ping Hung, Kuo Yueh Hsiung,
Journal of the Chinese Chemical Society, 2001,
48(6A), 1053-1058.
27. Kuo Yueh-Hsiung, Lee Ping-Hung, Wein YungShun, J. Nat. Prod, 2002, 65, 1165-1167.
28. Yadava R. N., Verma Vikash, Journal of Asian
Natural Products Research, 2003,5(1),57-61.
29. Ali M. A., Sayeed M. A., Nurul A., Journal of the
Chinese Chemical Society, 2004, 51(3), 647-654.
30. Sartorelli P., Carvalho C. S., Reimao J. Q., Ferreira
M. J. P., Tempone A. G., Phytotherapy
Research, 2007, 21(7), 644-647.
31. Tzakou O., Loukis A., Said A., Journal of Essential
Oil Research, 2007, 19(4), 360-361.
13
M. J. P., Tempone A. G., Parasitology

Research, 2009, 104(2), 311-314.
33. Bhakta T., Mukherjee P. K., Saha K., Pal M., Saha
B. P., Pharmaceutical Biology, 1998, 36(2), 140-143.
34. Mazumder U. K., Gupta Malaya, Rath Nandita,
Phytotherapy Research, 1998, 12(7), 520-522.
35. Kumar K. C. S., Muller K., Phytotherapy
Research, 1998, 12(7), 526-528.
36. Mukhopadhyay M. J., Saha A., Dutta A.,
Mukherjee A., Food and Chemical Toxicology,
1998, 36, 937-940.
37. Bhakta T, Mandal S. C., Sinha Sanghamitra, Saha
B. P., M. Pal, Journal of Medicinal and
Aromatic Plant Sciences, 2001, 22/23( 4 A/1A),
70-72.
38. Siddhuraju P, Mohan P. S., Becker K., Food
Chemistry, 2002, 79(1), 61-67.
39. Amitabye Luximon-Ramma, Theeshan Bahorun,
Mohammed A. Soobrattee, Okezie I. Aruoma, J.
Agric. Food Chem. 2002, 50, 5042-5047.
40. Manonmania G., Bhavapriyaa V., Kalpanaa S.,
Govindasamya S., Apparanantham T., Journal of
Ethnopharmacology, 2005, 97, 3942.
41. Akanmu M. A., Iwalewa E. O., Elujoba A. A.,
Adelusola K. A., African Journal of
Biomedical Research, 2004, 7(1), 23-26.
B. P, Mandal S. C, Journal of Herbs, Spices &
Medicinal Plants, 1999, 6(4), 67-72.
43. Ilavarasan Raju, Mallika Moni, Venkataraman
Subramanian, African Journal of Traditional,
Complementary and Alternative Medicines, 2005,
2(1), 70-85.
44. Rajeswari R., Thejomoorthy P., Mathuram L. N.,
Raju K. V. S. N, Tamilnadu Journal of
Veterinary and Animal Sciences, 2006, 2(5), 193199.
B. P., Natural Product Sciences, 1998, 4(2), 84-87.
46. Kumar M. S., Ramasamy Sripriya Raghavan H. V.,
Sehgal P. K., Journal of Surgical Research, 2006,
131(2), 283-289.
47. Kannampalli Pradeep, Chandrasekaran Victor Raj
Mohan, Kuppannan Gobianand, Sivanesan
Karthikeyan, Chemico-Biological Interactions,
2007, 167, 1218.
48. Bhakta T., Banerjee S., Mandal S. C., Maity T. K.,
Saha B. P., Pal M., Phytomedicine, 2001, 8(3),
220-224.
49. Bhakta T., Mukherjee P. K, Banerjee S., Mandal S.
C., Maity T. K., Pal M., Saha B. P., Journal of
Ethnopharmacology, 1999, 66(3), 277-282.
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
50. Singh Padma, Karnwal Pratima, Indian Journal of

Microbiology, 2006, 46(2), 169-170.
51. Duraipandiyan V., Ignacimuthu S., Journal of
Ethnopharmacology, 2007, 112(3), 590-594.
52. Verma Ashok, Yadav G. K., Journal of
Experimental Zoology, 2003, 6(2), 251-256.
53. Govindarajan M., Jebanesan A., Pushpanathan T.,
Parasitology Research, 2008, 102(2), 289-292.
54. Ali M. A., Sayeed M. A., Bhuiyan M. S. A, Sohel
F. I., Yeasmin M. S., Journal of Medical
Sciences(Pakistan), 2004, 4(1), 24-29.
55. Sundararaju P., Saritha V., Indian Journal of
Nematology, 2006, 36(1), 144-145.
56. Ali M. A., Sayeed M. A., Nurul A., Journal of
Medical Sciences (Pakistan), 2003, 3(3), 240-244.
57. Vimalraj T. R., Kumar S. S., Vadivel S., Ramesh S.,
Thejomoorthy P., Tamilnadu Journal of Veterinary
and Animal Sciences, 2009, 5(3), 109-113.
58. Nirmala A., Eliza J., Rajalakshmi M., Edel P.,
Daisy P., International Journal of Pharmacology,
2008, 4(4), 292-296.
59. Gupta M., Mazumder U. K., Rath N.,
Mukhopadhyay D. K., Journal of
Ethnopharmacology, 2000, 72, 151156.
60. Vasudevan K., Manoharan S., Alias L. M.,
Balakrishnan S., Vellaichamy L., Gitanjali M.,
International Journal of Chemical Sciences, 2008,
6(3), 1341-1354.
61. Gupta U. C., Jain G. C, Asian Journal of
Experimental Sciences, 2009, 23(1), 241-248.
62. Yadav Rajesh, Jain G. C., International Journal of
Pharm Tech Research, 2009,1(3),438-444.
M. J. P., Tempone A. G., Phytotherapy
Research, 2007, 21(7), 644-647.
64. Jaffary F., Moradi S., Nilfroushzadeh M.,.
Darakhshan R., Ansari N., Iranian Journal of
Dermatology, 2006, 9(3), 211-216.
65. Jaffary F., Nilforoushzadeh M. A. , Ansari N.,
Rahimi N.,
Tehran University Medical
Journal, 2010, 67(10), 705-711.
66. Kirbag S., Zengin F. and Kursat M (2009).
Antimicrobial Activities of Extracts of some
Plants. Pakistan Journal of Botany Vol.41 (4):
2067-2070.
67. Graybill J. R. (1988). Systemic fungal infections:
diagnosis and treatment. I. Therapeutic agents.
Infectious Disease Clinics of North America. 805825.
68. Ng P.C. (1994).Systemic fungal infections in
neonates. Arch Dis of Childhood.71:F130F135.
www.ijsir.co.in
Dean D. A. and Burchard K. W. (1996). Fungal

infection in surgical patients. Am J Surg. 171: 374382.
70. Gonzalez C. E., Venzon D., Lee S., Mueller B. U.,
Pizzo P. A and Walsh, T. J. (1996).
Risk factors
for fungemia in children infected with human
immunodeficiency virus: a case-control study.
Clin Infect Dis. 23: 515-521.
71. Sieradzki K, Wu SW and Tomasz A. (1999).
Inactivation of the methicillin resistance gene
mecA in vancomycin-resistant Staphylococcus
aureus. Micro. Drug Resist. 5(4): 253-257.
72. Oakenfull, Fenwick. Saponin content of soybeans
and some commercial soybean products J. Sc
Food Agric 1981; 32: 273-278.
73. Okubo K et.al. Soyabean saponin and
Isoflavaonoids: structure and antiviral activity
against Human Immunodeficiency virus in vitro
ACS Symp. Ser.1994; 546.
74. Just MJ et.al. Anti-inflammatory activity of
unusual lupane saponins from Buleurum
fruiticescens. Planta Med.1998; 64(5): 404-407.
75. Zhang S, Hu Z. Anti-ulcerogenic effects of
Ginseng flower saponins in the rat Zhongyao
Tongbao 1985; 10: 331 Chem. Abstr. 104:512.
76. Frankel E. Nutritional benefits of flavonoids.
International conference on food factors:
Chemistry and Cancer Prevention, Hamamatsu,
Japan. Abstracts 1995; C6- 2.
77. Akihisa T, Yasukawa K. Studies in Natural
Products Chemistry.
78. Bioactive Natural Products 2001; 25(6):43-87.
79. Rievere C et al. Polyphenols isolated from
antiradical extracts of Mallotus metcalfianus.
Phytochemistry 2009; 70: 86-94.
80. Aguinaldo AM, El-Espeso, Guovara BQ and
Nanoto MG. Phytochemistry. In: Guevara B.Q
(ed) A.Guide book to plant screening
phytochemical and biological. University of Santo
Tomas, Manila, Philippines 2005.
81. Aboada OO, Efuwape BM. Antibacterial
properties of some Nigerian species. Biol. Res.
Comm.2001; 13: 183-188.
82. Mohanta T K, Patra J K, Rath S K, Pal D K, Thatoi
H N. Evaluation of antimicrobial activity and
phytochemical screening of oils and nuts of
Semicarpus anacardium L.f. Sci. Res. Essay
2007; 2 (11): 486-490.
83. De Feudis FV, Padadopoulos V, Drieu K. Gingo
biloba extracts and cancer: a research Area in its
infancy. Funda. Clin. Pharmacol 2003; 17: 405417.
69.
14

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
HETEROSIS AND INBREEDING DEPRESSION IN OKRA

(ABELMOSCHUS ESCULENTUS (L.) MOENCH)
1
Neetu , Anand Kumar Singh , Rakesh Kumar and Mahesh Pal
3,*
Department of Horticulture, Institute of Agricultural Sciences, BHU, Varanasi,2Krishi Vigyan Kendra, Indian
Institute of Sugarcane Research, Lucknow,3Phytochemistry Division, CSIR-National Botanical research
Institute, Lucknow,U.P., India
*Address for correspondence: Phytochemistry Division, CSIR-National Botanical research Institute, Lucknow226001,U.P., India. Email ID:drmpal.nbri@rediffmail.com
ABSTRACT
Thirty six hybrids along with twelve okra parental lines and three testers were evaluated for heterosis and
inbreeding depression. Most of the crosses showed significant heterosis over mid-parent, better parent and
economic heterosis for these characters. The maximum heterosis for green fruit yield per plant was manifested by
IC-140927 Hissar Unnat followed by SA-29 Varsha Uphar, IC-43742 Hissar Unnat and Pusa Makhmali
VRO-5 in same order. Furthermore, these crosses were found excelling for some of the yield contributing
characters. In general, crosses sowing significant heterosis in F1 have also revealed significant inbreeding
depression in F2 population.
Keywords: Okra, heterosis, heterobeltiosis, inbreeding depression.
INTRODUCTION
Among the several vegetables grown in our country,
okra [Abelmoschus esculentus (L.) Moench] is the
most important which can be raised throughout the
year. Okra is multipurpose crop valued for its tender
and delicious fruits. The dried seeds of okra provide oil,
protein, vegetable curd and coffee additive or
substitute. In India, it is grown on an area of 5.31 lakh
hectares with a production of 63.50 lakh metric tones[1]
(Annon., 2014). Major areas of cultivation in India are
Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Orrissa, West Bengal, Andra
Pradesh, Karnataka and Assam. Okra is an often cross
pollinated vegetable crop belonging to the family
Malvaceae. It has vast potential as one of the foreign
exchange earner crops and accounts for about 60% of
the total export of fresh vegetables. First report on
[2]
hybrid vigour in okra was given by Vijayraghavan
and Warriar (1946). Further, exploitation of hybrid
vigour depends on the direction and magnitude of
heterosis, biological feasibility and type of gene action
15
involved. Heterosis and inbreeding depression each the

converse of the other are both expression of the same
phenomenon. An understanding of heterosis would be
helpful in improving the yielding ability as well as
yield contributing characters. The present
investigation was therefore undertaken with a view to
examine the manifestation of heterosis and inbreeding
depression in okra.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
The materials for the present study comprised of fifteen
parents, 36 F1s and 36 F2s of okra. The twelve female
parents (line) viz., IC-212267, IC-43742, IC-85814, SA29 , IC-288877 , IC-140927 , VRO-6, SEL.-4 , Pusa
Makhmali, Kashi Kranti, SEL.-10 and VRO-3 and three
pollen parents (testers) were selected for investigation.
The crosses were made in line tester fashion during
summer 2013. The F1s were multiplied to obtain F2
seeds in the following season.
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
The experimental were grown in randomized block

design with three replication at Vegetable Research
Farm, Department of Horticulture, Institute of
Agricultural Sciences, Banaras Hindu University,
Varanasi, during the summer and rainy, 2012; and
summer seasons of 2013. The seeds were sown at a
spacing of 60cm x 30cm. The observations were
recorded on five randomly selected plants each of
parents, F1s and F2s in each replication for six
quantitative characters namely, days to initiation of
flowering, plant height (cm), number of branches per
plant, number of fruits per plant, fruit length (cm) and
green fruit yield per plant (g). Heterotic effects of F1s
over mid, better and standered heterosis parental values
and inbreeding depression as per cent decrease of F2
over F 1 were estimated as per methodology
[3]
suggested .
The materials for the present study comprised of fifteen
parents, 36 F1s and 36 F2s of okra. The twelve female
parents (line) viz., IC-212267, IC-43742, IC-85814, SA29 , IC-288877 , IC-140927 , VRO-6, SEL.-4 , Pusa
Makhmali, Kashi Kranti, SEL.-10 and VRO-3 and three
pollen parents (testers) were selected for investigation.
The crosses were made in line tester fashion during
summer 2013. The F1s were multiplied to obtain F2
seeds in the following season. The experimental were
grown in randomized block design with three
replication at Vegetable Research Farm, Department of
Horticulture, Institute of Agricultural Sciences,
Banaras Hindu University, Varanasi, during the
summer and rainy, 2012; and summer seasons of 2013.
The seeds were sown at a spacing of 60cm x 30cm. The
observations were recorded on five randomly selected
plants each of parents, F1s and F2s in each replication
for six quantitative characters namely, days to initiation
www.ijsir.co.in
of flowering, plant height (cm), number of branches

per plant, number of fruits per plant, fruit length (cm)
and green fruit yield per plant (g). Heterotic effects of
F1s over mid, better and standered heterosis parental
values and inbreeding depression as per cent decrease
of F2 over F1 were estimated as per methodology
[3]
suggested .
RESULTS AND DISSCUSSION
Analysis of variance exhibited significant differences
among treatments for all the characters in all the
crosses under study. This indicated the presence of
appreciable genetic diversity for the characters
showing significant variances. Higher yield is the basic
objective of all the crop improvement programmes and
unless a new hybrid has a potential equal to or
exceeding that of current cultivar or hybrid, it will fetch
no success even if it has excellent quality.
Perusal of the data in table 6 revealed that out of
36 crosses, 16 crosses over mid-parent, 14 crosses over
better parent and 4 crosses over standard check Larm-1
exhibited significantly positive heterosis for green fruit
yield per plant, respectively; thereby indicating that
such crosses can be further sorted out for yield
increase. The cross combination, IC-140927 Hissar
Unnat had highest positive significant heterosis of
23.15 per cent over standard check (Larm-1) followed
by SA-29 Varsha Uphar (21.22%) and IC-43742
Hissar Unnat (20.09%). The cross IC-43742 Hissar
Unnat also showed highest significant positive
heterosis over mid parent followed by IC-140927
Hissar Unnat and IC-43742 VRO-5 i.e., 50.28, 38.24
and 37.57 per cent respectively. Similarly, hybrids (IC140927 Hissar Unnat, SA-29 Varsha Uphar and IC43742 Hissar Unnat showed 23.15, 21.22 and 20.09
[4,5].
per cent over standard check respectively
16

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Table 1: Magnitude of heterosis and inbreeding depression (ID) for Days to first flowering.
Crosses
IC-212267 Varsha Uphar
IC-212267 Hissar Unnat
IC-212267 VRO-5
IC-43742 VRO-5
IC-85814 VRO-5
SA-29 Varsha Uphar
SA-29 Hissar Unnat
SA-29 VRO-5
IC-288877 VRO-5
IC-140927 VRO-5
VRO-6 Varsha Uphar
VRO-6 Hissar Unnat
VRO-6 VRO-5
SEL.-4 Varsha Uphar
SEL.-4 Hissar Unnat
SEL.-4 VRO-5
Pusa Makhmali Varsha Uphar
Pusa Makhmali Hissar Unnat
Pusa Makhmali VRO-5
Kashi Kranti Varsha Uphar
Kashi Kranti Hissar Unnat
Kashi Kranti VRO-5
SEL.-10 Varsha Uphar
SEL.-10 Hissar Unnat
SEL.-10 VRO-5
VRO-3 Varsha Uphar
VRO-3 Hissar Unnat
VRO-3 VRO-5
S.Em
Days to initiation of flowering

MP
-18.56**
-14.08**
-15.77*
-13.84**
12.53**
5.72**
22.74**
1.03
20.51**
26.89**
31.44**
31.70**
25.07**
20.22**
31.31**
5.97**
-2.11
-8.63**
-5.83**
-4.81**
-17.85**
0.88
-2.52
-1.67
3.59*
-2.62
8.81**
28.51**
-4.84**
3.88*
0.30
10.38**
4.87**
19.45**
35.01**
26.04**
0.64
BP
-15.36**
-11.65**
-13.52**
-9.21**
17.29**
5.72**
33.71**
11.31**
38.91**
27.26**
32.44**
38.36**
31.67**
25.19**
31.42**
19.19**
8.83**
-2.77
2.30
2.26
-15.42**
10.36**
5.45**
1.91
16.31**
8.08**
15.60**
36.28**
-0.19
4.51*
5.74*
17.66**
16.81**
21.71**
39.04**
35.46**
0.74
EH
-22.90**
-17.82**
-15.03**
-17.30**
9.10**
6.65**
3.33
-13.98**
7.35**
15.92**
21.34**
26.76**
19.94**
16.44**
32.35**
8.58**
1.23
-1.91
-6.81**
-4.89**
-14.68**
0.53
-1.91
2.81
5.95**
0.53
16.62**
24.14**
-7.16**
5.43**
-13.10**
-3.31
-4.01**
6.83**
22.04**
18.89**
0.74
ID
-57.60**
-45.53**
-45.06**
-41.44**
-9.13**
8.03**
-23.35**
-53.46**
-20.85**
12.97**
27.52**
24.69**
-1.75
26.73**
3.96*
-12.24**
-17.96**
-13.90**
-35.83**
1.84
-11.68**
10.26**
-5.88**
-2.89
6.77**
-0.52
11.84**
31.27**
6.03*
6.14**
-14.08**
-6.51**
-11.11**
-18.66**
-4.01*
-4.26*
0.83
*, ** Significant at 5% and 1% probability levels, respectively
17
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Table 2: Magnitude of heterosis and inbreeding depression (ID) for Plant height.
Crosses
IC-212267 VRO-5
IC-43742 VRO-5
IC-85814 VRO-5
SA-29 Varsha Uphar
SA-29 Hissar Unnat
SA-29 VRO-5
IC-288877 VRO-5
IC-140927 VRO-5
VRO-6 Varsha Uphar
VRO-6 Hissar Unnat
VRO-6 VRO-5
SEL.-4 Varsha Uphar
SEL.-4 Hissar Unnat
SEL.-4 VRO-5
Pusa Makhmali VRO-5
Kashi Kranti VRO-5
SEL.-10 VRO-5
VRO-3 Varsha Uphar
VRO-3 Hissar Unnat
VRO-3 VRO-5
S.Em
Plant height (cm)

MP
20.29**
47.39**
46.72**
42.31**
28.33**
38.14**
55.26**
24.94**
19.06**
-6.68
-17.70*
7.36
-23.39**
-12.01**
-6.60
-0.53
26.44**
5.46
-43.57**
-31.68**
-15.10**
-16.00**
11.80*
3.19
-4.57
21.97*
25.75**
15.33**
11.35*
11.68*
11.57*
9.74*
-5.93
24.38**
-1.57
-12.40**
2.28
BP
19.97**
39.99**
39.06**
40.19**
24.19**
36.22**
53.99**
18.23**
14.78**
-15.76**
-28.80**
-5.64
-32.17**
-25.34**
-19.64**
-10.65*
8.80*
-7.74
-49.19**
-40.99**
-25.11**
-18.02**
4.08
-2.19
-13.74**
5.65
10.79*
11.80*
9.48
11.50*
12.33*
5.31
-8.02
20.86**
-8.48
-17.16**
2.63
EH
5.14
22.94**
22.06**
21.93**
4.77
14.91**
36.19**
4.56
1.44
-8.87
-22.98**
2.10
-23.20**
-15.29**
-8.48
-2.28
19.08**
0.93
-43.84*
-34.92**
-18.01**
-24.99**
-4.70
-10.45*
-7.14
13.82**
19.26**
-2.66
-10.53*
-8.57
-3.56
-9.56*
-21.04**
11.50*
-15.81**
-23.77**
2.63
ID
-68.23**
-24.90
-7.95
23.66
-10.99
-2.64
-17.76
-53.92**
-4.19
-1.15
4.41
-14.14
-15.66
6.16
15.37
-15.90
-22.43*
-29.37**
-50.51**
-36.44**
-39.27**
7.38
-22.55*
13.16
14.38
-2.15
15.93
-5.94
-39.57**
14.02
-42.78**
-37.37**
-26.52*
-8.81
1.99
10.28
3.97
www.ijsir.co.in
18

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Table3: Magnitude of heterosis and inbreeding depression (ID) for Number of branches per plant
Crosses
IC-212267 VRO-5
IC-43742 VRO-5
IC-85814 VRO-5
SA-29 Varsha Uphar
SA-29 Hissar Unnat
SA-29 VRO-5
IC-288877 VRO-5
IC-140927 VRO-5
VRO-6 Varsha Uphar
VRO-6 Hissar Unnat
VRO-6 VRO-5
SEL.-4 Varsha Uphar
SEL.-4 Hissar Unnat
SEL.-4 VRO-5
Pusa Makhmali VRO-5
Kashi Kranti VRO-5
SEL.-10 VRO-5
VRO-3 Varsha Uphar
VRO-3 Hissar Unnat
VRO-3 VRO-5
S.Em
MP
-21.66*
-5.06
14.89*
15.40
4.76
-28.67**
-32.97**
-9.34
-54.08**
-23.01**
-25.45**
-29.31**
-16.76
-13.52
-15.25
-14.58
100.67**
-32.68**
35.66**
24.52
38.74**
39.68**
65.58**
-25.74*
66.18**
85.32**
76.82**
32.64**
42.69**
-7.14
-5.72
-15.38
21.54*
-22.08
-43.57**
29.36*
0.22
Number of branches per plant

BP
EH
-29.76**
11.78
-17.22
3.79
17.72
67.66**
20.85
75.65**
-14.43
23.75
-28.68**
3.79
-34.52**
3.79
-27.39**
7.78
-55.36**
-32.14*
-29.81**
35.73*
-45.09**
7.78
-38.06**
19.76
-19.84
27.74
-29.49**
3.79
-16.45
23.75
-10.22
27.74
65.66**
131.54*
-33.70**
-4.19
5.16**
67.66**
22.75
11.78
11.87**
59.68**
20.63**
91.62**
48.52**
71.66**
-32.56
-4.19
36.51**
115.57**
78.84**
75.65**
49.28**
111.58**
21.03*
91.62**
23.03
59.68**
-10.22
27.74
-7.33
51.70**
-34.43**
7.78
15.02
87.62**
-25.00
19.76
-54.29**
-32.14*
28.50*
87.62**
0.26
0.26
ID
3.57
-34.62
35.71*
15.91
-45.16*
23.08
-7.69
-5.56
-147.06**
2.94
3.70
-46.67*
-1.56
-15.38
0.00
-21.88
25.86*
-50.00
21.43
-50.00*
15.00
35.42*
20.93
-4.17
42.59**
40.91*
58.49**
43.75**
37.50*
15.63
-7.89
-29.63
14.89
13.33
-23.53
34.04*
0.46
19
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Table 4:Magnitude of heterosis and inbreeding depression (ID) for Number of fruits per plant
Crosses
IC-212267 VRO-5
IC-43742 VRO-5
IC-85814 VRO-5
SA-29 Varsha Uphar
SA-29 Hissar Unnat
SA-29 VRO-5
IC-288877 VRO-5
IC-140927 VRO-5
VRO-6 Varsha Uphar
VRO-6 Hissar Unnat
VRO-6 VRO-5
SEL.-4 Varsha Uphar
SEL.-4 Hissar Unnat
SEL.-4 VRO-5
Pusa Makhmali VRO-5
Kashi Kranti Vars ha Uphar
Kashi Kranti VRO-5
SEL.-10 VRO-5
VRO-3 Varsha Uphar
VRO-3 Hissar Unnat
VRO-3 VRO-5
S.Em
MP
-20.92**
-12.92*
13.59*
-13.19*
-6.11
21.61**
-6.77
-3.22
16.93*
4.43
-23.54**
-5.96
1.20
-1.37
6.31
-1.67
-8.52
-14.52**
-25.09**
-26.04**
-21.23**
-19.44**
-23.63**
-20.31**
-6.69
-3.43
39.93**
15.74**
-6.26
7.44
-2.14
-11.38
23.58**
-29.29**
-25.57**
-1.99
0.76
Number of fruits per plant

BP
EH
-31.02**
-31.02**
-23.47**
-24.54**
12.57
-8.80
-22.22**
-22.22**
-15.49*
-16.67**
20.57**
-2.31
-15.74*
-15.74*
-12.21*
-13.43*
16.57*
-5.56
-5.56
-5.56
-30.52**
-31.48**
-5.71
-23.61**
-10.19
-10.19
-11.27
-12.50*
4.57
-15.28*
-7.38
4.63
-14.34**
-3.24
-26.64**
-17.13**
-31.94**
-31.94**
-32.39**
-33.33**
-21.14**
-36.11**
-28.47**
-9.26
-32.12**
-13.89*
-35.04**
-17.59**
-10.65
-10.65
-7.04
-8.33
31.98**
20.37**
5.56
5.56
-13.62*
-14.81*
8.57
-12.04*
-18.98**
-18.98**
-25.82**
-26.85**
12.00
-9.26
-32.20**
-25.93**
-29.24**
-22.69**
-14.83**
-6.94
0.87
0.87
ID
-8.05
-10.43
25.89*
17.86
-18.33
13.74
1.10
0.53
8.82
20.10*
-7.43
-12.73
8.25
4.23
3.83
7.96
0.48
-7.26
9.52
-15.28
-38.41**
23.98*
5.91
21.35
19.69
37.37**
43.08**
-19.30*
0.54
13.16
-36.57*
-21.52
3.06
-26.25*
-4.79
9.45
1.33
www.ijsir.co.in
20

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Table 5: Magnitude of heterosis and inbreeding depression (ID) for Fruit length (cm).
Crosses
IC-212267 VRO-5
IC-43742 VRO-5
IC-85814 VRO-5
SA-29 Varsha Uphar
SA-29 Hissar Unnat
SA-29 VRO-5
IC-288877 VRO-5
IC-140927 VRO-5
VRO-6 Varsha Uphar
VRO-6 Hissar Unnat
VRO-6 VRO-5
SEL.-4 Varsha Uphar
SEL.-4 Hissar Unnat
SEL.-4 VRO-5
Pusa Makhmali VRO-5
Kashi Kranti VRO-5
SEL.-10 VRO-5
VRO-3 Varsha Uphar
VRO-3 Hissar Unnat
VRO-3 VRO-5
S.Em
MP
-4.35
45.79**
64.22**
19.44**
25.53**
42.43**
-3.25
-3.78
15.69**
-8.88*
-9.08*
15.57**
20.03**
20.31**
38.09**
4.39
13.80**
23.92**
12.17**
24.70**
27.08**
-7.34
-14.78**
29.76**
-17.68**
-2.39
56.04**
30.26**
43.84**
76.72**
0.67
23.58**
26.48**
16.89**
56.30**
2.56
0.43
Fruit length (cm)

BP
EH
-7.51
-7.37
34.09**
34.29**
30.80**
31.00**
17.95**
10.31*
20.64**
10.01*
24.59**
13.61**
-11.96**
0.42
-16.43**
-4.68
-7.49
5.52
-16.97**
-5.58
-20.93**
-10.07*
-7.49
5.22
10.01*
23.50**
5.21
18.11**
11.08**
24.70**
2.88
-3.78
9.57
-0.48
8.58
-1.38
8.01
9.11*
14.24**
15.41**
6.53
7.61
-9.94*
-15.77**
-16.81**
-26.56**
15.11**
1.62
-19.57**
-21.16**
-9.33*
-11.12*
32.42**
29.80**
21.50**
31.29**
27.88**
38.19**
44.24**
55.88**
-5.49
0.72
10.55*
17.81**
3.80
10.61*
7.05**
0.12
50.45**
26.50**
-3.66
-25.06**
0.50
0.50
ID
-30.74**
29.69**
19.45**
27.17**
-2.18
9.76
-21.79**
-33.65**
-2.84
-30.48**
-20.67*
-10.83
4.85
-5.84
-5.05
-24.61**
-18.37*
-18.24*
-3.85
-12.99
17.55*
-7.47
-60.82**
-10.03
-50.95**
-32.55**
10.85
-5.02
1.74
34.81**
-41.37**
-1.53
-1.63
-2.99
5.69
-40.00**
0.88
21
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Table 6: Magnitude of heterosis and inbreeding depression (ID) for Fruit yield per plant (g).
Crosses
IC-212267 VRO-5
IC-43742 VRO-5
IC-85814 VRO-5
SA-29 Varsha Uphar
SA-29 Hissar Unnat
SA-29 VRO-5
IC-288877 VRO-5
IC-140927 VRO-5
VRO-6 Varsha Uphar
VRO-6 Hissar Unnat
VRO-6 VRO-5
SEL.-4 Varsha Uphar
SEL.-4 Hissar Unnat
SEL.-4 VRO-5
Pusa Makhmali VRO-5
Kashi Kranti VRO-5
SEL.-10 VRO-5
VRO-3 Varsha Uphar
VRO-3 Hissar Unnat
VRO-3 VRO-5
S.Em
MP
-25.62**
10.40
29.84**
-32.85**
50.28**
37.57**
-42.04**
22.51**
32.85**
31.96**
-29.24**
6.16
-26.54**
20.99**
-18.19**
13.00*
38.24**
4.91
-14.10*
-33.33**
-37.54**
-2.66
-3.86
-22.17**
-11.96*
8.78
30.76**
-25.24**
-3.86
4.52
-10.84*
-21.06**
4.82
-53.01**
-41.14**
-35.21**
11.97
Green fruit yield per plant (g)

BP
EH
-36.68**
-30.32**
3.12
-7.55
18.35*
1.27
-45.09**
-39.58**
33.95**
20.09**
24.94**
6.91
-52.20**
-47.40**
10.20
-1.20
21.90**
4.30
10.16
21.22**
-35.40**
-42.08**
-0.94
-15.24*
-37.81**
-31.56**
12.05
0.46
-22.47**
-33.66**
1.42
11.60
37.37**
23.15**
2.52
-9.34
-31.72**
-24.87**
-52.72**
-47.98**
-44.37**
-52.40**
-5.76
10.27
-15.04**
-0.58
-32.66**
-21.21**
-20.17**
-12.16
9.29
-2.02
34.24**
14.87*
-33.61**
-26.94**
-5.54
-15.32*
4.79
-10.33*
-16.33**
-7.94
-24.16**
-26.16**
-1.67
-4.27
-60.35**
-37.90**
-53.80**
-27.63**
-50.47**
-22.42**
13.82
13.82
ID
10.66
13.59
-4.24
21.65
12.25
4.30
-59.13**
39.39**
49.39**
68.41**
28.89
28.89*
14.38
-8.63
23.70
21.85*
40.49**
24.50*
49.82**
0.14
-34.72
53.02**
38.05**
42.50**
60.66**
59.26**
54.86**
-36.22**
30.33**
24.72*
-3.15
-5.29
37.42**
-42.25**
-9.24
5.44
21.37
www.ijsir.co.in
22

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
In case of days to initiation of flowering, 13, 7

and 14 showed significant negative heterosis over mid
parent, better parent and standard check respectively
which is desirable since early maturing genotypes
results in better returns. The cross IC-212267 Varsha
Uphar, VRO-6 VRO-5 and IC-212267 VRO-5
showed -18.56, -17.85 and -15.77 per cent significantly
negative average heterosis. The crosses viz.; VRO-6
VRO-5, IC-212267 Varsha Uphar and IC-212267
VRO-5 exhibited significant negative heterobeltiosis
to the extent of -15.42, -15.36 and -13.52 per cent
respectively. The crosses IC-212267 Varsha Uphar,
IC-212267 Hissar Unnat and IC-43742 Varsha
Uphar had maximum standard heterosis (-22.90), (17.82) and (-17.30) respectively for days to initiation
of flowering.[6,7,8,9,10].
Among the 36 hybrids evaluated, 22, 19 and 15
hybrids for plant height, 16, 15 and 32 hybrids for
number of branches per plant, 10, 8 and 5 hybrids for
number of fruits per plant, 7 and 2 hybrids for fruit
length, 34 and 31 hybrids for number of fruits per plant
exhibited significant positive heterosis over mid parent
and better parent, respectively (Table 1 - 6).
The best cross combination having maximum
hybrid vigour over mid parent, better parent and
standard heterosis were IC-140927 Hissar Unnat,
Pusa Makhmali Hissar Unnat and IC-140927
Hissar Unnat for number of branches per plant, Pusa
Makhmali VRO-5 for number of fruits per plant, IC85814 Varsha Uphar for plant height, and IC-212267
VRO-5, VRO-3 Hissar Unnat and Kashi Kranti
VRO-5 for fruit length. Similar results were reported
[4,6]
height, number of branches per plant, number of
fruits per plant and fruit length.
The maximum amount of inbreeding
depression was observed green fruit yield per plant
(68.41%, SA-29 Varsha Uphar) followed by number
of branches per plant (58.49%, Pusa Makhmali
VRO-5), number of fruits per plant (43.08%, Pusa
23
Makhmali VRO-5), fruit length (34.81%, Kashi

Kranti VRO-5), days to initiation of flowering
(31.27%, Kashi Kranti Varsha Uphar) and plant
height (23.66%, IC-43742 Varsha Uphar). These
results were as for number of nodes on main stem, plant
[3].
height and number branches per plant
It is also
reported similar results for number of fruits per plant,
[2].
fruit length and fruit yield per plant
In most of the crosses, a close relationship was
observed between heterosis and inbreeding depression
i.e. crosses showing high heterosis also showed high
inbreeding depression which indicated that nonadditive gene action played a major role in the
inheritance of these traits. The crosses SA-29 Varsha
Uphar, Pusa Makhmali Varsha Uphar, Pusa
Makhmali Hissar Unnat and SEL.-4 Varsha Uphar
showing low heterosis and high inbreeding depression
for fruit yield and component characters may be
utilized for improvement of fruit yield in okra through
heterosis breeding.
REFERENCES
1. Anonymous, 2014. Hand Book on Horticulture
Statistics, Ministry of Agriculture, Govt. of India.
p - 11.
2. Bhalekar, S.G., Desia, U.T. and Nimbalkar, C.A.,
2004. Heterosis studies in okra, J. Maharashtra
Agri. Univ., 29 (3): 360-362.
3. Borgaonkar, S.B., Vaddoria, M.A., Dhaduk, H.L.
and Poshiya, V.K., 2005. Heterosis in okra
[Abelmoschus esculentus (L.) Moench],
Agricultural Sci. Digest, 25 (4): 151-253.
4. Eswaran, R., Thrugnana Kumar, S., Sampath
Kumar, C.P., Anandan, A. and Padnaban, C., 2007.
Studies on genetic causes of heterosis in okra
[Abelmoschus esculentus (L.) Moench], Plant
Archives, 7 (2): 721-724.
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
5. More, D.C. and Patil, H.S., 1997. Heterosis and

inbreeding depression for yield and yield
components in okra, Indian J. Agric. Res., 31 (3):
141-148.
6. Singh, B., Kumar, Deepak, Singh, K.V. and
Chaudhary, Vinita, 2009. Heterobeltiosis and
inbreeding depression in okra [Abelmoschus
esculentus (L.) Moench], Advances in Plant Sci.,
22 (1): 273-275.
7. Singh, D. R. and Syamal, M.M., 2006. Heterosis in
okra [Abelmoschus esculentus (L.) Moench],
Orissa J. Hort., 34 (2): 124-127.
www.ijsir.co.in
8. Vachhani, J. H. Shekhat, H. G. Kachhadia, V. H.

Jivani, L. L. Padhar, P. R. (2011). Heterosis and
inbreeding depression in okra [Abelmoschus
esculentus (L.) Moench], Research on Crops;
12(2):556-560.
9. Hays BK, Immer IR and Smith OC (1955).
Methods of Plant Breeding. Mc Graw Hill Co.,
New York, pp 254
10. Vijayaraghvan C and Warriar UA (1946).
Evaluation of high yielding hybrid bhindi
(Hibiscus esculentus). Int. 33rd Indian Science
Congress. 33: 1654.
24

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
PREDICTION OF EPITOPE-BASED PEPTIDES FOR MHC

CLASS-II FROM PROTEOME OF NIPAH VIRUS USING
IMMUNOINFORMATIC APPROACH
1,2
* B. R. Pandey , Sugandha Singh , Shipra Srivastava

Faculty of Science & Technology, Sai Nath University, Ranchi, Jharkhand, India, 2 Sky Institute, Lucknow, U.
3
4
P., India, Research scholar, Sai Nath University, Ranchi, Jharkhand, India, Dr. Rawat Institute of Life
Sciences, Lucknow, U.P. , India
*Address for Correspondence : Dr. B. R. Pandey, Dean, Faculty of Science & Technology, Sai Nath
University, Ranchi, Jharkhand, India & Director (Research), Sky Institute, Lucknow, U. P., India;
E Mail ID : drbrpandey@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
In the present study, prediction and modeling of T cell epitopes from proteome of Nipahvirus followed by the binding
simulation with periodic boundary conditions of predicted highest binding scores with their corresponding MHC
class II alleles were done. Immunoinformatic tool ProPred was used to predict the MHC class II epitopes of viral
proteins. The molecular modeling of the epitopes was done by PEPstr server and alleles were done by MODELLER
software. Molecular dynamics (MD) simulation studies were performed through the NAMD graphical user
interface embedded in visual molecular dynamics software. Epitopes VIIDVGSMV, VTVRRTAGS, YKIYTPGAN,
LVGDVRLAGand VLYRAQLAS have considerable binding with DRB1*0301, DRB1*0804 and DRB1*0817 MHC
class II alleles. These predicted peptides are highly potential to induce T cell-mediated immune response and are
expected to be useful in designing epitope-based vaccines against Nipah virus after further testing by wet lab
studies.
Keywords: Binding simulation; Molecular modeling; T-cell epitope; vaccine designing, MHC class II alleles;
Nipah virus
INTRODUCTION
Nipah virus (NiV) has caused several outbreaks in
humans of encephalitic disease associated with high
lethality. It was isolated in 1999 and was identified as
the etiological agent responsible for an outbreak of
severe respiratory disease and fatal encephalitis in
[1]
Malaysia and Singapore in pigs and humans . In the
first outbreak,Nipah virus was infected both pigs and
humans, in addition to a small number of cats, dogs and
[2, 3]
horses . NiV genome contains six transcription units
encode six structural proteins namely the nucleocapsid
(N), phosphoprotein (P), matrix protein (M), fusion
protein (F), glycoprotein (G) and finally, the large
protein (L) or the polymerase protein which are
ordered in 3'- N-P-M-F-G-L -5'and three nonstructural
25
proteins, C, V, and W. The nucleocapsid (N) protein of

Nipah virus (NiV) is a major constituent of the viral
proteins which play a role in encapsidation, regulating
the transcription and replication of the viral genome
[4]
.The Nipah virus phosphoprotein (P) is multimeric
and tethers the viral polymerase to the nucleocapsid.
The viral matrix protein (M) is considered to play a
critical role in paramyxovirus assembly and appears to
be the driving force for virion budding. The Fusion
protein is responsible for virus entry into host cells by
initiating pH-independent fusion of the viral and
[5, 6]
cellular membranes . Structurally, the henipavirus G
glycoprotein has a receptor-binding globular head
domain that consists of a six-bladed beta sheetwww.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
propeller connected to its transmembrane anchor via a

flexible stalk domain. Nipah Virus contains two
envelope glycoproteins, the receptor-binding G
glycoprotein (NiV-G) that facilitates attachment to
host cells and the fusion (F) glycoprotein that mediates
membrane merger[7, 8]. The replication of genetic
material of Nipah viruses depends on a large
multifunctional L polypeptide to catalyze many of the
steps in RNA synthesis and processing. The viral RNA
polymerase is constituted of two proteins, the large
protein (L) and the phosphoprotein (P). The P protein
plays an essential role in the enzyme; and in order to
form an active polymerase complex, the L and P
polypeptides must physically interact [9, 10]. As in other
paramyxoviruses, the C protein of NiV is expressed
from an alternative open reading frame within the
phosphoprotein (P) gene, whereas the V and W
proteins are expressed by transcriptional RNA editing.
Vaccination is the most effective of all the medical
interventions to save human and animal lives and to
increase production [ 11 , 1 2 ] . The main benefit of
immunization with peptide based vaccines is the ability
to immunize with a minimal structure, consisting of a
well-defined antigen which can be thoroughly
characterized with respect to its antigenicity and
immunogenicity, in order to stimulate an effective
specific immune response, while avoiding potential
undesirable effects. Immunoinformatics approach uses
computational algorithms to predict potential vaccine
candidates or T-cell epitopes which allows the
selection of those epitopes restricted to the HLAs
which are most frequent in the population of interest
and thus the design of vaccines for optimal efficacy
according to geographical distribution. It is also
possible to design a multi-epitope vaccine that will

protect against more than one infecting pathogen
and/or several viral strains in one vaccine preparation.
The amino acid sequences of Nucleocapsid,
Phosphoprotein, Matrix, Fusion, Glycoprotein, L
protein, W protein, V protein and C protein were
retrieved from protein sequence database of
NCBI (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/protein) and their
accessionnumber were shown in table 1.
Prediction of MHC class-II binding peptides
The prediction of promiscuous MHC class-II binding
peptides was done by using a popular
immunoinformatic tool ProPredII [13]. It is a graphical
web tool for predicting MHC class II binding regions in
antigenic protein sequences. The server implement
matrix based prediction algorithm, employing aminoacid/position coefficient table deduced from literature.
The predicted binders can be visualized either as peaks
in graphical interface or as colored residues in HTML
interface. This server might be a useful tool in locating
the promiscuous binding regions that can bind to
several HLA-DR alleles.
Structure-based modeling of T-cell epitopes
The PEPstr (Peptide Tertiary Structure Prediction
[14]
server) server predicts the tertiary structure of small
peptides with sequence length varying between 7 to 25
residues.
Modeling and validation of MHC II alleles
The amino acid sequences of alleles were retrieved
from IMGT/HLA Database. The templates of these
alleles were downloaded from protein databank
(www.rcsb.org/pdb) with PDB IDs shown in table 2.
Table 2: MHC class II alleles and Template PDB IDs for the Modeled Structure
www.ijsir.co.in
S. No.
1
2
3
4
Allele name
DRB1*0301
DRBI*0421
DRBI*0804
DRBI*0817
Template (PDB ID)

1A6A
2SEB
2SEB
1A6A
Allele structure
Model
Model
Model
Model
DRBI*1114
1D5M
Model
26

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
The sequence alignment of target allele with

corresponding templates was performed by using
dynamics programming based align2d module in
[15]
Modeller9.10 . Homology model of alleles was
constructed using program Modeller9.10. The model
structures of alleles were validated with the help of
modeller objective function and DOPE score, which
are the statistical parameter for the assessment of
model using the standard modeller energy function.
The Stereo-chemical qualities of the alleles were
checked by PROCHECK [16].
Molecular Docking
Docking of peptides and alleles structure was carried
out using AutoDock 4.2[17, 18] . Gasteiger charges were
added to the ligand and maximum 6 number of active
torsion are given to the lead compound using
AutoDock Tool (http://autodock.scripps.edu/
resources/adt). Kollaman charges and solvation term
were added to the protein structure using AutoDock
Tool. The Grid for docking calculation was centered to
cover the protein binding site residues and
accommodate ligand to move freely. During the
docking procedure a Lamarckian Genetic Algorithm
(LGA) were used for flexible ligand rigid protein
docking calculation. Docking parameters were as
follows: 30 docking trials, population size of 150,
maximum number of energy evaluation ranges of
25,0000, maximum number of generations is 27,000,
mutation rate of 0.02, cross-over rate of 0.8, Other
docking parameters were set to the software's default
values.
Molecular dynamics simulation was done using

[19]
NAMD graphical interface module
incorporated
[20]
visual molecular dynamics(VMD 1.9.2) . A Protein
Structure File (psf) which stores structural information
of the protein, such as various types of bonding
interactions. The psf file was created from the initial
pdb and topology files. The psfgen package of VMD is
used to create this. In order to create a psf, we first made
a pgn file, which would be the target of psfgen. After
running psfgen, two new files were generated
protein.pdb and protein.psfand by accessing PSF and
PDB files, NAMD generated the trajectory DCD file.
Root Mean Square Deviation (RMSD) of the complex
was completed using rmsd.tcl source file from the Tk
console and finally rmsd.dat was saved and accessed in
Microsoft office excel 200.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Prediction and analysis of MHC Class II binding
peptides
The Nucleocapsid peptide VIIDVGSMV at position
99-107 showed Propred Score of 48.11% with
DRB1*0301MHC II allele. The Matrix protein
peptides VTVRRTAGS and YKIYTPGAN at position
114-122 and 46-54 showed Propred Score of
53.75%and 54.46 with DRB1*0804 and
DRB1*0817MHC II allele, respectively. The Fusion
peptide LVGDVRLAG at position 103-111 showed
Propred Score of 65.26% with DRB1*0301MHC II
allele. The Glycoprotein peptide VLYRAQLAS at
position 544-552 showed Propred Score of 52.50%
with DRB1*0804MHC II allele. ProPred scores of
peptides with MHC II alleles are shown in Table 1.
Molecular dynamics simulation of epitope and HLA

allele complex
www.ijsir.co.in
27

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Table 1: Scores generated by ProPred for MHC CLASS II

protein
Accession No
Nucleocapsid
ACT32611
Length
of amino
acid
532
Phospho -protein
ACT32612
709
Matrix
ACT32613
352
Fusion
ACT32614
546
Glycoprotein
ACT32615
602
L protein
ACT32616
2244
W protein
YP_007188592
449
V protein
NP_112023
456
C protein
NP_112024
Start
position
epitope
allele
99
476
149
641
340
VIIDVGSMV
LNLRSRLAA
LVSDAKVLS
LNFEETNAS
VFIDNTGRI
DRB1*0301
DRB1*0804
DRB1*0301
DRB1*0421
DRB1*0301
% of
highest
score
48.11
60.00
75.79
63.33
64.21
114
46
103
315
511
VTVRRTAGS
YKIYTPGAN
LVGDVRLAG
ILVRNTLIS
FLIDRINWI
DRB1*0804
DRB1*0817
DRB1*0301
DRB1*0804
DRB1*0421
53.75
54.46
65.26
62.50
55.56
544
565
152
1695
245
VLYRAQLAS
FLLKNKIWC
LKIHECNIS
VLRDFISKS
MMMETTIKS
DRB1*0804
DRB1*0817
DRB1*1114
DRB1*0301
DRB1*0421
52.50
63.37
46.43
61.79
67.56
51
413
211
173
149
LNLHGKRKS
LLGRKTCLG
YYGLGVKEQ
LVHLENKLS
LVSDAKMLS
DRB1*114
DRB1*0804
DRB1*0817
DRB1*0421
DRB1*0301
65.48
41.25
40.59
46.67
85.26
103
143
LQTLYTMIM
YLMQRCCPM
DRB1*0301
DRB1*0421
44.21
47.78
166
Homology modeling of alleles
Reliability of new homology models (fig.4) for alleles

was identified by Ramachandran plot. After the
optimization and energy minimization process, the best
model was selected among five 3D models generated
for each allele on the basis of modeller scores. Energy
www.ijsir.co.in
minimization of 3D structure is vital for providing the

maximum stability to the allele protein structure.
Ramachandran plot drawn through
PROCHECKprogram validated the models with >90%
of the total residues in most favoured region.
28

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Figure 4: 3-dimentional Allele structure generated by Modeller software.
Docking energy determination by AutoDock

Docking studies predicted the interaction of epitopes
with alleles and residues involved in this complex. The
docking results of the epitopes with model structure of
alleles were shown in Table 3. Among the above
docked complexes, epitope VIIDVGSMV of
Nucleocapsid protein, VTVRRTAGS &YKIYTPGAN
29
of Matrix protein,LVGDVRLAG of Fusion protein and

VLYRAQLAS of Glycoprotein protein have stable
HLApeptide complexes with the lowest binding value
( Ta b l e 3 ) w i t h D R B 1 * 0 3 0 1 , D R B 1 * 0 8 0 4 ,
DRB1*0817, DRB1*0301 and DRB1*0804 MHC
class II allele, respectively.Epitope-Allele Docking
complex structures are shown in figures 5-9.
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Table 3: Docking result of epitopes with allele structures for MHCClass II.
Protein
Nucleocapsid
Phosphoprote
in
Matrix
Fusion
Glycoprotein
L protein
W protein
V protein
C protein
Peptide/epitop
e
VIIDVGSMV
LNLRSRLAA
LVSDAKVLS
LNFEETNAS
Allele
DRB1*0301
DRBI*0804
DRB1*0301
DRB1*0421
BE
-2.74
-0.82
-1.65
0.6
IME
-11.69
-10.97
-10.9
-9.24
IE
-7.82
-3.35
-6.54
-8.52
TorE
8.95
10.14
9.25
9.84
VdwE
-11.69
-10.65
-10.59
-9.46
EE
0.0
-0.32
-0.31
0.22
VFIDNTGRI
VTVRRTAGS
YKIYTPGAN
LVGDVRLAG
ILVRNTLIS
DRB1*0301
DRB1*0804
DRB1*0817
DRB1*0301
DRB1*0804
-0.34
-2.76
-2.88
-2.62
-1.56
-10.18
-11.71
-11.53
-11.27
-11.7
-9.59
-6.56
-6.57
-8.02
-5.48
9.84
8.95
8.65
8.65
10.14
-10.03
-11.72
-11.07
-10.63
-11.26
-0.15
0.01
-0.47
0.21
-0.44
FLIDRINWI
VLYRAQLAS
FLLKNKIWC
LKIHECNIS
VLRDFISKS
DRB1*0421
DRB1*0804
DRB1*0817
DRB1*1114
DRB1*0301
0.0
-2.92
-1.75
-1.41
-0.42
-11.34
-12.46
-13.38
-12.15
-11.16
-7.26
-8.09
-7.82
-6.67
-8.27
11.34
9.55
11.63
10.74
10.74
-11.74
-12.39
-12.97
-11.64
-10.58
0.4
-0.08
-0.41
-0.5
-0.59
MMMETTIKS
LNLHGKRKS
LLGRKTCLG
YYGLGVKEQ
LVHLENKLS
DRB1*0421
DRB1*1114
DRB1*0804
DRB1*0817
DRB1*0421
0.19
-0.93
-1.84
-1.56
0.09
-11.14
-12.27
-11.69
-11.7
-10.65
-5.31
-6.44
-4.29
-8.34
-4.61
11.34
11.34
9.84
10.14
10.74
-10.02
-11.57
-11.67
-11.52
-10.78
-1.12
-0.7
-0.02
-0.18
0.13
LVSDAKMLS
LQTLYTMIM
YLMQRCCPM
DRB1*0301
DRB1*0301
DRB1*0421
-1.03
-1.35
-0.3
-10.87
-12.09
-10.74
-4.11
-8.18
-8.5
9.84
10.74
10.44
-10.9
-11.96
-9.19
0.03
-0.13
-1.55
BE: Binding Energy; IME: Intermolecular Energy;IE: Internal Energy; TorE: Torsional Energy; VdwE:Vdw-lbDesolv
Energy; EE: Electrostatic Energy.
Figure 5: Docking of Nucleocapsid protein peptide VIIDVGSMV with allele DRB1*0301.The Docked
Complex depicts one Hydrogen bonds (shows as red line) in between THR86:OG1of protein model and ASP4: O
residues of peptide.
www.ijsir.co.in
30

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Figure 6: Docking of Matrix-protein peptide VTVRRTAGS with allele DRB1*0804.The Docked Complex
depicts one Hydrogen bonds (shows as red line) in between THR90:OG1of protein model and VAL1:O residues of
peptide.
Figure 7: Docking of Matrix-protein peptide YKIYTPGAN with allele DRB1*0817.The Docked Complex
depicts one Hydrogen bond (shows as red line) in between TYR11: OHof protein model and LYS2: Oresidues of
peptide.
31
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Figure 8: Docking of Fusion-protein peptide LVGDVRLAG with allele DRB1*0301.The Docked Complex
depicts one Hydrogen bond (shows as red line) in between HIS145:ND2 of protein model and GLY9: OXT residues
of peptide.
Figure 9: Docking of Glycoprotein peptide VLYRAQLAS with allele DRB1*0804.The Docked Complex
depicts one Hydrogen bond (shows as red line) in betweenTHR90:OG1 of protein model and ARG4: O residues of
peptide.
www.ijsir.co.in
32

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Molecular dynamics simulation of peptideallele

complex through NAMD:
The peptideallele complexes formed by AutoDock
were subjected to molecular dynamics simulation and
RMSD. Nucleocapsidprotein epitopeVIIDVGSMV DRB1_0301 allele complex displayed the highest peak
at RMSD value of 1.00 (Figure 10). Matrix protein
peptide VTVRRTAGSDRB1*0804 allele complex
resulted in highest peak at RMSD value of 1.05
(Figure11). Matrix protein peptide YKIYTPGAN-
DRB1*0817 complex resulted in highest peak at

RMSD value of 1.04 (Figure 12). Fusion protein
peptide LVGDVRLAG-DRB1*0301 complex
resulted in highest peak at RMSD value of 1.01
(Figure 13). Glycoprotein peptide VLYRAQLASDRB1*0804 complex resulted in highest peak at
RMSD value of 0.99 (figure 14).The current study
incorporates immunoinformatics approach for
reducing the time consumed in the long array of
experiments to avoid hit and trial sets.
Figure 10: Graph displaying molecular dynamic simulation of NucleocapsidproteinVIIDVGSMV - DRB1_0301

complex, resulted in highest peak at 1.00
Figure11: Graph displaying molecular dynamic simulation of Matrix-protein VTVRRTAGS DRB1*0804

33
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Figure 12: Graph displaying molecular dynamic simulation of Matrix-protein YKIYTPGAN-DRB1*0817complex,

resulted in highest peak at 1.04
Figure 13: Graph displaying molecular dynamic simulation of Fusion-protein LVGDVRLAG-DRB1*0301

www.ijsir.co.in
34

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Figure 14: Graph displaying molecular dynamic simulation of Glycoprotein VLYRAQLAS-DRB1*0804

REFERENCES
Biol.15:567572.
Xu K, et al.2008. Host cell recognition by the
henipaviruses: crystal structures of the Nipah G
attachment glycoprotein and its complex with
ephrin-B3. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U. S. A.
105:99539958.
9. Harcourt, B. H., Tamin, A., Halpin, K., Ksiazek,
T. G., Rollin, P. E., Bellini, W. J., & Rota, P. A.
(2001). Molecular characterization of the
polymerase gene and genomic termini of Nipah
virus. Virology, 287(1), 192- 201.
10. Halpin, K., Bankamp, B., Harcourt, B. H.,
Bellini, W. J., & Rota, P. A. (2004). Nipah virus
conforms to the rule of six in a minigenome
replication assay. Journal of general virology,
85(3), 701-707.
8.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
35
Chua KB, Goh KJ, Wong KT, Kamarulzaman A,

Tan PS, Ksiazek TG, Zaki SR, Paul G, Lam SK,
Tan CT (1999). Fatal encephalitis due to Nipah
virus among pig-farmers in Malaysia. Lancet
354:1257-1259.
Chua KB, Bellini WJ, Rota PA, Harcourt BH,
TaminA, et al. (2000) Nipah virus: a recently
emergent deadly paramyxovirus. Science 288:
14321435.
Epstein JH, Abdul Rahman S, Zambriski JA,
Halpin K, Meehan G, et al. (2006) Feral cats and
risk for Nipah virus transmission. Emerg Infect
Dis 12:11781179.
Finch, J. T., and A. G. Gibbs. 1970. Observations
on the structure of the nucleocapsids of some
paramyxoviruses. J. Gen. Virol. 6:141-150.
Tamin, A., Harcourt, B. H., Ksiazek, T. G., Rollin,
P. E., Bellini, W. J., and Rota, P. A. (2002)
Virology 296, 190-200.
Moll, M., Diederich, S., Klenk, H. D., Czub, M.,
and Maisner, A. (2004) J. Virol. 78, 9705-9712.
Bowden TA, et al. 2008. Structural basis of Nipah
and Hendra virus attachment to their cell-surface
receptor ephrin-B2. Nat. Struct. Mol.
11. H o r z i n e k M C , ( 1 9 9 9 ) . Va c c i n a t i o n : A
philosophical view. Adv. Vet. Med., 41: 1-6.
12. Tang H, Liu XS, Fang YZ, Pan L, Zhang ZW et al.
(2012). The epitopes of foot and mouth disease.
Asian J. Anim. Vet. Adv., 7: 1261-1265.
13. SinghH,RaghavaGPS(2001) ProPred: Prediction
of HLA-DR binding sites. Bioinformatics,
17(12), 1236-37.
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
14.
KaurH, Garg A,Raghava GPS(2007) PEPstr: A

de novo method for tertiary structure prediction
of small bioactive peptides. Protein Pept Lett.
14:626-30.
15. SaliA, Potterton L, Feng Y, Herman V, Martin
K(1995). Evaluation of comparative
protein
modeling by Modeller, Protein:
Struct.Funct.Genet. 23:318326.
16. Laskowski RA, MacArthur MW, Moss DS,
Thornton JM (1993). PROCHECK - a program to
check the stereochemical quality of protein
structures. J. App. Cryst., 26, 283-291.
17. Goodsell DS1, Olson AJ. Automated docking
of substrates to proteins by simulated
annealing. Proteins. 1990; 8(3):195-202.
www.ijsir.co.in
18.
Morris GM, Goodsell DS, Halliday RS, Huey R,

Hart WE, Belew RK, Olson AJ(1998).
Automated Docking Using a Lamarckian
Genetic Algorithm and Empirical Binding Free
Energy Function. J. Comput. Chem. 19:16391662.
19. James CP, Braun R, Wang W, Gumbart J,
Tajkhorshid E, Villa E, C.Chipot C, SkeelRD,
Kale L, Schulten K(2005). Scalable molecular
dynamics with NAMD. J ComputChem
26:17811802.
20. Humphrey W, Dalke A, Schulten K (1996). VMD
Visual Molecular Dynamics. J. Molec.
Graphics. 14(1): 33-38.
36

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
ANTIBACTERIAL ACTIVITY OF SPICE EXTRACTS AGAINST

VIBRIO SPECIES FROM DIFFERENT AREA OF
UTTAR PRADESH
1,2
*Ashish Tiwari , Uma Shankar , Divya Sahni

2
Department of Microbiology, Sai Nath University, Ranchi, Jharkhand, India, ICAR- Indian Institute of Sugarcane
3
4
Research, Lucknow, Division of Biotechnology, CytoGene Research & Development, Lucknow, ICAR- Central
Soil Salinity Research Institute, Regional Research Station, Lucknow , U.P., India
1
*Address for correspondence: Ashish Tiwari ( Research Scholar, Sai Nath University, Ranchi, Jharkhand,
India), ICAR-Indian Institute of Sugarcane Research, Lucknow , U. P, India ;
Email ID : aashishtiwaribu@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
Today antibiotic resistance is turning out to be major challenge for the medical world. Thus, focus shifts to
medicinal plants and natural sources as an alternative to the antibiotics. Herbal sources of drugs have been of
interest since ancient times, thus easily accepted by general population. Considering the rich source and easy
availability, five common spices (Cardamom-Elettaria cardamomum, Clove- Syzygium aromaticum, AsafoetidaFerula assa-foetida, Oregano- Origanum vulgare, Garlic- Allium sativum) have been selected for the study to
screen them for their antibacterial property against both pathogenic and non-pathogenic species of Vibrio ( V.
cholerae, V. parahaemolyticus, and V. vulnificus, V. mimicus and V. alginolyticus). Extraction of the spices were
done in three solvents i.e., acetone, ethanol and methanol. The study revealed that the methanolic extracts of
oregano and garlic showed a distinct inhibitory effect against V.mimicus and V. cholera respectively. Clove,
cardamom and asafoetida also exhibited a range of activities between intermediate to susceptible. Also, some of the
extracts of spices showed no activity at all against some or all of the target vibrio species.
Keywords: Indian spices; Extracts; Vibrio; Water borne; Inhibition; Susceptible
INTRODUCTION
It's been almost a couple of centuries, as depicted by
modern history; our world is under severe threat of
several water borne bacterial diseases, cholera is one of
those major concerns. Though the history of cholera
can be traced back into the era of Gautam Budhha or
Hippocrates, its 1817 when the first pandemic of
cholera was documented (WHO, 2015). The bacterium
invades the human body via ingestion of contaminated
water and food, usually by fecal materials, and resides
in human gut, attached by a toxin co- regulated pili
(TCP produced by tcp gene of V. cholerae). Upon
attachment, it exerts its effect by producing multi
subunit cholera toxin which in turn results in water and
salt loss from the body. If the complication is untreated,
this drastic fluid loss can lead to severe dehydration and
finally death (Chakraborty and Nandini, 2015).
Spices are a group of esoteric food adjuncts that have
37
been in use for thousands of years to enhance the

sensory quality of foods, the quantity and variety
consumed in tropical countries is particularly
extensive. These spice ingredients impart
characteristic flavor, aroma, or piquancy and color to
foods. It is a common experience that their distinct
aroma stimulates the appetite. Not only are spices used
as flavorings and seasonings, but many are also used in
perfumery, cosmetics and toiletries. In addition,
several spices have long been recognized to possess
medicinal properties such as tonic, carminative,
stomachic antispasmodic, and antihelminthic
(Nadkarni and Nadkarni, 1976). Although these
observations are largely empirical, these undoubtedly
efficacious attributes have earned them
pharmacological applications in the indigenous system
of medicine in India and other countries.
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Over the past two to three decades many beneficial

effects of the common food spices on the health have
been understood. There are also new concerns about
food safety due to increasing occurrence of new foodborne disease outbreaks caused by pathogenic microorganisms. This raises considerable challenges,
particularly since there is increasing unease regarding
the use of chemical preservatives and artificial
antimicrobials to inactivate or inhibit growth of
spoilage and pathogenic micro-organisms (Arques et
al., 2008; Aslim and Yucel, 2007; Brandi et al., 2006).
Spices can be added to foods in several forms: as whole
spices, as ground spices, or as isolates from their
extracts.
Many of the spices used today have been valued for
their antimicrobial effects and medicinal powers in
addition to their flavor and fragrance qualities. Most of
the food borne bacterial pathogens examined was
sensitive to extracts from plants such as cinnamon,
clove, garlic, mustard, onion and oregano. The
antimicrobial compounds in spices and herbs are
mostly in the essential oil fraction. Shan et al. (2007)
found that of 46 spice extracts evaluated, more than
50% exhibited antibacterial activity against food borne
pathogens (Staphylococcus aureus and Echerichia
coli). The Gram-positive bacteria were more sensitive
to the antimicrobial compounds in spices than Gramnegative bacteria. The extent of sensitivity varied with
the strain and environmental conditions imposed.
Certain spices can have a direct effect on the rate of
fermentation by stimulating acid production in starter
cultures such as grains, seeds, or nutrient liquids that

have been well colonized by the microorganisms used
for the fermentation. Phenols, alcohols, aldehydes,
ketones, ethers and hydrocarbons have been
recognized as major antimicrobial components in
spices (Tajkarimi et al., 2001).
Spices are some of the most commonly used natural
antimicrobial agents in foods. Addition of spices in
foods not only imparts flavor and pungent stimuli but
also provides antimicrobial property (Hirasa and
Takemasa, 1998; Nevas et al., 2004). Natural
antimicrobial compounds in spices were found to
possess antimicrobial activity (Shelef, 1983; Kim et
al., 1995). Although some researchers have studied the
antibacterial activity of spices against several species
of bacteria, few serotypes of Salmonella have been
tested. In addition, the antimicrobial property of spices
may differ depending on the forms of spices added,
such as fresh, dried, or extracted forms. The objective
of the present study was to investigate the
antimicrobial properties of ten of the commonly used
Indian spices which are consumed by Indians in their
regular diet. If these spices show some antimicrobial
property against the fatal diseases causing Vibrio
species, it could help to curb their growth.
Collection of Spices
All the 5 different spices were purchased in dried form
from local vendors in Lucknow (Uttar Pradesh). Table1 lists the spices used for the study:
Table 1: List of the spices with their botanical name

S.No
Common Name
Botanical name
Cardamom
Elettaria cardamomum
Clove
Syzygium aromaticum
Asafoetida
Ferula assa-foetida
Oregano
Origanum vulgare
Garlic
Allium sativum
Preparation of the Extract

Spices were grinded and sieved using cheese cloth. 20
gm of each of the spices, after grinding were soaked in
200 ml ethanol, methanol and acetone separately.
These mixtures were soaked for 48 hrs, with
intermittent vigorous shaking. The mixtures were then
filtered and the filtrates were vaporized to dryness and
stored at 40C until use.
www.ijsir.co.in
The Bacterial isolation

Vibrio species were isolated and identified as described
earlier by Tiwari and Shankar (2015). Isolation was
done from water samples and identification of different
Vibrio spp- V. cholerae, V. parahaemolyticus, and V.
vulnificus, V. mimicus and V. alginolyticus was done
using mPCR technique.
38

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
It was observed that three extracts (acetone, ethanol

and methanol) of spices exhibited varying degrees of
antimicrobial activity against various vibrio species.
Oregano extracted with methanol showed the highest
activity with maximum zone (22.1 0.60) against
Vibrio mimicus (VM).Other extracts which exhibited a
significant activity were ethanolic (13.20.52) and
acetone (13 0.59) of Cardamom against Vibrio
alginolyticus (VA) in contrast to the activity reported by
Britto et al. (2012) where methanolic extract showed a
significant activity, Asafoetida ethanolic extracts
against Vibrio cholera (13 0.59) and Vibrio
parahaemolyticus (16 0.52). The results of this study
have also shown that a distinct antibacterial activity
was observed by Clove and garlic extracts. Similar
zones were observed for clove acetone extracts against
Vibrio alginolyticus and Vibrio mimicus (20 0.62) and
21.2 0.6 against Vibrio vulnificus, a similar inhibitory
effect of clove against Bacillus, Klebsiella,
Pseudomonas, E.coli, Serratia, Citrobacter, Proteus
and Staphylococcuswere reported by Sethi et al.
(2013)
Garlic methanolic extract (21.1 0.63) and acetone
extract (20 0.62) also showed an inhibitory effect on
growth of Vibrio cholera and Vibrio mimicus which
was similar to the effect reported by Indu et al. (2006)
where methanolic extract of garlic showed distinct
activity against gram negative bacteria.
Preparation of bacterial culture

All the bacterial isolates were separately inoculated in
a liquid media Tryptone Soya Broth (TSB) and
incubated at 37C for 24 hours. These bacterial cultures
were further used for antibacterial assay.
Screening of spice extracts for their Antibacterial
activity
The Disc Diffusion method was used for testing the
antibacterial activity of the spices extract. TSA media
were prepared, sterilized at 121C and 15 psi for 20
min. This media was then spread with 200 L of the
bacterial suspension and wells punched in the plates
were filled with the extract. After incubation at 370C for
24 h, diameters of inhibition zones were measured.
Each experiment was done in triplicate. Well filled with
only the solvent (ethanol, methanol and acetone)
served as negative control whereas as well containing
50 g amoxicillin was placed in the plate as a positive
control.
The results of the agar well diffusion test indicated that
spice extracts of clove, cardamom, oregano, asafoetida
and garlic exhibited different degrees of inhibition
against five isolated and identified Vibrio species (V.
cholerae, V. parahaemolyticus, and V. vulnificus, V.
mimicus and V. alginolyticus) as reported in the earlier
work (Tiwari and Shankar, 2015).The zone of
inhibitions observed in the study is shown in the Table
1-5.
(a)
(b)
(c)
Figure 1: Antibacterial activity of spices by agar well diffusion method; Media used- Tryptone
Soya Agar media; well size-4 mm (a) Garlic extract activity against VP (b)Clove extract activity against VM (c)Clove
extract activity against VC
39
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Table 1: Antimicrobial activity of Oregano (Origanum vulgare) extract in 3 different solvents against different
Vibrio spp.
Bacterial Spp.
VC
VP
VA
VM
VV
Oregano (Zone of Inhibition in mm)

AE
EE
ME
PC
8.100.43
12.40.68
9.1 0.39
301.0
0.00.0
200.7
0.00.0
331.0
60.21
6.50.20
70.34
290.71
0.00.0
0.00.0
22.10.60
290.71
17.330.57
110.31
13 0.52
28.70.68
NC
0.00.0
0.00.0
0.00.0
0.00.0
0.00.0
* VC= V. cholera; VP=V. parahaemolyticus; VV= V. vulnificus; VM= V. mimicus; VA= V. alginolyticus
*AE= Acetone extract; EE=Ethanol extract; ME= Methanol extract; PC= Positive control; NC=Negative control
**Values are expressed as mean standard deviation of the three replicates (n=3); Zone of inhibition not include the diameter of the
well.
Table 2: Antimicrobial activity of Cardamom (Elettaria cardamomum) extract in 3 different solvents against
different Vibrio spp.
Bacterial Spp.
VC
VP
VA
VM
VV
Cardamom(Zone of Inhibition in mm)

AE
EE
ME
0.00.0
0.0 0.0
0.0 0.0
4.10.23
3.80.18
4.20.21
130.59
13.20.52
11.10.1
5.40.21
0.0 0.0
0.0 0.0
0.00.0
100.41
5.80.33
PC
28.70.7
28.70.7
320.84
300.74
28.70.7
NC
0.0 0.0
0.0 0.0
0.0 0.0
0.0 0.0
0.0 0.0
well.
Table 3: Antimicrobial activity of Asafoetida (Ferula assa-foetida) extract in 3 different solvents against
different Vibrio spp.
Bacterial Spp.
VC
VP
VA
VM
VV
Asafoetida(Zone of Inhibition in mm)

AE
EE
ME
12.61.5
130.59
0.0 0.0
0.0 0.0
160.52
7.31.4
100.41
11.50.36
0.00.0
80.31
0.0 0.0
2.80.10
120.41
150.41
60.11
PC
28.70.7
320.84
300.74
301.0
331.0
NC
0.0 0.0
0.0 0.0
0.0 0.0
0.0 0.0
0.0 0.0
well.
www.ijsir.co.in
40

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Table 4: Antimicrobial activity of Clove (Syzygium aromaticum) extract in 3 different solvents against different
Vibrio spp.
Bacterial Spp.
VC
VP
VA
VM
VV
AE
0.0 0.0
0.0 0.0
200.62
200.62
21.20.6
Clove(Zone of Inhibition in mm)

EE
ME
PC
200.62
20.60.66
300.71
19.10.61
0.0 0.0
320.71
18.30.54
16.60.52
290.64
16.40.52
12.30.43
29.50.64
21.8 0.71
15.90.42
300.66
NC
0.0 0.0
0.0 0.0
0.0 0.0
0.0 0.0
0.0 0.0
well.
Table 5: Antimicrobial activity of Garlic (Allium sativum) extract in 3 different solvents against different Vibrio
spp.
Bacterial Spp.
VC
VP
VA
VM
VV
Garlic(Zone of Inhibition in mm)

AE
EE
ME
PC
0.0 0.0
180.33
21.10.63
301.0
20.10.62
160.52
11.30.39
320.98
0.0 0.0
20.70.61
0.0 0.0
290.72
200.62
18.40.32
160.52
29.50.73
190.59
170.32
15.70.41
301.0
NC
0.0 0.0
0.0 0.0
0.0 0.0
0.0 0.0
0.0 0.0
well.
Some extracts displayed no inhibition zone including

acetone and ethanol extract of oregano against Vibrio
parahaemolyticus and Vibrio mimicus. Cardamom
extract showed zero zone of inhibition against Vibrio
cholera and Vibrio mimicus.
Spices are heterogeneous collections of a wide variety
of volatile and non-volatile staple dietary additives.
India with its wide climatic conditions and
topographical features naturally possesses wide
variety of spices which are being used in the diet. These
spices turn an ordinary meal to an extraordinary
experience. They contain multiple constituents with
antimicrobial activity including phenols, quinones,
flavones, tannins, terpenoids, and alkaloids. Some
spices and culinary herbs also possess anti- adhesive
properties, or substances that prevent the adhesion of
the microbe to the host tissue, thus preventing the
primary infection point (Pavithra, 2014).This
41
investigation was an effort to explore more such

properties of spices which could prove beneficial for
the living beings. As these natural properties of spices
could be exploited to obtain bioactive components
which turn out to be potential drugs.
CONCLUSION
Water is one of the basic need for all living organism,
microorganism prevalent in water are the major cause
of water borne diseases. The microorganisms which
play a paramount role in water borne diseases are vibrio
species. The aim of this work was to identify certain
active compounds in spices which could inhibit the
growth of these fatal microbes. It was observed that
few spices extracts contain high antibacterial property
and can be further explored for the isolation of its
bioactive compound.
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Methanolic extracts of Oregano (Origanum vulgare)

and Garlic (Allium sativum) exhibited significant
antibacterial property in susceptible range against
Vibrio mimicus and Vibrio cholera. Since Vibrio
cholera is one of the microorganisms which have the
most devastating effect, thus garlic can be good source
of antimicrobial compounds and in future, it can be
used to isolate the bioactive molecule and characterize
using more advanced analytical techniques to identify
and explore them further.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
The corresponding author of the present manuscript
Ashish Tiwari is highly indebted to his advisor Dr. Uma
Shankar, Division of Biotechnology, CytoGene
Research & Development, Lucknow, U. P., India and
Dr. B. R. Pandey, Dean, Faculty of Science &
Technology, Sai Nath University, Ranchi, Jharkhand,
India for their guidance and constant supervision as
well as for providing necessary information regarding
the present study.
REFERENCES
1. A John De Britto, D Herin Sheeba Gracelin, P.
Benjamin andJeya Rathna Kumar (2012).
Antibacterial potency and synergistic effect of a
few South Indian spices against antibiotic resistant
bacteria. Indian Journal of Natural products and
resources,3(4), pp. 557-562.
2. Arques JL, Rodriguez E, Nunez, M and Medina, M
(2008) Inactivation of gram negative pathogens in
refrigerated milk by reuterin in combination with
nisin or the lactoperoxidase system. European
Food Research and Technology, 227(1), pp.
7782.
3. Aslim B. and Yucel N (2007) In vitro antimicrobial
activity of essential oil from endemic Origanum
minutiflorum on ciprofloxacin-resistant
Campylobacter spp. Food Chemistry, 107(2): pp.
602606.
4. Brandi G, Amagliani G, Schiavano GF, De Santi
M, and Sisti M (2006): Activity of Brassica
oleracea leaf juice on food borne pathogenic
bacteria. Journal of Food Protection, 69(9): pp.
22742279.
5. Chakraborty S. and Nandini V. (2015), Treatments
of cholera, their restraints and the necessity for
www.ijsir.co.in
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
simple prevention strategies: a comprehensive

review, Int. J. of Res. 2(3) 544-569.
Global epidemics and impact of cholera (2015):
C h o l e r a : H e a l t h To p i c s . Wo r l d H e a l t h
Organization. WHO.
Hirasa K. and Takemasa M (1998).Spice qualities
and specifications. In: Spice Science and
Technology. Marcel Dekker. New York, NY. USA.
PP. 29-52.
Kim J, Marshall MR. and Wei C (1995).
Antibacterial Activity of Some Essential Oil
Components against Five Foodborne Pathogens,
Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry,
43(11): pp. 2839-2845.
M.N. InduI, A.A.M. Hatha, C. AbiroshI, U.
HarshaI, G. Vivekanandan (2006). Antimicrobial
activity of some of the south-Indian spices against
serotypes of Escherichia coli, Salmonella, Listeria
monocytogenes and Aeromonas hydrophila. Braz.
J. Microbiol, 37(2).
Nadkarni KM, Nadkarni AK (1976). Indian
Materia Medica, Mumbai, India: Popular
Prakashan Pvt. Ltd.
Nevas M, Korhonen AR, Lindtrm M, Turkki P.
and Korkeala H (2004). Antibacterial Efficiency of
Finnish Spice Essential Oils against Pathogenic
and Spoilage Bacteria, Journal of Food Protection,
67(1): pp. 199-202.
Pavithra G. Effect of Spices on Bacteria A Short
Review. J. Pharm. Sci. & Res. Vol. 6(8), 2014, 268270.
Shan B, Cai YZ, Brooks JD, Corke H (2007). The
in vitro antibacterial activity of dietary spice and
medicinal herb extracts. Int. J. Food Microbiol.
117(1):112119.
Shelef LA (1983). Antimicrobial Effects of Spices,
Journal of Food Safety, 6, pp. 29-44.
Sonia Sethi, Aparna Dutta, B. Lal Gupta, Saksham
Gupta (2013) . Antimicrobial Activity of Spices
against isolated Food Borne Pathogens.
International Journal of Pharmacy and
Pharmaceutical Sciences, 5(1)
Tajkarimi M, Ibrahim S, Cliver O (2010).
Antimicrobial herb and spice compounds in food.
Food Control 21:1199-1218.
42

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
A REVIEW- BASICS OF LASER AND ITS ROLE IN PERIODONTICS:

PART I
* Pratima Srivastava
Department of Periodontology and Implantology, Sardar Patel Institute of Dental Sciences, Raebareli Road,
Lucknow , U.P.,India
*Address for correspondence: Dr. Pratima Srivastava,11/306, Vikas Nagar, Lucknow,U. P., India;
E mail ID : sripratima04@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
The use of dental lasers for treatment of periodontal diseases has been the area of interest in the recent years. First
experiment for dental application in the 1960s, the use of laser has increased rapidly in the last couple of decades.
This paper describes the fundamentals of laser and the basic elements of a device. The principles of laser-tissue
interaction, photo-thermal events, and different absorption characteristics of dental tissues by laser energy are
discussed. This paper has been divided into two parts, first part describes about the basic part of lasers and the
second part will describe about the role of lasers in periodontal therapy.
Keywords: Laser; Periodontics; Implant; Er:YAG, Nd:YAG
INTRODUCTION
Mainman developed the first laser in 1960 which was
based on Albert Einstein's theory stimulated emission
of radiation.[1] He used crystal medium of ruby which
emits radiant light when stimulated by energy. In 1961,
[2]
Snitzer developed prototype for Nd:YAG laser .
In the medical field, lasers have been successfully used
since the mid-1960s for precise photocoagulation of
the retina. Thus, ophthalmologists were the pioneers of
laser application [3] and now the CO2, Nd: YAG, Er:
YAG, Er ,Cr: YSGG, Ho: YAG and diode lasers are
[4,5]
available for dental and medical surgical specialties.
Periodontal therapy utilizing a laser has been reported
as a monotherapy,[6] as an adjunct to scaling and root
planing, for root debridement combined with surgical
[7 ]
or nonsurgical therapy, and to perform surgical laserassisted new attachment procedures (LANAP). [8,9]
HISTORICAL BACKGROUND [10,11,12]
1917, (Albert Einstein) - Stimulated emission
1959, (Schalow and Townes) - Principle of MASER
1960, (Theodore Mainman) - Prototype of ruby laser
1961, (Javan, Bennett and Harriott) - Constructed the
first gas laser and continuously operating laser.
43
1962, (Robert N. Hall) - demonstrated the first laser

diode device, made of gallium arsenide.
1965, (Goldman) -Laser for tattoo removal and
treatment of caries.
1971, (Hall and Jako et al.) -Tissue reactions to laser
light and wound healing.
1972, (Stern and Sognnaes)- In vivo laser inhibition of
dental caries.
1974, (Geusic et al.)-Used Nd:YAG laser
1985, (Frame, Pick and Pecaro) - Pioneer of oral
surgical application of CO2 laser.
1988, (Hibst and Paghdiwala) - Er:YAG laser
1989, (Myers and Myers) - used modified Nd:YAG
laser for removal of dental caries, he also suggested its
use in soft tissue surgery.
1991, (Midda et al.) - Nd:YAG in periodontal surgery.
TYPES OF LASER
Laser are of various types depending on its spectrum of
light, its active medium and type of tissue on which it
[13]
works such as soft tissue and hard tissue laser. The
characteristics of a laser depend on its wavelength. [14,15 ]
(Figure 1)
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Table 1: Types of laser and their wavelength [14]

Laser Type
Active Medium
Wavelength
Argon fluoride (ArF)
193nm
Excimer lasers
Xenon Chloride (XeCl)
308nm
Gas lasers
Argon
458nm-515nm
Helium Neon (HeNe)
637nm
Carbon Dioxide (CO 2 )
10,600nm
Indium Gallium Arsenide Phosphorus

(InGaAsP)
Gallium Aluminum Arsenide (GaAlAs)
Gallium Arsenide (GaAs)
Indium Gallium Arsenide (InGaAs)
655 nm
Frequency-doubled Alexandrite
337 nm
Potassium Titanyl Phosphate (KTP)
532- 632 nm
Neodymium:YAG (Nd:YAG)
1,064 nm
Holmium:YAG (Ho:YAG)
2000-2200 nm
Erbium, chromium:YSGG (Er,Cr:YSGG)
2,780 nm
Erbium:YSGG (Er:YSGG)
2,790 nm
Erbium:YAG (Er:YAG)
2,940 nm
Diode lasers
(Semiconductor)
Solid state lasers
670830 nm
840 nm
980 nm
Figure 1: A portion of the electromagnetic spectrum showing dental laser wavelengths being used
for treatment
www.ijsir.co.in
44

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
COMPONENTS OF LASER DEVICE

[ 3,16]
Basic components of laser device are:
(Fig 2)
1. Gain medium/ laser medium- Can be solid, liquid or
gas and is pumped by an external energy source.
2. Resonating chamber/ Laser tube with two reflecting
mirrors- one fully reflective and the other one partially
trans missive, which are located at either end of the
optical cavity.
3. Power source/ Energy source- It can be mechanical,
chemical and optical which excites or pumps the

atoms in the laser medium to higher energy levels.
Laser light is produced by pumping (energizing) a
certain substance or gain medium, within a resonating
chamber. The various laser systems are usually named
after the ingredients of the gainmedium. Three factors
are important for the final characteristics of the laser
light: composition of the gain medium, source of pump
energy, and design of the resonating chamber.
Fig 2: Laser device component

LASER SCIENCE
In the 20th century Albert Einstein, described, three
possible mechanisms involving proton radiation absorption, spontaneous emission, and stimulated
[17]
emission.
Laser is an acronym for Light Amplification by
Stimulated Emission of Radiation. Laser is a device
that utilizes the natural oscillations of atoms or
molecules between energy levels for generating
coherent electromagnetic radiation usually in the
ultraviolet, visible, or infrared regions of the spectrum.
It is a device that produces high intensity of a single
wavelength and can be focused into a small spot. [13]
[18 ]
Light
is a form of electromagnetic energy that
behaves as wave and particle. Basic unit of this energy
is 'Photon'. Normal light are significantly different
they emit white light, which is the collection of many
colours of the visible spectrum- violet, blue, green,
45
yellow, orange, and red. Whereas, Laser energy is,

monochromatic, is of one specific colour. This
possesses a property of coherency that is the waves
produced are all in phase with one another and have
identical shapes when plotted in graph.
The beam is collimated, are in parallel direction with in
the laser device. The lens system in the aperture focus
the beam into a delivery system and the emitted energy
either continues as constant or will diverge at an angle.
The wave of photon travelling is defined by two
propertiesFirstly, Amplitude, the total height of the wave
oscillation from top of the peak to zero line on vertical
axis (larger the amplitude, greater the amount of work
being performed).Secondly, Wavelength, distance
between any two corresponding point on the wave on
the horizontal axis. (Fig 3)
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Fig 3. Graph demonstrating amplitude and wavelength.
Amplification- if process continues, more atoms

energized, more identical photons get emitted, and
propagation of this stimulatory wave would result. At a
point, the atoms of the active medium are in the
elevated rather than the resting state. Constant supply
of energy is necessary to maintain this excitation. The
photons are reflected back and forth within the active
medium to further enhance stimulated emission, and
successive pass through the active medium, increase
the power and ultimately collimate the photon beam.
Lasers are heat producing devices converting

electromagnetic energy into thermal energy.Lasers can
interact with their target material by either being
absorbed, reflected, transmitted, or scattered.
Absorbed light energy gets converted to heat and can
lead to warming, coagulation, or excision and incision
[13 ]
of the target tissue.
There are two basic emission modes for dental lasers
Continuous wave- in which energy is emitted
constantly for as long as the laser is activated.
Results in increase production of heat.
Pulsed wave - delivers smaller amounts of
energy in an interrupted bursts, thereby
countering the build-up of heat in the
[13 ]
surrounding tissues
.
Wavelengths can be classified into three categories:
1. The UV range (ultra-spectrum approx 400-700 nm).
2. The VIS range (visible spectrum approx400-700
nm).
3. The IR range (infra-red spectrum approx 700 nm) to
the microwave spectrum.
Radiation [18] - laser energy produced in the active

model is radiated in a specific form of electromagnetic
energy.Wavelengths below (approx. 350 nm) are
ionizing radiation, can deeply penetrate biologic tissue,
produce charged atoms and molecules, and have a
mutagenic effect on cellular DNA. Wavelengths ( 350
nm) cause excitation and heating of the tissue with
which they interact .All available dental laser devices
are classified as nonionizing because their emission
wavelengths exceed 350 nm(fig 1) .
How laser works? [21]

Atoms in the excited state spontaneously emit photon
which bounces back and forth between the two mirrors
in the laser tube, they strike other atoms, stimulating
more spontaneous emissions. Photons of energy of the
same wavelength and frequency escape through the
transmissive mirror as the laser beam, which can be
focused. As a small intense beam of energy that has the
ability to vaporize, coagulate and cut if a lens is placed
in front of beam.
Stimulated Emission- Max Planck, Germanphysicist,

introduced quantum theory in 1900, further it was
[19 ]
notion by Neil bohr , as relating to atomic structure.
Quantum, smallest energy, absorbed by the electrons of
an atom excitation occurs, since natural order prefers
substance to be in a resting state, process known as
[20 ]
spontaneous emission.In 1916, Albert einstien
theorized that additional photon travelling in the field
of excited atom that has the same excitation energy
level results in a release of two quanta, or coherent
waves of two photons, a phenomenon termed as
stimulated emission.
www.ijsir.co.in
46

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
CHARACTERISTICS OF LASER
Lasing process occurs when an excited atom is
stimulated to emit a photon spontaneously.
Spontaneous emission of a photon by an atom
stimulates the release of a subsequent photon and so on.
This stimulated emission generates a coherent,
monochromatic and collimated form of light. When

laser light reaches a tissue, it can reflect, scatter, be
absorbed or be transmitted to the surrounding tissues
(Fig 4). In oral tissue, absorption is due to the presence
of free water molecules, pigments, proteins, and other
macromolecules. [14,22]
Fig. 4: Schematic diagram showing the interaction of laser light in tissue

absorbed by water. [23]
The photonic absorption within the tissue results in an
THERMAL EFFECT ON TISSUES
intracellular or intercellular change. The shorter
Lasers designed for surgery deliver concentrated and
wavelengths (approx500- 1000nm) are readily
controllable energy to tissue. For biological effect of
absorbed in blood elements and chromophores. Argon
laser on tissues the energy must be absorbed and this
is highly attenuated by hemoglobin. Diode and
will vary as a function of laser wavelength and optical
Nd:YAG have a high affinity for melanin. The longer
characteristics of the target tissues. [4] At the surgical
wavelengths are more interactive with water and
site with increasing temperature, the soft and hard
hydroxyapatite. The largest absorption for water is just
tissues are
subjected to various tissue changes as
below 3000 nm (Er:YAG laser). CO2 at 10,600 nm has
[24]
mentioned in table 2.
the greatest affinity for hydroxyl apatite and is well
0
47
Temperature ( C)
Effect
>37
Hyperthermia
>50
Non-sporulating bacteria deactivated
60 to 65
Tissue welding
65- 90
Coagulation
90-100
Protein denaturation
>100
Vaporization and carbonization
>200
Charring and irreversible tissue necrosis
Table 2: Thermal effect of laser on tissues
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
USES OF LASERS
1. Removal of diseased pocket lining epithelium
2. Antimicrobial effect on microbiota
3. Removal of calculus
4. Root surface detoxification
ADVANTAGES
1. Dry surgical field
2. Tissue surface sterilization
3. Less operative time, minimum postoperative
pain due to protein coagulum that acts as a
biological dressing and seals the ends of
sensory nerves
4. Less mechanical trauma, minimal swelling and
scarring observed
5. Because of low or no heat production, they can
be used around dental implants.
6. Reach sites which conventional mechanical
instrument cannot.
7. Faster healing
8. Increased patient acceptance
DISADVANTAGES
1. The cost of laser is significantly higher.
2. Laser can cause eye damage, so protective
glasses are required during its use.
3. There is a burning flesh odour.
4. Combustible gases must be turned off during
laser use.
5. Laser plume requires use of a high-filtration
face mask, because of the possible presence of
pathogens in the plume.
6. Because of the potential hazard of laser light,
laser use requires a learning period and strict
precautions.
[13]
PRECAUTION TO BE TAKEN
1. Use of glasses for eye
protection before
treatment worn by patient, operator, and
assistants.
2. Protect the patient's eyes, throat, and oral
tissues outside the target site.
3. Use of wet gauze packs to avoid reflection from
www.ijsir.co.in
shiny metal surfaces.

4. Require adequate high speed evacuation to
capture the laser plume.
[13]
RISKS WHILE TREATMENT

1. By direct
ablation
excessive tissue
destruction can be seen and thermal side
effects.
2. Excessive ablation of root surface and gingival
tissue within periodontal pockets.
3. Thermal injury to the hard and soft tissue
architecture.
APPLICATION OF LASER IN DENTISTRY
1. On Soft tissue
The types of lasers used for periodontal applications
are the diode, CO2, Nd:YAG and erbium: yttriumaluminium-garnet (Er:YAG). All lasers except CO2
laser transmit the energy through an optical fiber, with
the use of a hand piece and contact to provide tactile
feedback. The CO2 laser uses a light beam directly to
guide the operator. [25]
Non- Surgical Periodontal Therapy
The use of lasers as an adjunct to conventional
mechanical therapy is based on the claim that
eradication of pathogenic bacteria will produce a
sterile field, leading to elimination of periodontal
pockets. [25]
Surgical Periodontal Therapy
Lasers have been used for a number of types of soft
t i s s u e s u rg e r i e s , i n c l u d i n g g i n g i v o p l a s t y,
[26]
gingivectomy, frenectomy,
vestibular deepening,
operculectomy, gingival troughing for impression
taking, removal of mucocutaneous lesions, soft tissue
biopsies and gingival sculpting techniques associated
with implant therapy and flap surgeries. Lasers can also
be used for clinical crown lengthening for esthetic and
[4,25 ]
prosthetic reasons without gingival flap reflection.
(Table 2)
48

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Table 2: Current and potential soft tissue applications of lasers in dentistry [14]
Laser Type
Argon (Ar)
Gas Laser
Potential Soft Tissue Application

Intraoral soft tissue surgery, Sulcular debridement
(subgingival curettage in periodontitis and peri implantitis)
Helium Neon (He Ne)

Carbon Dioxide (CO 2 )
Diode
Lasers
Galium Aluminum Arsenide

(GaAlAs)
Galium Arsenide (GaAs)

Solid State
Lasers
Analgesia, Aphthous ulcer treatment

Analgesia, Intraoral and implant soft tissue
surgery, Aphthous ulcer treatment, Removal of
gingival melanin pigmentation and mucosal lesion
Analgesia, Intraoral general and implant soft tissue
surgery, Sulcular debridement (subgingival
curettage in periodontitis and peri-implantitis)
Aphthous ulcer treatment, Removal of gingival
melanin pigmentation
Neodymium:YAG
(Nd:YAG)
Analgesia, gingival troughing, esthetic contouring

of gingiva, treatment of oral ulcers, Sulcular
debridement (subgingival curettage in
periodontitis), Removal of
gingival melanin
pigmentation
Erbium:YAG (Er:YAG),
Erbium:YSGG (Er:YSGG),
Erbium,chromium:YSGG
(Er,Cr:YSGG)
Analgesia, Intraoral general and implant soft tissue

surgery, Sulcular debridement (subgingival
curettage in periodontitis and peri
-implantitis),
Aphthous ulcer treatment, Removal of gingival
melanin/metal- tattoo pigmentation
2. On Hard Tissue:
Dental lasers can be used to cut, incise, and ablate hard
and soft tissues (table 2).[24] Erbium lasers are unique in
that these are the only lasers that can cut both hard and
soft tissues.[27] Hard tissue ablation results from micro
evaporative expansive events that occur within the
target due to an extremely rapid buildup of heat and
49
spontaneous evaporation of the available water

content. This process also is referred to as a thermo
mechanical effect due to the pressure buildup
[28]
involved. Hard tissue lasers are used to remove a
defective composite restoration, eradicate recurrent
decay found underneath, and perform any soft/ hard
[24]
tissue crown lengthening.
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Table 3: Current and potential Hard tissue applications of lasers in dentistry.

Hard tissue Application
1. Caries and calculus
detection
Laser Type
Indium Gallium Arsenide Phosphorus (InGaAsP)
2. Hard tissue ablation,

Excimer lasers,
Frequency-doubledAlexandrite,
dental caries and calculus Er:YAG, Er,Cr:YSGG,
removal
3. Treatment of dentin
hypersensitivity
4. Laser analgesia
5. Root canal disinfection
6. Bleaching/tooth
whitening
7. Root biomodification
8. Osseous surgery
Nd:YAG, Er:YAG, Er,Cr:YSGG CO2, KTP, and

diode lasers
HeNe, CO 2 , Nd:YAG, Er:YAG, and Er,Cr:YSGG
lasers
Galium Aluminum
Arsenide (GaAlAs) and
Galium Arsenide (GaAs), Neodymium:YAG
(Nd:YAG), Erbium:YAG (Er:YAG),
(Er,Cr:YSGG)
Argon (Ar)
Defocussed CO 2, Nd:YAG, Erbium:YAG (Er:YAG)
Erbium:YAG (Er:YAG),
(Er,Cr:YSGG)
CONCLUSION
In dentistry lasers and their use are relatively new, the
lasers serve as an adjunctive or alternative to
conventional mechanical periodontal and peri-implant
treatment. Soft tissue surgery is one of the major
indications of lasers. Nd:YAG, CO2, diode, Er:YAG
and Er,Cr:YAG lasers are generally accepted as useful
tools for these procedures. Currently, Er:YAG and
Er,Cr:YSGG lasers possess characteristics suitable for
dental treatment, due to their dual ability to ablate soft
and hard tissues with minimal damage. Considering
the numerous advantages of laser, its use with
conventional treatment or alone has the potential to
improve the condition of the periodontal pockets.
Thus, laser systems, with the ablation effect of light
energy different from conventional mechanical
debridement, may emerge as a new technical modality
for periodontal therapy in the near future. A laser has
proved to be a blessing indisguise if used safely and
properly.
www.ijsir.co.in
REFERENCES
1. Maiman TH. Stimulated optical radiation in
ruby. Nature 1960; 187:493-494.
2. Cobb CM . Laser in periodontics: A review of
the literature. J Periodontol 2006; 77: 545-564.
3. Ishikawa I, Aoki A, Takasaki AA, Mizutani K,
Sasaki KM, Izumi Y. Application of lasers in
periodontics: true innovation or myth?
Periodontol 2009;50 : 90126.
4. Academy Reports. Laser in periodontics. J
Periodontol 2002; 73: 1231-1239.
5. White JM, Goodis HE, Rose CL. Use of pulsed
Nd:YAG laser of intraoral soft tissue surgery.
Lasers Surg Med 1991; 11: 445-61.
6. Miyazaki A, Yamaguchi T, Nishikata J, et al.
Effects of Nd:YAG and CO2 laser treatment and
ultrasonic scaling on periodontal pockets of
chronic periodontitis patients. J Periodontol
2003;74: 175180.
50

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
51
Dilsiz A, Canakci V, Aydin T. The combined use

of Nd:YAG laser and enamel matrix proteins in
the treatment of periodontal infrabony defects. J
Periodontol 2010; 81: 14111418.
Gregg RH, McCarthy DK. Laser ENAP for
periodontal bone regeneration. Dent Today 1998;
17:8891.
Nevins ML, Camelo M, Schupbach P, Kim SW,
Kim DM, Nevins M. Human clinical and
histologic evaluation of laserassisted new
attachment procedure. Int J Periodontics
Restorative Dent 2012; 32: 497-507.
Bains VK, Gupta S, Bains R. Lasers in
periodontics: An overview. J Oral Health
Community Dentistry.2010;4:2934.
Elavarasu S, Naveen D, Thangavelu A. Laser in
periodontics. J Pharm Bioallied Sci 2012; 4:260-3.
Midda M, Renton-harper P. Lasers in dentistry.
Br Dent J 1991; 170: 343-346.
Dang AB, Rallan NS. Role of lasers in
periodontology: A Review. Annal of dent
speciality 2013;1: 8-12.
Aoki A, Sasaki KM, Watanabe H, Ishikawa I.
Lasers in nonsurgical periodontal therapy.
Periodontol 2004; 36: 5997.
Walsh LJ. The current status of laser applications
in dentistry. Aust Dent J 2003; 48:146-55.
Elavarasu S, Naveen D, Thangavelu A. Lasers in
periodontics. J Pharm Bioallied Sci 2012; 4:
260263.
Pick R, Colvard MD. Current Status of Lasers in
Soft Tissue Dental Surgery. J Periodontol 1993;
64:589-602.
18. Coluzzi DJ. Fundamentals of laser in dentistrybasic science, tissue interaction and
instrumentation. J laser dent 2008;16 :4-10.
19. Bohr N. The theory of spectra and atomic
constitution. Three essays.Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press, 1922.
20. Einstein A. Strahlungs-emission und -absorption
nach der quantentheorie. Verh Dtsch Phys
Ges1916;18:318-323.
21. Mahajan A. Lasers in periodontics- a review.
European jour of dent and medicine 2011;3:1-11.
22. Meshram P, Yeltiwar R. The Light TouchApplication of Soft Tissue Diode LASER in
Periodontics: A Report of Three Cases. Int J Laser
Dent 2012; 2: 47-50.
23. Gupta S, Kumar S. Lasers in Dentistry - An
Overview. Trends Biomater. Artif. Organs 2011;
25: 119-123.
24. Lomke MA. Clinical applications of dental lasers.
Gen Dent 2009; 3: 47-59.
25. Matthews DC. Seeing the Light The Truth
about Soft Tissue Lasers and Nonsurgical
Periodontal Therapy. J Can Dent Assoc 2010; 76:
1-5.
26. Verma SK, Maheshwari S, Singh RK, Chaudhari
PK. Laser in dentistry: An innovative tool in
modern dental practice. Natl J MaxillofacSurg
2012;3:124-32.
27. M i s e r e n d i n o L J , P i c k R M . L a s e r s i n
dentistry.Chicago: Quintessence Publishing
Co.;1995.
28. Niemz M. Laser tissue interactions, ed. 2.
Berlin,Germany: Springer;2002.
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
DESIGN PHYSIOLOGICAL MODEL USING FUZZY LOGIC AND

MATHEMATICAL CONCEPT
*Amod Kumar Tiwari1, Ashok Kushwaha2, Anurag Singh2,Shivesh Pandey2
2
Bhabha Institute of Technology, Kanpur, U.P., India, Research Scholar, Sai Nath University
Ranchi, Jharkhand, India
Address for correspondence: Dr. Amod Kumar Tiwari, Professor & Director, Bhabha Institute of Technology,
Kanpur, U. P., India ; Email ID : amodtiwari@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
Fuzzy Physiological Approach is a hard key problem in the industrial core domain of computer-aided design (CAD)
applications. A work piece must be represented in some standard CAD object description format such that its
representation can be efficiently used in a CAD process like redesign. The proposed task adopted Optimum Shape
Operator (OSO) to use the fuzzy concept for creating a new CAD model. In this change, the optimization ranking of
each vertex pair and furthermore maintain the features of optimized models. In the paper, we want to create new
feature of physiological model using fuzzy set theory and mathematical concept.
Keywords: Fuzzy design; Fuzzy model; Optimization theory; Fuzzy theory
INTRODUCTION
A prominent class of volume-oriented CADF MODEL
systems employs Constructive Fuzzy Solid Geometry
(FCSG). The FCSG principle is to construct complex
CADF MODEL objects from primitive objects. The
resulting FCSG objects represent physical that is solid,
objects. Curved Fuzzy, like certain parts of car bodies,
are typically represented by triangulations that are a
Fuzzy approximation by plane triangles. Another
well-known representation uses non-uniform rational
B-splines (NURBS), which are especially apt for the
construction of a smooth curved Fuzzy by smoothly
[1, 2,3, 4]
joining Curved Fuzzy
. NURBS have the de facto
standard for smooth-Fuzzy representations in the
CADF MODEL world.
They are a powerful tool for geometric design tasks,
because they are fast to calculate, numerically stable
and allow a rather intuitive use. CADF MODEL Fuzzy,
like a saddle Fuzzy, while a volume-oriented
Object is constructed by combining CADF MODEL
volumes, like a sphere. Accordingly, there are Fuzzy or
volume oriented CADF MODEL systems and hybrid
systems used by a construction engineer for operating
on such CADF MODEL objects. Many CADF
MODEL objects mainly consist of primitive CADF
MODEL objects like spheres, cylinders, cuboids or
www.ijsir.co.in
torus[4,5]. Thus, a CADF MODEL system provides

corresponding object libraries and supports the
manipulation of such objects.
Fuzzy design that is the automatic construction of a
CADF MODEL object from data is a hard and
industrially relevant problem. The task being
considered in this paper is the design from a given 3D
point data set. The problem core is that, in any given set
represents infinitely many different geometrical Fuzzy,
that is those and only those Fuzzy that have the set in
common. However, the data set represents only one
physical Fuzzy, which is the Fuzzy of that physical
object from which a digitizing process generated the
data set. Thus, a Fuzzy-design system must reconstruct
a CADF MODEL object that approximates the
[6,7]
physical object .This corresponds to the task of
recognizing a physical object in a 3D point set, which is
a special case of pattern recognition. The system must
perform this task such that a construction engineer can
start working with the resulting CADF MODEL object
without being forced to introduce an expensive manual
[8,9]
modification to the representation . Following is the
problem identification for the present work, the scope
and methodology
52

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Lets the Neighbor vertex is ( vj ) and their adjacent

vertex's are {v1, v2, v3,vi ). Where vi {v1, v2,
v3,), {vi {v1, v2, v3,) }.
if { U( v1) , U( v2), U( v3), U (vk )} are unit
normal vector of each vertex's vi. Therefore
U (vk ) { U( v1) , U( v2), U( v3), U (vk )},
{U (vk ) { U( v1) , U( v2), U( v3), U (vk )}
Where i and k are the positive integer values
{(i, j ) (1, 2, 3, ..n) }.
If the vertex's (vi) connected two or more than two
edges (e1, e2, e3,.en),
Therefore at least {v1 (e1, e2) or v2 (e1, e2, e3) or (vi) (e1,
53
e2, e3, ...en)},

Now
{(vi) (e1 e2 e3 ...en) }, and for the
common edges of triangle
{(vi) (e1 e2 e3 ...en) },
{ (vi) (e1, e2, e3, ...en)}.
Where e1, e2, e3, ...en are the edge
weight.
Now optimum shape operator of the vertex along the
curve (v1, v) is defined as
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
CALCULATE TOPOLOGICAL ERROR OF KNOT VERTEXES

get (Sj, k, Hs, e, n) initialized variable
train for n steps - (end of first stage)
Topological error Tv
if (Tv> Tth)
form adjacency edge and reorder variable
end - (end of topology correction if required)
do
classify and separate
S into point subsets S1, S2,Sk using variable
find (Sp for Si, i 1n)
get (S1, S2, ... Sj) find (vi such that ei is max)
insert reference vectors near vi,
modify k and adapt node variable
while (less than max triangle)
end
Where vtis the unit tangent vector of knot vertex, vb is
the unit binormal vector of knot vertex and vn is the unit
binormal vector of knot vertex; k is the curvature and is
the torsion.
Where e1, e2 are the orthonormal edges of triangular

mesh of homogeneous curved Fuzzy.
Geodesic Normals in Fuzzy Curved
Put
Let S is homogeneous sample space and H s is

enumerated knot vertexes, therefore Hs is directly
proportional to the mean curvature (concavity,
convexity, vector of doubly curved Fuzzy,
for each triangle
Science S is homogeneous doubly curved Fuzzy,
Here D is the geodesic normal distance

from
CALCULATE THE SPACE BETWEEN TWO POINTS CLOUDS
Getsurf (s1, s2) Initialize D, ds;
Train (while (E= =0 to E = =1))
{
If ((G = =g = =D2) && (E = G || F = = 0))
{
\\* Calculation for real and orthogonal Fuzzy *\\
Getnorm (G, g, D) \\* for normal calculation *\\
Dist (Getsurf (s1, s2))
End
}
}
Where train, Getsurf are parametric recursive functions
www.ijsir.co.in
54

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
SHAPE OPTIMIZATION USING FUZZY CONCEPT

Get Pi: i=1, 2.s, k, nmax, , geodesic
Termination Creationegeterm, genmax, funmax
Var : ui: i =1, 2s and n
Dependent Var : xj : j= 1, 2,(n+k+1) /* Calculate as per knots method*/
Init: initialize super close points t=1;
While n1 ==nj=2,3,.geodesic | gent<= genmax /* From equation 5.7*/
Evaluate erms,from equations
t = t + 1;
end;
Var : ui : i = 1, 2.s Const : n = nopti
Dependent Var : xj : j= 1, 2,(n+k+1) /* Calculate as per knots method*/
While (erms egeterm|| gent<= genmax)
Evaluate erms
t = t + 1;
end;
further t =1; /* Initialize variable */
While (erms egeterm|| gent<= genmax)
Evaluate erms /* Optimize by Quasi-Newton method*/
t = t + 1;
end; end;
Performance report of five iterations runs algorithm with different parameters
Iterations
II
Max joins distance
1.000
0 .090
0 .010
0 .009
0 .001
Max bridge distance
1.980
1.250
1.010
0 .871
0 .213
1.000
1. 000
1.000
1. 000
1.000
0.172
0.087
0.025
0.012
0.00
Consistency range
Tolerance
III
IV
Table1.1: Performance Report of runs algorithm
55
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
CONCLUSION
As the dataset we have analyzed is in the form of
numerical vertexes for design fuzzy logic and the
number of windows has been predefined, the fuzzy
concept algorithm of shape optimization has been
considered for the classification of the same. Although
in general, vertexes distance has been used in the fuzzy
shape optimization algorithm, we tried it with two
more distances namely Max joins distance and Max
bridge distance to see the differences in the table. It has
been reflected in the results as Consistency range and
Tolerance.
REFERENCES
1. Cox Robert W,Processing, Analyzing, and
Displaying Functional MRI Data Robert W Cox,
PhD SSCC / NIMH / NIH / DHHS /
2. USA / EARTH BRCP Hawaii 2004 Shocking.
3. Zeid Ibrahim, Mastering CAD/CAM SBN:
9780072868456, Pub Date: JUL-04Pages: 992
www.ijsir.co.in
4. Ashley Steven, Rapid prototype system,

Mechanical Engineering, Volume 113, Number 4,
1996, pp.385-397
5. Kochan D, Chua C. K, State of the Art and Future
trends in Advanced Rapid Prototyping and
Manufacturing International Journal of
Information Technology, Volume1, Number2 1995
pp.173-184
6. Kochan D, Chua C. K, RP trends, Rapid
Prototyping Volume 3 Number 4 pp.150-152
7. Dolenc A, An Overview of rapid prototyping
technology in manufacturing, ISBN 951-22-21233, Finland-1994
8. Dolenc A, Makela I, Slicing Procedure for
manufacturing technology, Computer Aided
Design, Volume 26, number2, 1994.
9. Fadel G, Kirsch man c, Accuracy issue in CAD
Rapid Prototyping Journal Number-2 Volume-2
10. Burn M, Automatic Fabrication, Prentice hall,
Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1992
56

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
USE OF APPLET IN AN ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY COURSE

*
Rajendra Kumar Dwivedi , Saurabh Dwivedi , Ashish Kumar Mishra

Bhabha College of Engineering, Kanpur, U.P., India, 2Research Scholar, Sai Nath University Ranchi,
Jharkhand, India
Address for correspondence: Dr. Rajendra Kumar Dwivedi, Director, Bhabha College of Engineering,
Kanpur, U.P., India ; Email ID : dr.rkdwivedi@yahoo.com
ABSTRACT
Universities are constantly searching for new methodologies and tools, aiming an improvement on the quality of
the teaching process. The University of state is no different. The modernization of the university installation of new
computers, projectors in the classroom and the use of online tools for education turned possible a dipper use of
computation as a tool for the learning process. Thus, the significance of education is going through an evolution.
The paper presents new scenario of applied engineering for use of Java Applet and their tools in hybrid technology.
Keywords: Applets; Chemistry; Simulations
INTRODUCTION
Teaching, as well as learning, is an action that has been
changing a lot lately. In the dictionary [1], to teach is:
Education: action, profession, art of teaching, to
transmit knowledge. Other researchers see education
through different points of view. Perhaps the teaching
methodology is the major core of the issue. New ways
of teaching are being proposed, ways that use new tools
to help the action of transmitting knowledge. The
computation and computer science are examples of
new technologies which can serve this purpose. The
history of computer science in education has a very
important landmark, the sprouting of the personal
computers, which has provided the democratization of
the use of the computers. This made possible, among
others things, the development of technologies focused
on the improvement of the transmission of knowledge.
The first step for the creation of a technology that
surpasses the previous ones is to deeply understand the
problem we are dealing with. Following this thought,
different forms had been searched to transmit
knowledge, to teach.According to Freire, the
communication is the relation which becomes
effectuated by the co-participation of the subjects in the
act of knowing. It is considered that the educative
process is a particular form of communication. In the
social relations among the learning subjects, a dialectic
synthesis happens, as moments of a communicative
and educative process, in a given socio-cultural
context, which comprehension requires considering its
inter-subjective nature, or either, the active
participation of the subjects of the process[2]. It is
defended, therefore, that the individuals must
57
participate in an active form in the social interactions,

and not as mere listeners, or objects, or depositaries.
This form of learning can be associated with a banking
education, where the teacher only deposits the
knowledge. The student in turn, to have a good
education, has to absorb the maximum of what is
presented to him, for a future reproduction of this
knowledge. Therefore, the majority of the students,
when facing new situations, do not know how to
behave, how to solve the problems. In the world we live
in, which is constantly changing and extremely fast,
this type of education does not make any sense,
because new difficulties, problems, appear each and
every moment. What we are looking for are people with
capacity to solve new and challenging problems.
Following this line of thought, an education where the
student participates actively, treading its way, seems
more reasonable. Thus, a new perspective of education
would be an active, interactive, dynamic education to
construct a better learning in spite of a traditional
pedagogical approach, based on the transmission and
reproduction. The constructivism sees the knowledge
as a construction made by the human beings in contrast
to a perfect representation of the world. By this means,
the learning must take an active character, where the
students construct and reconstruct their knowledge.
This new form of interpretation of the knowledge
modifies some foundations of the education from
what are we teaching and how can we to deliver it to
what are students learning and how do we make sense
of what they do[3].
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
NEW TECHNOLOGIES IN EDUCATION AND NEW

TEACHING METHODOLOGIES
Looking at the way in which the new technologies have

been used, we perceive that they had been understood
as media of messages transmission between sender and
receiver. This was an option chosen by some educators
and it resembles the banking education, therefore it
does not instigate the student to think, to reflect on the
involved questions, on the opposite, only stimulates
him to absorb the knowledge as it is proposed to him,
nothing more. With the modernization of the world, the
way learning takes place has acquired a more active
character instead of the traditional passive one. The
digital style produces, obligatorily, not only the use of
new equipment for the production and apprehension of
knowledge, but also new behaviors of learning, new
[2]
rationalities, new percipient stimulus . The
technology provides access to the most diverse
information, in an enormous amount, however only
this is not enough for the production of knowledge and
the transmission of it. Many educators possess an
ingenuous, magical vision, as for the technologies
and its potentialities. Without changes in the ways of
education, of learning and communication, the
advances on new technologies will be of little help.
Some points are raised to provide these changes: a
bigger participation and intervention of the subject,
being able to modify, to reconstruct in a more adequate
way, the course of the message to be transmitted, acting
more in the individual; a bi-directionality in the
communication, knocking down the walls that separate
the student from the teacher, the sender and the listener.
With a co-creation, the teaching generates a bigger
interest and, thus a bigger learning and finally, the
interchangeability, or either, not to present only one
way, an alternative for the learning, but yet to create an
offer of multiple alternatives. We assume that the
effectiveness of computer simulations is determined by
two factors: the simulation design and the context in
which simulations are used[4].
A way to reconstruct the knowledge is to contradict the
previous conceptions of the students. The idea to
submit the student to a situation where there is a preestablished conception, contradicting it, causes a solid
reconstruction in the knowledge. Discrepant events
can be demonstrations that demand that the student
makes assumptions or a phenomenon in which the
student has that to explain why and how[4]. The
computer simulations can be used to generate these
situations. For this, the simulations need to explore the
www.ijsir.co.in
interactivity of the student with the process, allowing

the user to create assumptions referring to a definitive
event, and to test them, for possible confrontation of
ideas. In this case, the student can interact with the
process, visualizing the consequences of its
modifications in the process. These, on the other hand,
are made through changes of parameters and variables.
Thus, the user has total freedom to explore a microuniverse created by simulation.
THE ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF APPLETS
Applets are software applications, which are executed

in the context of another program, in the majority of the
times a web browser, to create an interface with the
user. The Applet normally interacts with this host
program through restricted privileges of security. The
use of Applets can be very interesting; therefore these
simulations can present characteristics that make the
active learning of the students possible. These
simulations, in their great majority, are being
developed in the Java language, due to better
accessibility and integration. Simulations created in
this language do not need any adjacent hardware and no
installation through software is necessary, making it
very easy to access the information. To visualize the
simulations a computer with minimum configurations
is necessary. The only prerequisites for the
visualization of the simulations are a Java platform
installed in the computer, what it is very common
nowadays and a browser, as the Internet Explorer or the
Mozilla Firefox. This makes Applets very flexible,
what is very positive for the active learning of the
students. Java applications are currently very spread
out, what makes the creation of simulations more easy
and agile. Innumerable libraries, collections of
subprograms used in the development of software, had
been created with the intention of facilitating the
development of the programmers, including graphical
libraries, essential to Applets. The learning of the
student is facilitated if visual tools have been used in
education. Taking this into account, the graphical part
of the simulations becomes a point of basic importance
for the success of the transmission of the knowledge.
Taking in account everything what it was argued until
the moment, we can notice the importance of breaking
the barriers that separate teachers and students, for
education to become a co-creation between human
beings. Thinking about this, the technologies need a
development and a necessary use, to allow this change
and not to be only faster technologies.
58

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Applets can be very useful in this new form of

education, if developed and used in accordance with
the methodology proposal. In determined disciplines,
such as in Physics and Chemistry, Applets can be even
more useful. In forums and specialized magazines a
frequent subject in relation to these disciplines, either
in average education as in superior education, is the
difficulty of visualization of the models and boarded
concepts. Experiences in laboratories and equipments
used as the microscope help the learning, but they still
do not get to deplete the possibilities that can result in
the understanding of a determined content. A possible
form to improve this situation is to use Applets. With
the assistance of the simulations the students have at
their disposal another resource to facilitate the learning
process, a resource with strong visual aspect. In many
concepts developed by teachers, where the
visualization is difficult, the students end up being
dispersed, defocused and finally they lose interest in
the subject. With the assistance of Applets, the students

can, besides having a better visualization, control the
dynamics of the learning process, or either, pause an
event at some opportune moment, where a possible
doubt has appeared. For creating a proper reality and an
environment, Applets allow the student to control the
process or event in the most satisfactory way,
differently from a laboratory where this control cannot
be made in such broad way. However, the learning
process cannot be made exclusively by the student. The
function of the teacher in classroom does not cease to
be essential. With the correct use of Applets, the teacher
can facilitate and extend the form of transmitting the
knowledge for his students. There must be noticed that
it was not said that Applets simulations can substitute
neither the laboratories nor the lessons. They only
complement education, being no more important than
the practical classes in the laboratories for example
Figure. 1. Simulation developed by Gerd Kortmeyer of the Michigan State University

The simulations (on-line, or others) do not have to be
used to substitute experimental work. They must
before serve where, for a reason or another, the
experimental work does not obtain useful experimental
resource (an example is the study of the lines of force in
electrostatics). On the other hand, these simulations are
simply resources to add in education and learning,
allied to other already existing resources, as books,
videos, etc., not being able to be seen as a miraculous
solution for the multiple pedagogical problems that
exist in the schools[5]. A simulation developed by Gerd
Kortmeyer, to introduce the notion of lines of electric
field, shows us how an abstract concept, of difficult
visualization, becomes more concrete and palpable for
the student. In these Applets, the student can modify the
position and the magnitude of electric loads. The
59
Applet then traces the lines of electric field in

accordance to the parameters introduced for the
student. This visualization, that portrays a
physic/mathematical model, facilitates the
understanding of the content.
Another example of simulation, in the area of
chemistry, deals with the concepts of heat and
temperature, allowing the observation of the water
molecules in movement. The students can change
parameters, as for example, supplying heat to the
system through a button in its right inferior corner, and
with this verifying the reply of the system, that
increases its agitation and the indication of the
thermometer. This simulation can be found in the
Portuguese Portal of science and scientific culture
Mocho (www.mocho.pt).
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Figure. 2. Molecularium simulation (Trindade, Paiva & Fiolhais, 2001)

Some universities of Canada have developed a project
called Modular Approach to Physics (MAP), with
the intention of helping students to learn the physics
concepts. A series of Applets simulations was
developed, each one approaching a concept of the
physics, with the constructivist character. After the use
of Applets in classroom, similar interviews and
researches had lead to discover how much these
simulations had helped the students and teachers.
During the interviews and focus group discussions,
we heard supporting comments from students as well:
The Applet helps. It allows you to see what is going on.
Anything visual, in my opinion, helps, and the applets
help us do the transformation (from the physical
[4]
situation to physics language) . After the analysis of
the obtained results, the improvement of the students
when the simulations had been used to assist a cocreation of the knowledge was clear. The following
regarding a teacher who said that he has made use of the
Applet at two distinct moments of the school year: He
was honest when he described his different ways of
using MAP applet in two terms. According to our class
observation records, in the winter term he taught new
concepts in the traditional way and used Applets after
he had taught the concept. On the other hand, in the fall
term he quite often used Applets in the exploratory
stage of conceptual construction. The above analysis
leads you to conclude the MAP Applets are more
functional in a constructivist teaching environment.
They work best only when they are included in the right
spots in the process of teaching and learning. It is no
wonder that the same project can produce different
results when used by different teachers. They teach
using different style and uses Applets in a different
way [4].
A CASE STUDY OF THE UNIVERSITY
The Polytechnic School of the University of So Paulo

offers 15 engineering courses, as follows:
Civil Engineering
Chemical Engineering
www.ijsir.co.in
Electrical Engineering - Emphasis Automation

and Control
Electrical Engineering - Emphasis Computer
and Digital Systems
Electrical Engineering - Emphasis Electrical
Energy and Automation
Electrical Engineering -Emphasis Electronic
Systems
Electrical Engineering - Emphasis
Telecommunication
Environmental Engineering
Materials Engineering
Mechanical Engineering
Metallurgical Engineering
Mining Engineering
Naval Engineering
Petroleum Engineering
Production Engineering
Its curricular structure was elaborated in such way
that the first year is common to all the courses. In this
common year, the following disciplines are taught:
General and Experimental Physics for
Engineering I
Introduction to Computing for Engineering
Differential and Integral Calculus for
Engineering I
Linear Algebra for Engineering I
Graphical Geometry for Engineering
Introduction to Engineering
General Technological Chemistry
General and Experimental Physics for
Engineering II
Numeric Calculus
Differential and Integral Calculus for
Engineering II
Linear Algebra for Engineering II
Graphical Representation for Engineering
Mechanics A
Introduction to Materials Science for
Engineering
60

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
The discipline General Technological Chemistry

(QTG), in particular, deals with the following items:
Chemistry bond: ionic, covalent, metallic,
Vander Waals and hydrogen
Electrochemistry
Corrosion of metallic materials
Surfactant
Combustion and fuels
The official contents of the discipline are: Topics: the
chemical composition in microscopic level and how
the constituent units of materials for Engineering are
arranged and interact with each other; concepts on
chemical behavior of materials, that is, the reactions of
degradation of metallic materials (electrochemical and
corrosion); the mechanisms of action and the main uses
of substances that act as surfactants; the use of fuels;
aspects related to environmental chemistry.
Objectives: develop critical awareness about the
importance of environmental management in the
[6]
exercise of Engineering . Beyond the expositive
lessons the students have activities in laboratory, with
the intention to create more proximity with the
chemistry and the concepts which have been worked in
classroom.
THE CHEMISTRY PROFESSORS IDEA ABOUT THE
APPLETS
The teachers of this discipline had mentioned that the

students have many difficulties to interrelate the
concepts approached in the course. Much of this
problem comes from the difficulty of the teachers in
order to elaborate a better chronogram for the
discipline. Because it is a basic course, the number of
concepts taught is high and the number of lessons is
restricted, what causes a difficulty for the teachers,
once they cannot deepen the concepts and do not have
enough time to relate them in the way that they would
like. Thus, the students end up not understanding the
relation between the topics, which leads to the student's
loss of interest. Taking this into consideration, to
choose a topic, to be developed in the Applets, which
could be broad, showing how it could be related to
other topics, was one of the priorities. Then a proposal
comes up to develop Applets covering all the topics
developed in class, and to join them in a virtual
chemistry laboratory. This laboratory would be an
Applet that would host all the other Applets, showing
how they interact among themselves, so that the
student does not lose sight of the connections at any
moment of his learning process. This set of Applets
61
would be available in the discipline's website,

becoming a tool of assistance that aims at the
improvement of the student's learning. To reach the
expected effect, the Applets need to congregate a high
interactivity with the user beyond a clear and efficient
interconnection among the topics taught in the course.
Therefore, the first step is the elaboration of a
conceptual map of the concepts taught in the course.
Conceptual maps are graphical representations that
aim to show the relations between a set of concepts.
The concepts appear inside boxes and the relations are
specified through linking phrases, which connects the
boxes. From the conceptual map it is possible to start
the development of the Applets.
Based on a methodology directed to active, interactive
and dynamic participation of the student, a proposal for
creating a set of Applets for disciplines of General
Technological Chemistry of the Polytechnic School of
the University of So Paulo was made. This set of
Applets has as its objective to help the student to have a
better vision of the concepts taught in the course and of
how they relate to one another, making the learning
more interesting and efficient. The Applets relate
accordingly to a conceptual map of the subjects of the
discipline, forming a virtual chemistry laboratory. This
work will be available in the website of discipline.
CONCLUSIONS
The improvement of education may be done with the

use of new technologies, but it is very important to be
aware. Some professors use these resources just to
illustrate an issue or to present the contents clearly. The
researches and authors presented in this article defend
the participation of the students in class, and this is not
possible if the professor use, for instance, the Applets
just to demonstrate a concept. According to the
presented arguments in this paper, the active
participation of the students is essential. The Applets
could provide some positive learning experiences;
such simulate an atom or a reaction. However, if the
student just sees the simulation, without an interaction,
the result will be less than expected. The pilot program
proposed to the chemistry course of the Polytechnic
School curriculum will implement an interactive
Applet in order to assert the ideas presented in this
article. This is also important because the professors
interviewed pointed to this direction. The professors
also show a concern about the interrelation of the
contents of the course. Maybe, linking the subjects in
the Applets, making a virtual chemistry laboratory
could resolve this problem.
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
REFERENCES
1. Larousse Cultural Dictionary
2. C. R. D. Arago, A interatividade na prtica
pedaggica online: relato de uma experincia,
Revista da FAEEBA Educao e Contemporaneidade, vol. 13, n.22, pp. 341, July 2004.
3. E. F. Redish and R. N. Steinberg, Teaching
physics: Figuring out what works. Physics Today,
vol. 52, pp. 24-30, 1999.
4. G. G. Zhou, W. Brouwer, N. Nocente and B.
Martin, Enhancing conceptual learning through
www.ijsir.co.in
computer-based applets: the effectiveness and

implications, JI. of Interactive Learning Research
(2005) 16(1), pp 31-49.
5. A. J. Martins, C. Fiolhais and J. Paiva, Simulaes
online no ensino da fsica e da qumica, Revista
Brasileira de Informtica na Educao, vol. 11,
n.2, 2003
6. General Technological Chemistry contents.
Retrieved from http://sistemas2.usp.br/
jupiterweb/, May 2008.
62

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
DESIGN COMPLEX SURFACE USING DIFFERENTIAL LAPLACIAN

AND COMPLEX MATHEMATICS
1
Sharad Chandra Shukla , * Agraj Tripathi

Research Scholar,Sai Nath University, Ranchi, Jharkhand,India,2Bhabha Institute of Technology, Kanpur, U. P.
India
*Address for correspondence: Dr. Agraj Tripathi, Associate Professor, Bhabha Institute of Technology, Kanpur,
U. P. India; Email ID: agrajtripathi@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
Shape design and representation of complex objects is a hard key problem in the industrial core domain of
computational mathematics applications. A work piece must be represented in some standard complex object
description format such that its representation can be efficiently used in a complex process like redesign. To that
end, a digitizing process represents the object surface as a weakly structured discrete and digitized set of 3D points.
Surface design attempts to transform this representation into an efficient mathematics representation. The paper
presents functions of complex topology and complex surface geometry redesign of complex surface using complex
mathematics.
Keywords: Complex design; Complex topology; Complex surface; Complex geometry
INTRODUCTION
Modeling as the name sometimes synonymous with
geometrical modeling is rapidly emerging as a central
area of research and development in many
mathematical applications. All these applications
require representing the shapes of Solid Complex
physical objects and such representations and basic
operation on them can be provided by Solid Complex
modeling. That can model certain classes of piecewise
parametric surfaces. Geometric or surface modeling
traditionally identifies a body of techniques that can
model certain classes of piecewise parametric surfaces,
subject to particular conditions of shape and
smoothness. It developed as a separate field in several
industries, including automobile, aerospace, and
shipbuilding, it has some of its intellectual roots in
approximation theory. It is our view that the streams of
geometric and Solid Complex modeling are
converging. As Solid Complex modeling strives to
extend the geometric coverage, there is an emerging
need to research the use of surface forms and the
techniques to interrogate them. Similarly, as geometric
modeling contemplates building complete Solid
Complex representations from surface patches, the
usefulness of traditional Solid Complex-modeling
techniques is more widely recognized.
Surface design that is the automatic construction of a
mathematics object from data is a hard and industrially
relevant problem. The task being considered in this
paper is the design from a given 3D point data set. The
63
problem core is that, any given set represents infinitely

many different geometrical surfaces, that is those and
only those surfaces that have the set in common.
However, the data set represents only one physical
surface, which is the surface of that physical object
from which a digitizing process generated the data set.
Thus, a surface-design system must reconstruct a
mathematics object that approximates the physical
object. This corresponds to the task of recognizing a
physical object in a 3D point set, which is a special case
of pattern recognition. The system must perform this
task such that a construction engineer can start working
with the resulting mathematics object without being
forced to introduce an expensive manual modification
to the representation.
LITERATURE REVIEW
Various efforts have been made to Shape design a
three-dimensional object's structure (geometrical,
topological and unstructured). Till date many
function/formulas have been proposed for the
unstructured surface Shape design. An intense
discussion on categorization of irregular surfaces is
going on in academics and R&D community. Although
it is yet to develop best fit function/formula for the
Shape design of unstructured three dimensional
surfaces. This paper presents a survey conducted on the
valuable efforts made by the researchers in the field of
Shape design of surfaces.
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Partition of unity (POU) method is to divide the global

[3]
domain into a sub domain where the problem can be
solved locally. More formally, the global difficult
problem p is decomposed into several smaller local
problem pi and their local solutions Si are combined
together using the weighting coefficients wi(p) of Si that
act as gluing functions to obtain a global solution S.
Consider a global domain and divide it into M
slightly overlapping sub domains
Consider a global domain and divide it into M
slightly overlapping sub domains
Where i
By this local Shape design functions fican be computed
Here two families of the functions have to be built

(i) The weighting functions Wi and
(ii) The local Shape design function fi
The above both Shape design functions are using only
for local domain. This local domain function is capable
to capturing the local shape of surface.
The exact geodesic function/formula [4] has been used
by a simple parameterization of the distance function
over the edges; the implementation is actually practical
even though, the best of knowledge, it is never been
[5]
done previously
. We c a n s e e t h a t t h e
2
function/formula's worst case running time of O (n log
n) is pessimistic, and that in practice the
function/formula runs in sub-quadratic time. For
instance, we can compute the exact geodesic distance
from a point to all the vertices of a 400K-triangle mesh
in about one minute. The basic idea of the MMP
(Mitchell Mount and Papadimitriou) function/formula
is to track together groups of shortest paths that can be
parameterized automatically. This is achieved by
partitioning each mesh edge into a set of intervals that
we call surface's and show that all the shortest paths
with in a surface can be encoded locally using a 6 tuple
(b0 ,b1 ,d0 ,d1 , ,) .The surfaces are then propagated
across faces of the mesh in Dijkstra-like sweep. The
distance eld D (p) over the surface is expressed as a
tuple (b0, b1, d0, d1, , ) where b0 ,b1 define the endpoints
of w, d0 ,d1 are the corresponding distances to the
pseudo source, is the geodesic distance from s to the
www.ijsir.co.in
source vs, and encodes the direction of s from the

directed edge e.
TOPOLOGICAL SURFACE
A classic surface-design method uses the idea of
constructing an approximating surface with a usually
very large number of plane pieces. Triangulation, for
instance, yields an approximating surface consisting of
triangles as plane pieces. In this context, an intuitive
idea of smoothness of the approximating surface is
used: the surface is considered smooth in a certain
area if the angles between the area's plane pieces are not
too wide. The formalized search for a smooth
triangulation of a point coordinate is hard. Different
[8,
methods yielding smooth triangulations can be found
9, 10, 11]
.
There are several topological properties of a surface
that may be used by an advanced classic surface-design
method. In order to determine the peculiar properties of
a given surface, a gridded triangulation may be
calculated from a smooth triangulation. A triangulation
is called gridded if and only the triangle corners are
in the normal vectors of the points of a uniform 2D grid.
The grid represents a physical plane area on which the
physical object rests during the digitizing process. A
grid point represents a point that is aimed at by a sensor,
like a pin of a tactile digitizing hardware. The sensor
aims at this grid point along a vector that is orthogonal
to the plane area. For a gridded triangulation, the
indicated topological properties can be easier
determined than for a non-gridded triangulation. Two
examples of such properties are a normal vector and
[12]
Gaussian curvature .
POLYNOMIAL LAPLACIAN
A two-dimensional, three-dimensional, polynomial
curve with Laplace parameterized curve
Where a0, a1,an1, an R , and R
64

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Missing surface may be regular and irregular both types, it is easy to say that the surface may be repaired either to be
surface patch or to be extended boundary curves according to grid projection. Parametric curves can be extended
with the help of chain rule (CR) [3].
If f(x1, x2, x3) is a parametric function defined as f (x1, x2, x3) = {f1(x1, x2, x3), f2(x1, x2, x3), f3(x1, x2, x3)} R (3). If x1
= x1(t) and x2 = x2(t) and x3 = x3(t).
Where x1(t), x2(t), x3(t) R (3) then
Further if x1= x (u1, u2, u3) and x2 = (u1, u2, u3) and x3 = (u1, u2, u3) R (3). Where x1(u1, u2, u3), x2(u1, u2, u3), x3(u1, u2,
u3) are the control points of curve.
s called Jacobian matrix of reparameterizations. Its determined is called the Jacobian,

transformation.
Laplace Function
L(
x1 = x (u1 , u2 , u3 )
x2 = (u1 , u2 , u3 )
x3 = (u1 , u2 , u3 )
Tolerance of model
7.5
Purification of Node
.02
12.5
13
14
.01
.01
.05
of the
Table -1 Tolerance of mathematical model

65
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
To use of chain rule, jacobian surface patch (JSP) can

be developed through a given parameters
CONCLUSION
The present results show the correct and consistent
representations of three-dimensional objects are
required by applications as varied as modeling,
simulation, visualization, mathematics and finite
element analysis. However, most acquired 3D models,
whether created by hand or by using automatic tools,
contain errors and inconsistencies. The result
represents the tolerance of Laplace function use by the
given parameter with specific mathematic formula.
REFERENCES
1. Armin Iske, Ewald Quak, Michele floater. Scatter
data modeling using radial basis function
2. Banzhaf, W. (1997), Interactive evolution, in
Handbook of Evolutionary Computation, Z. M. T.
Back, D. Fogel (Ed.), pp C2.9,17, Oxford
University Press.
3. Banzhaf, W., Nordin, P., Keller, R., and Francone,
F. (1998), Genetic Programming - an Introduction;
on the Automatic Evolutionof Computer Programs
and Its Application, dpunkt-Verlag, Heidelberg.
Morgan Kaufmann, San Francisco.
4. Barequet G and Mocha Shair. Filling Gaps in the
boundary of a polyhedron. CAGD March 1995
5. Piegl, L. and Tiller, W. (1997), the NURBS Book,
Springer. Project team SURREAL (1998),
www.ijsir.co.in
Flachenrekonstruktion mit Genetischem

Programmieren, Technical report, University of
Dortmund, Computer Science Department,
Dortmund, Germany.
6. L. Piegl, "On NURBS: A Survey, "IEEE CG&A, Vol.
11, No. 1, Jan. 1991, pp. 55-71. Citation: Gerald
Farin
7. Piegl L., Tiller W., Curve and surface constructions
using rational B-splines, Computer Aided Design,
Volume19, Number-9, 1987,pp.485-498.
8. Prabir Bhattacharya, Azriel Rosenfield Convexity
Property of space curves ScienceDirect, Dec2002
9. Praun E., McLennan T.J. Smooth surface
reconstruction from noisy range data. In
Proceedings of Graphite 2003, pages 119126,
10. Qinmin D.X., Tian, Z.X., Zhang, Y.X., Feng J.B.,
The method of numeric polish in curve fitting,
ACTA MATHEMATICA SINICA, 1975, 18(3):
173-184. (in Chinese)
11. Rechenberg I. (Ed.) (1994), Evolutionsstrategie
' 9 4 , v o l u m e 1 o f We r k s t a t t B i o n i k u n d
Evolutionstechnik, Stuttgart, FrommannHolzboog.
12. Reed, K., Kelly, J. C., Harrod, D., and Conroy, W.
(1991), the Initial Graphics Exchange
Specification (IGES) Version 5.1., Fairfax, VA:
National Computer Graphics Assoc.,
Administrator-IGES/PDES Organization
66

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
MODELLING LABORATORY ONLINE: CASE OF

AN IMPLEMENTATION OF PRACTICAL WORK REMOTELY ON
A DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING KIT
2
*Amod Kumar Tiwari1, Ashraf Ali2, Afza Meraj , Priyanka Srivastava

1
2
Bhabha Institute of Technology Kanpur, Uttar Pradesh, India, Research Scholar, Sai Nath University,
*
Address for correspondence: Dr. Amod Kumar Tiwari, Professor & Director, Bhabha Institute of Technology ,
Kanpur , Uttar Pradesh, India, Email ID : amodtiwari@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
Higher Institutes of Technological Studies in India promote Intensive Technology Based Education. The lessons are
mainly based on practical work engaging 60% of the student total work load that includes lectures and tutorials. In
this context, due to the increasing high number of various laboratory toards to design and implement, after our
e x p e r i m e n t s , w e n o w b e l i e v e t h a t o n l i n e l a b o r a t o r y c o n c e p t i s a n a s s e t f o r I S E T.
In this paper, we present our way of modelling online laboratories based from an analysis of the patterns of
achievement of classroom based laboratory work that we are calling her presential. The e-learning environment
used for our experimental model is called ECLATE a French acronym meaning Laboratory and Course
Environment with Education Technology, which on purpose, we revised to take into account the recommendations
of both theoretical (models) and the latest Web technologies such as service oriented Web 2.0 and Mashups as well
as norms and standards of e-learning that prevails nowadays. In order to test our proposed model, we are showing
how we implemented some remote laboratory activities based on a digital signal analysis kit (DSP KIT). In fact,
within the framework of a given learning scenario, the implemented model allows students to write, load, execute
and analyze codes to the remote device.
Keywords: Online laboratory; Engineering remote laboratory, Collaborative environment, Web-Based Laboratory
experiments
INTRODUCTION
Since their emergence in 1995, the Higher Institutes of
Technology Studies (ISET) didn't stop evolving both in
number (24 ISET and two others currently projected
for the year 2009)and in size (between 3 and 13
department by ISET). Their technological nature gave
them an opportunity to focus on practical work
learning with a rate of 60% compared to the hourly
amount of integrated courses. Now, several ISET are
equipped with educational materials having a high
technological value. In addition, the relatively high
cost of such equipment did not allow its distribution
throughout the ISET network. It is obvious that a
solution for sharing its resources would be highly
recommended, especially as India has witnessed the
birth of a bold experiment in January 2002 based on the
Virtual University of Tunis (UVT), which currently
hosts more than 320 courses and serves more than 7200
students (much of them emanates from the ISET
network). Some UVT modules offer laboratory
work(LW) as a software simulation form (experience
67
in chemistry or physics), however, LW using online

learning models still need attention.
ONLINE LABORATORY EXPERIENCE ON DSP
An application that will illustrate our approach is a LW
on programming a Digital Signal Processor (DSP). The
activity is to take DSP programming model kit model,
to connect an operative device such as a stepper motor
or a digital phone keyboard. Then the whole program
can be tested using a computer connected to the Kit.
The real challenge now is how one might view this
resource from distant place and then share it with
multiple users. We solved of this need using some
functionalities provided by an industrial Lab VIEW TM[1].
This environment has the advantage to publish all
developed program on the web, so we can easily access
our DSP kit via the Internet. The standardization used
in Lab VIEW to aggregate electrical equipments made
him a good choice to perform several applications to
implement online laboratories.
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
For the DSP, we were therefore called upon to write a

driver for communication between the Kit and Lab
VIEW software. This was made by writing a set of
reusable libraries.
This will result in the possibility of indexing libraries in

special database, in the form of ontology [2], depending
on their uses (we must take into account the diversity of
the DSP Kits).
Figure 1.0 (a) The DSP kit with stepper motor application
Figure 1.0 (b) The DSP Kit connected with a PC of command (executing Lab VIEW environment and the
application of a stepper motor control
This environment is integrated in a macro-environment

that offers some specific properties:
Managing a set of online laboratories platform
Manage access to critical resources
Manage views (student view, tutor teacher
view, designer teacher view ) and their
respective access rights
In the next paragraph, we explain how we implement
this solution.
THE EXPERIENCE OF ECLATE PLATFORM
WITH IN THE INDIAN CONTEXT
In order to make it more effective, we add some
features to ECLATE, a Remote Educational
Laboratory platform (Environment de Course et de
Laboratories Assisted par la Technologies de
l'Enseignement) first developed at Lab @DER
(Laboratory at Distance for Education and Research)[3]
.We have used Mashups technologies to implement a
number of functionalities we had in our previous
research work [4-9] , when the users access ECLATE web
www.ijsir.co.in
site, based on each one's role, they see, in a transparent

manner, information retrieved from multiple web sites.
Each one of the later has a specific function such as
Authentification web site, Online Laboratory
Instrument Interface web site in context with the
session, Scenario and Interface Repository site and
relative tools. Such architecture provides more
flexible way to implement a variety of online LW. The
user can switch from a laboratory to another easily. The
tutoring activity becomes easy too for the teacher so
that he/she can follow synchronously students doing
their laboratories. The technology used here was mixed
between two concepts. A rich AJAX based technology
GUI interface with low bandwidth consuming and a
We b s e r v i c e s a p p r o a c h f o r e s t a b l i s h i n g
communication between the servers with a high level
efficiency. Using of AJAX technology in the client side
made the human machine interface more intuitive and
ameliorates the overall performance of the
environment.
68

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Figure 2 : ECLATE architecture using multiple specific servers and a web service based on SOAP specification
The communication between the servers was made by
the SOAP web service. We built this web service to
return a list of files related to the student, created and
stored on the server.
In our case, we have several SOAP servers residing in a
single web server. Each server SOAP references list of
files created by each student. By this architecture, we
can manage easily the student documents. The main
language used to develop ECLATE was the PHP, so no
need to complicate the development by using other
language, therefore we decided to preserve this PHP
thin client advantage and we have implemented SOAP
service.
Among the possibilities offered in this new version of
ECLATE, the ability to automatically load the
necessary documents for a LW and the possibility to
have three types of documents for a particular LW
(Theoretical, technical and the demanded tasks).All
these features and this architecture have allowed us to
validate a model for online laboratory work. In fact, we
have started with an attendance Lab Work modelling
and attempt to model an online lab work activities.
69
Typology of an attendance LW
Generally, a collective learning situation [10] may belong
to one of the following types:
1. The situation - a problem
2. The debate
3. The project
4. The resolution of problem
5. The case study.
6. The critical analysis
7. The cyber-survey
8. Exercises
ALW of automation or DSP programming is a situation
which could well take one of the forms presented
below, but the practical side, consisting of the
manipulation of physical objects constituents the
operative part and the programming component of the
party command to the inside a laboratory designed for
that purpose in order to observe behaviour, produce an
effect, assimilate theoretical concepts with tests /
errors, or complete a project, promotes rather types
1,3,4,5,8.
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Cycle of an attendance LW
It is divided into three phases (Figure 1):
A preparation phase (outside laboratory). It
consists of two stages:
o Theoretical Stages TS: the student
made a thorough reading of the record
of LW exhibitor: the definition of LW,
the objectives of LW, the means used
for the creation of LW and the scale of
assessments associated with detailed
LW.
o Practical steps PS: The student is
preparing its manipulation. This step
may give rise to: physical manipulation
around the functional chains such as
wiring, for example.
The LW meeting itself (three hours). It usually
starts with a reminder of the objectives of LW
and presentation of the equipment.

In the context of the Automation LW, the student is
asked to:
Develop a grafcet[11] according to a
system viewpoint to develop a grafcet
operative part (OP) and then a grafcet
for the control part (CP).
Program a PLC (Programmable Logic
Controller) or DSP with CP grafcet.
Validate the behaviour of the operative
part vis--vis all or part of CP grafcet.
The redaction of the report of the lab.
At the completion of these three tasks the student
encounters difficulties of different origin:
Problems related to automated systems
such as: identification of input and output of
the system
Inside Lab
OutsiderLab.
T.S.
P.S.
(T heoretical Stage)
(Practical Stage)
Manipulation
Report
Preparation Phase
OutsiderLab.
Figure 3: a LW life cycle
Problems related to the operative part as:

Identifying an actuator and its power
interface or identification of the nature of
the information input of a sensor.
Problems related to command as part: The
identification of sequences (alternatives,
repetitive, parallel etc.) or the realization of
a truth table of a logical function associated
with a receptivity or a conditional order.
Problems related to dialogue "operator part" which can be summarized in
identifying constituents of dialogue and an
indication of their function.
Problems related to the implementation of
automated systems such as connecting of
an actuator, or a sensor with a PLC I/O
module or a Entering a programmable
www.ijsir.co.in
while constituting or part of GRAFCET or

validation of the observed behaviour
related to all or part of GRAFCET
A phase of drafting an account (excluding
LW).
Description of an attendance LW
A LW in attendance is generally characterized by the
three dimensions:
Hardware Dimension: In the laboratory work classics
practices, we can distinguish three types of system
according to their similarity to real industrial systems:
Didactical, realistic or real systems. Using one of these
system categories depends mostly on educational
objectives and the economic factor.
70

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Scientific
teacher
A The objectives of teacher
viewpoint
Learning
teacher
B Design of tasks (here we can
viewpoint
use ATRIUM method [12])

Scientific
Satisfaction ?
student
CWhat do students now
viewpoint
Learning
student
viewpoint
D What students are in the

course learning?
Figure 4: model of practical teaching

Communication dimension:
Information flows are easy given the closeness
between students, instructors and (optional)
technicians. There are two types of communication:
During the LW(instructor-student- technician)
and
Outside the LW: reports (instructor-students)
and design (instructor-author-technician)
Educative Dimension:
The set of the rules to be hold according to pedagogical
concept or administrative constraints.It is very useful
to identify in this model the steps involved in the design
and evaluation of the activity of a classic LW. A simple
model of the process of implementing a practical
teaching is presented in Figure 4.
The advantages of online laboratory
An activity of online practical work means a classic
LW (you can find in a school or an engineering school),
which was eventually changed but more importantly
[7]
expanded to be attained remotely (via Internet) . The
immediate benefits of online LW derived from the
limitations of this type of activities in a classical
context which are:
71
The time:
The time slots are limited in time and job rotations.
LWs (due to the low number of systems available
compared to the number of students) may not take
place in the most appropriate order for certain groups.
In addition, the constraints of timetables mean that
some LW comes before the course
Documentation:
The subject is given (latest) at the meeting and is
sometimes unavailable outside of the meetings of LW.
The equipment:
Some LWs require heavy equipment and expensive
that you cannot duplicate (robotics, engineering, etc.).
However, other types of benefits attached to the
computer aspect of online LW may be made by the
availability of a computer next to the platform TP:
Contextual Online Help
Simulation and Mathematical Tools,
Recording experimental data,
(in part) Automated Marking
Laboratory management: preparation of program,
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Co-simulation
The automatic aim is to solve the problem of the
command systems. Usually, there are two types of
systems: the continuous systems and systems for
discrete events. The simulation is complementary with
the actual experiment. Generally, they are essential if
the simulated system is not accessible by students: lack
of resources, processes destructive The simulators
are widely used in industry because they help to
validate the command party, to study its behaviour
related to failures of the operative part, and optimize
cycle time. Two types of simulator exist: simulators of
command party, that avoid the use of PLC, and the
operative part simulators, which are based on an
original model, but relatively abstract of the production
system. However, in practical work, mostly students
schedule industrial PLC, a DSP or micro-controller and
test their applications through a model or a default of a
box to simulate the buttons' state sensors. It is obvious
that in this case, the use of simulated models for
training is a very interesting. The simulation is an
essential tool for automation. However, the simulation
cannot and should not completely replace the practice.
Another approach, which seems very promising, is to
allow the student to schedule a remote PLC, while
having a simulated 3D operative party on his
workstation. This implies to integrate two classes of
activity: the activities of "real laboratory" (in our case
programming commands component) and the "virtual
laboratory" (simulation of the operative part). The
main objective of our experiment was to achieve an
online LW which underlines these concepts.
The 4 dimensions of online LW
There are four dimensions in the online laboratory:
Online manipulation dimension: here we must
enhance the HMI development (rich interfaces,
2D, 3D, AJAX)
Educative dimension: the same with attended
LW, but here we use method to create and
execute a pedagogic scenario for students (it
becomes more interested if the LW must be
done on collaborative way). We can have two
type of scenario:
o Scenario created by teachers and
executed by students
o Uses of scenario modelling method
like:
ATRIUM method [12]
Editing learning scenario (IMSwww.ijsir.co.in
L D , o n t o l o g i e s , We b
services)
Communication dimension: here we study the
Data flow between :
o Student - student
o Student teacher tutor
o Teacher designer- teacher tutor
o teacher designer technician
Management dimension :
o Scheduling online LW sessions
o Security management and access
control
o preparation of resources and necessary
right access to create new LW
CONCLUSION
These experiences that we have presented in this paper,
allow us to understand the behaviour of the student and
the teacher in a collaborative co-simulation
environment. We hope that such platform can be used
in Indian university to allow, for some regions, the
facility to access expensive materials. However online
laboratory is not a simple extension of a classical LW,
or a remote access to a shared component, but it is
really a new approach of pedagogic learning and it can
help us break down barriers between classes, assisted
works and laboratory works. All the technologies used
in this work is well selected to perform an optimal use
of the Internet and PC resources.
REFERENCES
1. G. W. Jhonson, R. Jennings, " LabVIEW Graphical
Programming", McGraw Hill, 2006
2. M. Grandbastien, F. Azouaou, C. Desmoulins,
Faerber, R.; Leclet, D.; Quenu-Joiron, C.
"Sharing an ontology in Education: Lessons learnt
from the OURAL project" Advanced Learning
Technologies, 2007. ICALT 2007. Seventh IEEE
International Conference on
Volume , Issue , 18-20 July 2007 Page(s):694 - 698
3. H. Saliah-Hassane, W. Bannour, "Environnement de
cours et de laboratoires avec les technologies de
l'enseignement (ECLATE)", 1st Afra Conference on
Information and Communication Technologies
(ICT) in Teaching and Learning in Nuclear Science
and Technology Niamey, Niger, 19-20 November
2007
72

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
4. H. H. Saliah, C. Loizeau, P. Dumont-Burnett,

"D esign of a Web-Based Virtual Laboratory
Instrument Measurement Interface, in W. Aung,
P. Hicks, L. Scavarda, V. Roubicek, C. Wei (eds.),
Engineering Education and Research 2001, A
Chronicle of Worldwide Innovations, BEGELL
HOUSE PUBLISHING, 2002, Chap. 13, pp.127134.
5. M. Saad, H. Saliah-Hassane, H. Hassan, Z. ElGutioui, M. Cheriet, "A Synchronous Remote
Accessing Control Laboratory on the Internet, in
W. Aung, P. Hicks, L. Scavarda, V. Roubicek, C.
Wei (eds.), Engineering Education 2001, A
Chronicle of Worldwide Innovations, BEGELL
6. H. H. Saliah, "Activity Management Tools for Open
Engineering Laboratories, Proceedings of the 7th
Baltic Region Seminar on Engineering Education,
St. Petersburg, Russia, September 4-6, 2003, pp.
245-248.
7. H. H. Saliah, M. Saad, H. Hassan, De La Teja,
"Virtually and remotely accessing and controlling
laboratory real devices: A new trend in teaching
and learning in engineering, Proceedings of the
International Conference on Information
Technology Based Higher Education and Training
ITHET 2000, Istanbul, July 3-5, 2000, pp. 107-114.
8. M. Mhamdi, H. Saliah, A Generic 3D
73
Environment to Remotely Drill and Practice on

Embedded Automated Systems,The International
Conference on Engineering Educationand
Research, iCEER 2004, July 27-30, 2004, Olomuc,
Czech Republic.
9. P. Permezel, O. Marcoux, H. H. Saliah, M. Saad, C.
Nerguizian, "Generic Simulator Model for Training
a n d L e a r n i n g i n Vi r t u a l L a b o r a t o r y
Environments, E-Learn, World Conference on ELearning in Corporate, Government, Healthcare
and Higher Education, Montreal, QC, Canada,
October 15-19, 2002.
10. H. William Fink, "Web-Based Prelaboratory and
Postlaboratory Activities for General
Chemistry,EDUCAUSEANNUAL
CONFERENCES 2003.
11. M. Mhamdi, R. Braham, M. Moalla. H. SaliahHassane, "A Virtual Verification and Execution of
Grafcet Using VRML, in W. Aung, P. Hicks, R.
Altenkirch, T. Cermak, R. W. King (eds.),
INNOVATIONS 2004, World Innovations in
Engineering Education and Research, BEGELL
12. P. Leroux, M. Vivet, Micro-Robots Based
Learning Environments for Continued Education
in Small and Medium EnterprisesJournal of
Interactive Learning Research, 2000
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
AFFORDANCES AND FORM: APPLYING LESSONS FROM INFORMAL

LEARNING TO FORMAL LEARNING ON THE WEB
*Amod Kumar Tiwari , Anup Kumar Patel , Afza Meraj , Priyanka Srivastava
Bhabha Institute of Technology, Kanpur, Uttar Pradesh, India, 2Research Scholar, Sai Nath
University, Ranchi, Jharkhand, India
1
Address for correspondence: Dr. Amod Kumar Tiwari, Professor & Director, Bhabha Institute of Technology,
Kanpur, Uttar Pradesh, India, Email ID: amodtiwari@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
For most of us, learning online is performed with a web browser and a search engine. With experience, we
develop and hone skills at finding, filtering, and assessing resources made available on the World Wide Web. This
kind of informal learning is entirely self-directed. We regulate our goals and time allotted in reaction to what we
find as our inquiries proceed. New scaffolds, such as rating and recommendation systems, increasingly aim to
improve our effectiveness.The paper presents current affordance and phenomena of regular web page using World
Wide Web portal for learning.
Keywords: Online learning environments; Instructional design patterns; Scaffolds; Affordances
INTRODUCTION
But we are simultaneously confronted by many
obstacles and distractions. Our searches return
overwhelming hits with rankings reflecting many
influences. Site and page designs present myriad
organizational strategies and user experiences. The
information we find varies widely in its motivation,
targeted audience, reliability, and currency.
Advertising vies endlessly for our attention in subtle or
intrusive ways. Yet, despite its efficiency, we persist in
this daily pattern of searching and browsing simply
because the web is the most extensive and accessible
source of information in history, servicing a lifelong
need for learning.Since its inception, attempts to
employ the web as a medium for formal learning have
also been pursued. Perhaps not surprisingly, many of
these attempts have strongly reflected what existed
before the web. In the academic community, we find
simple ports of the classroom experience, with podcasted lectures supplemented by notes, slides, and
discussion forums. In the computer-based training
community, we find click-through tell and test
modules rooted in the CD-ROM era. More promising
are newer constructivist and adaptive learning
environments, with their foundations in hypermedia
and intelligent tutoring systems. While the latter
presents more indigenous user experiences, especially
in terms of user navigability, they make only limited
appeals to our everyday experience using the web for
learning.
www.ijsir.co.in
In designing a new corpus of online instruction, one

that addresses information security for adult learners,
we have attempted to use what is best about the web as a
guide, while contending with its liabilities to gain back
efficiency and effectiveness. We have introduced
familiar web affordances, such as assisted searching
and recommendations, with features adapting to the
learner's situation. Foremost, we have emphasized
freedom of action and the ability of learners to adapt the
training to better suit their individual learning styles.
This freedom is counterpoised by explicit activity
structures that facilitate action with intention exercised
through familiar interfaces and interactions.We begin
the paper by discussing advantages and disadvantages
of informal learning on the web through the lens of
modern constructivist and adult learning theories. We
then describe the use of an explicit macro-structure of
learning activities as a means of addressing efficiency
and adaptability. Since this design stratagem is a
refinement of prior work principally addressing
classroom learning, we present and discuss
modifications we have made to address online
learning.
We continue by describing the use of
familiar web affordances in our learning designs to
leverage the pervasive experience using the web for
informal learning. We conclude with a discussion of
future work.
74

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
INFORMAL LEARNING ON THE WEB
A predominant characteristic of informal learning

using the World Wide Web is that it is self-directed.
The primary use elements of the web, searching and
browsing, are well suited to learning experiences in
which, as Malcolm Knowles describes it,
individuals take the initiative, with or without the
help of others, in diagnosing their learning needs,
formulating learning goals, identifying human and
material resources for learning, choosing and
implementing appropriate learning strategies, and
[1]
evaluating learning outcomes.
In his views on
[2]
andragogy , Knowles further recognizes in adult
learners the influence of existing knowledge and
experience on future learning, a process attribute
shared more basically with constructivist learning
[3]
theories. Consider an everyday web inquiry. A learner
enters some search phrase into a search engine and is
promptly presented with a list of links and citations
pertaining to those terms. The learner then scans this
list attempting to make a connection between some of
these choices and his or her objectives. Links are
followed and the learner must quickly discern if the
material presented will be useful, prioritizing and
filtering these choices. How long should he linger in a
single resource? How far down the list of resources
should he venture? Is a given resource truly accurate,
reliable, and unbiased? Is the current search phrase
leading in the right direction and when should changes
be made? How will he know when the original learning
objectives are met and if they were the right
objectives?An obvious problem with learning in this
way is reliance onmet cognitive skills to efficiently and
effectively realize learning objectives. For individuals
lacking such skills, the freedom the web offers can
become something of a tar-pit. As sociologist C.
Wright Mills wrote, when examining the role of
intellectuals in a Post-WWII society, "Freedom is not
merely the opportunity to do as one pleases; neither is it
merely the opportunity to choose between set
alternatives. Freedom is, first of all, the chance to
formulate the available choices, to argue over them and
[4]
then, the opportunity to choose .
We see dual challenges in designing formal learning
experiences for the web as (1) to compensate for
individuals with poor skills as self-directed learners
and (2) to help cultivate those skills. In addressing
these challenges for an adult training regime on
information system security, we have employed
modules that utilize a common macro-structure based
on a paradigm for technology-based learning called
[5]
anchored instruction . This design pattern is an
inquiry cycle, called STAR Legacy, consisting of a set
75
of complementary learning activities overarched by a

challenge providing the context for the inquiry [6]. For
adult learning, we have simplified this cycle based on
an earlier approach taken for adult continuing
education [7]. The following sections present and
discuss this learning cycle and our adaptations.
STAR LEGACY
In an ideal scenario, all of the freedom afforded by

the web would be a powerful tool in the hands of the
learner. It could be considered the ultimate adaptive
learning environment where individuals select
resources that best suit their learning style. The
process would be efficient and effective, but as we have
mentioned earlier, this is most often not the case. A
major goal of the Star (Software Technology for Action
and Reflection) Legacy cycle developed by Daniel
Schwartz and others in the Cognition and Technology
Group at Vanderbilt was to help teachers and learners
see where they are in a complex sequence of learning [6].
In an online setting, where the instructor is not part of

the environment, we employ the explicit structure of
Star Legacy to show the users all of the learning
activities that are available to them with no enforced
order. Learners are invited to adapt the structure to suit
their individual needs, using the activities in an order
that best suits them and selecting only those activities
that they need to solve the proposed problem. This
explicit structure adds the scaffolding necessary for
even the most inexperienced online learner to begin
constructing his personalized training immediately.
Presented with five learning activities and the freedom
to move in and out of them as he pleases, the first time
user often visits each activity in order, as they are
presented in the model. A new user will most likely
begin by visiting the Challenge activity to gain context
for the other phases. This challenge is drawn from realworld situations or cases related to the subject being
taught.
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
He will then move on to the Thoughts phase for

problem setting. Here learners are presented with a set
of probing questions that serve to lead them into the
Resources phase. After studying the thought
questions, students see the problem from multiple
perspectives and identify what they need to know to
solve the problems posed in the challenge.
These first two phases in essence provide the
framework necessary to preserve efficiency as the user
is faced with a list of unfamiliar learning activities.
Unlike the common web experience, where the lack of
scaffolding or any other trusted guidance can lead to
aimless and uninformed "clicking", here the student is
empowered. He has been given a motivating problem
to solve and support in examining this problem to
account for the applicability of current knowledge and
needs for new learning.Continuing on in the cycle, the
Resources phase contains the bulk of the learning
activities used for problem solving. In keeping with
[5]
the principles of anchored instruction , learners are
free to move throughout these resources which address
various aspects of the challenge. Ideally, several
resources will cover the same material using different
instructional methods. This multiplicity is particularly
important in areas where learners have greater
d i ff i c u l t i e s a n d a l t e r n a t i v e t r e a t m e n t s c a n
accommodate learners with differences in individual
learning styles. To support reflection on progress
towards learning goals, no-stakes self-assessment
resources are provided in the Assessment phase.
Finally,the Wrap Up phase supports reviewing what he
has learned and presents an opportunity to relate it to a
similar challenge. As the learner gains knowledge
about the subject presented, he/she is also gaining an
understanding of the underlying structure of the
learning experience. Each new module will be laid out
in exactly the same way; Challenge, Thought
questions, Resources, Assessment and Wrap Up.
Some learners will continue to follow a sequential path
through each module; others will experiment with new
paths as they find which learning activities afford them
the best learning opportunities and possibly, which
activities are unnecessary or not useful to their learning
experience at all.In the next section, we examine some
modifications we have made in phases of the Legacy
Cycle presented [6]in an effort to construct an online
environment suited to adult learners. We then examine
a set of web affordances we have incorporated into the
learning platform as a whole.
www.ijsir.co.in
OUR ADAPTATIONS TO STAR LEGACY
Our first departure from the classical six-phase Star

Legacy Cycle can be found in the Thoughts phase. In a
traditional learning environment where an instructor is
present, students are presented with a challenge and
then proceed to a phase called Generate Ideas. Here
students work alone or in collaboration to list issues
and possible answers pertaining to the challenge. Once
an initial list of questions has been created, they tackle
the Multiple Perspectives phase which helps students
to further define issues about the challenge based on the
perspectives of relevant stakeholders. The purpose of
these learning activities is to help students make their
own thinking explicit rather than allow it to remain
vague and tacit. The multiple perspectives provide a
way to introduce students to vocabulary and
perspectives that are quite different from their own and
that often characterize expert approaches to the topic.In
our modules, students are presented with the Thoughts
phase. Here, the relevant questions have been posed
for them, with no answers provided. As mentioned
previously, these questions can be used as a general
guide for students to assess what they do and don't
already know about the challenge. Some questions and
their answers may be obvious to the learner and require
no further study. Others may bring a fresh new
perspective to the problem and can serve as a catalyst
for learning. The questions are typically posed from
different perspectives, allowing the user to see the
challenge in a much broader context. Many of our
learners are themselves professionals. They will most
likely find their own perspective among the questions
posed, but it may be the first time they have seen the
challenge from a different point of view. This can be
critical to enlarging the learner's understanding of the
challenge beyond their current scope.
The freedom of movement afforded by the Star
Legacy Model encourages students to revisit the
Thoughts phase periodically throughout the training.
George Polya, writing in his book How to solve it,
clearly defines the course that students take as they are
grappling with a new skill. "Trying to find the solution,
we may repeatedly change our point of view, our way
of looking at the problem Our conception of the
problem is likely to be rather incomplete when we start
the work; our outlook is different when we have made
some progress; it is again different when we have
almost obtained the solution."[8] Returning to this
phase throughout the training affords the learner a
chance to rethink his initial impressions; to challenge
his current beliefs concerning the problem; to construct
and reconstruct a model for his solution.
76

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
The Assessment phase of our modules provides a nostakes formative assessment similar to those found in
the Test Your Mettle phase of the classic STAR
Legacy Cycle. Everything about these selfassessments is a departure from the typical online
exam. Here, we introduce progressive remediation the
notion that assistance provided to a learner attempting
to answer questions or solve problems should initially
[9]
be limited and become increasingly stronger . The
goal is to help learners recognize their own mistakes
and miscomprehensions, rather than simply hinting
about the correct response. Students decide when they
are ready to attempt the self-assessment. They can take
it as often as they like; their score and the number of
attempts will have no bearing on their course
qualifying exam. CAPE (Courseware Authoring and
Packaging Environment) , the authoring tool that
supports our current online development efforts, makes
it possible for us to use a rich variety of question forms
[10,11]
to include fill in the blank and short answer . A
learner attempts to answer a question and the response
is evaluated immediately. If the answer is incorrect,
the first stage in the feedback loop clarifies the question
for the learner to be sure that he understood what was
being asked. If he answers incorrectly again, a second
remediation stage provides a brief explanation of what
is wrong with his answer. Here, the user not only
recognizes that he may not yet fully understand the
concepts being examined, but his misconceptions are
addressed and corrected. Finally, if he fails to answer
correctly on his third attempt, feedback is given in the
form of a list of suggested resources found within the
module that will help in better understanding the new
concept. A learner may take the assessment one
question at a time, moving in and out of the other
learning activities as needed, or he may take it all at
once, as preparation for the summative assessment.
Our final phase, the Wrap Up, is another divergence
from the classic Star Legacy Cycle and complements
the Thoughts phase. The primary purpose of the phase
is to support synthesizing what has been learned viz. the
module's challenge. Our Wrap Up is divided into two
stages. In the first, students revisit the thought
questions that were posed in conjunction with the
challenge. A discussion of possible solutions is
presented which refer to the module resources. Here
the learner has a chance to compare his solutions with
[12, 13]
that of subject matter experts
.The second stage is
essentially a transfer task, where a related challenge is
posed along with another set of thought questions. The
aim of this section is to lead the user to extend his newly
gained knowledge to a different situation. Here
77
discussions of the thought questions are presented so

that the learner can see how his new knowledge and
skills can be extended.Our changes to the classic Star
Legacy Model were born out of necessity the online
training environment we are addressing lacks a real
time instructor and does not afford collaboration
[14,15]
among users
. Taking advantage of the
technological advances that CAPE has to offer, we
have created an online experience that is as adaptive
and rich as the web environment, but also contains
structure and guidance necessary for efficient training.
It is a complete departure from the tell-and-test training
still commonly seen in online learning. As stated in our
introduction, the goals for designing online formal
learning experiences have been two-fold; to contend
with the liabilities of the web while still using what is
best about it, in each case seeking to increase both
efficiency and effectiveness. We now discuss our
efforts to capitalize on the strengths of the web those
affordances that make the web a popular environment
for informal learning.
AFFORDANCES
From basic searching and browsing to newer

scaffolds like rating and recommendation systems, the
World Wide Web has evolved into an extremely rich
and powerful information resource while preserving its
usability. When we began designing our formal online
learning environment, we wanted to make it as familiar
as possible to the user. Little time would be spent
learning how to use our courseware and more time
would be spent actually using the learning activities.
The hallmark of Star Legacy, as we have employed it in
this paper, is the freedom of movement given to the
learner, allowing learners to "drive" the courseware
while providing sufficient guidance to promote
efficiency and effectiveness. When a user is granted
the freedom to adapt and design their own learning
sequence, an environment emerges that is personalized
with respect to both their existing knowledge base and
their unique learning style.While constructing formal
online learning environments as hypermedia is nothing
new, the companioning of link-based navigation with
the explicit learning activity structures of STAR
Legacy addresses an important efficiency concern.
The typical use of hyper-linking on the web is subjectbased, which is good when the available information is
addressed at multiple depths, in multiple contexts, and
from multiple perspectives. Within a formal learning
experience, the available treatment of subjects is far
more constrained, yet the ability to traverse the
available activities and resources to find alternative
treatments remains an important feature.
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Within our modules, we have chosen to use hyper

linking principally to address navigation within the
Legacy Cycle and among available resources. We
support subject-based traversal through the common
web affordance of searching.
Strongly influenced by live-search features provided
in web browsers such as Mozilla Firefox, the search
facility we provide in our courseware is an assisted
search, where feedback regarding the presence of a
word, fragment, or phase in the search indices is
provided continuously in a Suggestions area. The
scope of searches can be adjusted from the current
module to the entire course. Both the learning
resources provided in the Resources phase of modules
and the reflection resources provided by the
Assessment phase are indexed. In this way, learners
can use searching to freely move back and forth
between learning and self-assessing what they have
learned by subject.
Glossaries are a common feature of online learning
resources that are not typically found in web resources.
While valuable additions, glossaries can present
usability concerns when presented as distinct resources
accessed through hyperlink-based navigation. The
inline glossaries we employ in our courseware are
small pop-up windows that appear when a user moves
the cursor over a term that is double-underlined, an
approach widely used on the web for such things as
targeted advertising. In this way, a user can easily
access word definitions without leaving the resource
they are currently studying.We believe that the
affordances we have included in our courseware create
an environment that is familiar to the user and
embodies the strengths of the web. Users should
immediately feel at home with the freedom of
navigation, active search, annotated remediation, and
inline glossaries featured in every course. These
common tools, placed in what may first be viewed as an
uncommon environment by the learner, will put him at
ease and serve as a guide. Each user should be able to
begin work quickly, customizing the environment to
facilitate their study.
such as anchored instruction to create a scaffold that

would provide the user the guidance needed to navigate
the learning activities that we provided. We took full
advantage of the technological advances of the CAPE
authoring tool to create resources that were rich,
assessments that were challenging and tools that were
familiar as well as useful. We have succeeded in
removing web frustrations, distilling the World Wide
Web learning environment to create a new, familiar but
more efficient framework. As we continue in our
research in the area of online learning, we hope to
discover more about today's online learner and to
create learning environments that are not only
pedagogically sound but also on the cutting edge of
what technology has to offer the teaching and learning
community.
REFERENCES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
CONCLUSION
At the outset of this paper the authors had one goal in

mind, to harness the best of what the web had to offer in
an effort to create efficient and effective online
training. We relied on well studied learning models
www.ijsir.co.in
8.
Knowles, M. S. (1975) Self-Directed Learning. A

guide for learners and teachers, Englewood Cliffs:
Prentice Hall/Cambridge.
Knowles, M. S. et al (1984) Andragogy in Action.
Applying modern principles of adult education,
San Francisco: Jossey Bass.
Prince, Michael J., and Richard M. Felder.
"Inductive Teaching and Learning Methods:
Definitions, Comparisons, and Research Bases."
Journal of Engineering Education, 2006: 123-138.
Mills, C. Wright. The Sociological Imagination.
New York: Oxford University Press, 1959.
Bransford, J. et al. "Anchored instruction: Why we
need it and how technology can help." In
Cognition, education and multimedia, by D. Nix
and R. Sprio. Hillsdale: Erlbaum Associates, 1990.
Schwartz, D. L., X. Lin, S. Brophy, and J. D.
Bransford. "Toward the development of flexibly
adaptive instructional designs." In Instructionaldesign theories and models: New paradigms of
instructional theory: Vol 2, by D. (Ed.) Reigeluth.
Mahwah: ERlbaum, 1999.
Smith, D. D., et al. "The IRIS Center for Faculty
Enhancement: On-line course enhancement
modules and materials for use in the preparation of
education professionals." New Horizons for
Learning Online Journal, 2005, Fall ed.
Polya, George. How to Solve It. Princeton:
Princeton University Press, 1945.
78

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
79
Roselli, R. J., L. Howard, and S. Brophy.

"Integration of formative assessment into online
engineering assignments." Computers in
Education, 2006: 8-17.
Howard, L. "CAPE: A visual language for
courseware authoring.",Second Workshop on
Domain-Specific Visual Languages, Seattle, WA,
November, 2002.
Howard, L., "Adaptive learning technologies for
bioengineering education.",IEEE Engineering in
Medicine and Biology Magazine, 22, 4, pp. 58-65,
July, 2003.
Anderson, Gretchen L., and Marsha L. Heck.
"Theme-based tests: Teaching in context."
Biochemistry and Molecular Biology Education
33, no. 1 (2006).
Paivio, Allan. "Dual Coding Theory: Retrospect
14.
15.
and Current Status." Canadian Journal of

Experimental Psychology (American
Psychological Association) 45, no. 3 (September
1991): 255-287.
Moore, M., J. K. Burton, and R. J. Myers.
"Multiple-channel communication: The theoretical
and research foundations of multimedia." In
H a n d b o o k o f re s e a rc h f o r e d u c a t i o n a l
communications and technology (, by D. H.
Jonassen (Ed.), 851-875. New York, New York:
Macmillan, 1996.
Howard, L., Remenyi, Z. and Pap, G., "Adaptive
blended learning environments."International
Conference on Engineering Education, Session
T3K, July, 2006.
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
A STUDY ON ORGANIZATIONS EMBRACING GREEN MARKETING FOR A

SUSTAINABLE ENVIRONMENT WITH REFERENCE TO INDIAN MARKETS
*Shalini Bariar1, Anil Vikramaditya Verma2
1
Thakur Institute of Management Studies and Research, Mumbai, India, 2 Delsey India
*Address for correspondence : Dr. Shalini Bariar , Associate Professor ( Marketing ), Thakur Institute of
Management Studies and Research, Mumbai, India ; Email.ID : shalinibariar@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
As it is a well-known fact that the humans are the most advanced living being on the planet earth using the resources
of the Mother Nature as per their needs, wants, requirements, comfort and self development. During the process of
development, the human beings have now started realizing that the resources they are using are not only limited but
also at the verge of insufficiency. The humans have started realizing that their unlimited wants and desires are
giving rise to extreme industrializations causing destructions to the natural resources.
During the various discussions in the past, it was concluded that the human being have rights to fulfill their
respective needs and wants but at the same time there have been discussions regarding not causing harm to the
environment which may negatively affect the existence of human being. The American marketing Association gave
importance to manufacturing and marketing of products that are acknowledged as environmentally less harmful.
The environmental sustainability since then became a buzz among the entire marketing community and also the
consumers with a foresightedness of endangered human species due to too much of negligence towards the
environment causing distortion to the entire ecological system. Keeping this in mind the various marketing
organizations are taking extra care for sourcing, producing, marketing, consuming and disposing products with a
vision of causing least harm to the environment and reporting its success in their sustainability reports. This activity
is not only related to a social cause but it also helps the organizations in successfully accomplishing its marketing
objectives by incorporating the sustainability and green marketing initiatives as core business strategy by creating
and generating positive influence in the mind of the customers.
This paper involves a study about green and sustainability initiatives taken by some Indian organizations for not
only influencing environmental concern but also as a tool for enhancing their market position by reporting itself as
green.
Keywords: Environmental sustainability; Green marketing; Green initiatives; Business strategy
INTRODUCTION
The hazardous deterioration of the global environment
has evoked persistent concern in the mind of mankind
towards the consciousness adoption leading to
changing consumers' attitude towards eco-friendly
products in order to safeguard the blue planet. They
therefore, consider it extremely important to take
preventive measures towards a sustainable
environment by changing their attitude towards their
consumption behavior by consuming those products
which claim to be environmentally safe. Environment
sustainability is emerging as a market driver with the
potential to grow profits and present opportunities for
value creation a remarkable evolution from its
traditional focus on efficiency, cost, and supply chain
risk. Not only the customers but also the marketers
consider it as their prime responsibilities towards the
sourcing, making, producing, selling and disposing or
recycling the products in environmentally safe manner.
www.ijsir.co.in
Consumers and marketers support these practices and

their aims are to make certain that there is a
contribution supporting sustainable green environment
and finally saving the environment deterioration.
As explained by the American Marketing Association,
green marketing is the marketing of products that are
presumed to be environmentally safe. The green
marketing activities are a wide range of actions,
including product modification, changes to the
manufacturing process, packaging changes, and also
modifying promotions towards the environment
sustainability. Green marketing is also known as
Environmental Marketing and Ecological Marketing.
Thus "Green Marketing" refers to holistic marketing
concept wherein the production, marketing
consumption, a disposal of products and services
happen in a manner that is less damaging to the
environment with growing awareness.
80

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
The concept of environment protection is not new, in

the 1987 report of UN commissioned research defined
Sustainability as development that fulfills the
requirements of the mankind without compromising
the ability of the future generations to meet their
requirements. This recognizes that there are limits of
the natural resources and the ability of the biosphere to
absorb human activities. Thus being sustainable, an
organization must generate some acceptable level of
activities for the environmental performance
throughout the process of value chain process from raw
material procurement to disposal.
In the last few decades, lot many researches and
conferences have been organized to discuss about the
environment concern and measures to be taken by
human being to save the mother earth. During such
discussions, the term Green marketing was evolved,
understood and explained by the intellectuals.
Green marketing not only accepted and adapted by
government and non government organizations, but
consumer, suppliers, manufacturers, wholesalers,
retailers and services firms also have shown similar
concern and interest towards availing opportunities to
contribute to green marketing. This also led to the
understanding of the need of considering the
production, distribution, and reclamation of products
as integrated gears of the marketing efforts. Green
marketing activities also requires the promotional
efforts engaged in gaining customer support towards
consumption of environment friendly products and
show their concern towards the environment. Green
marketing is a series of actions towards the
establishment of link between the business and
customers and this process entails the holistic approach
as it integrates the all the activities in relation to
environmental concerns.
GREEN PRODUCTS
Green products are known as ecological products or
environment friendly products. Shamdasami (1993)
defined green products as those products that doesn't
pollute the earth or deplore natural resources and can be
recycled or conserved. Elkington and Makower
(1988), explained green products as those products that
have more economically strong specifications or
packaging helping in reducing the overall damage to
the environment. Schorsch (1990) explained green
products as those products that are grown organically,
made of degradable materials, contain little or no
phosphates, not tested on animals.
The various researchers described green products in
their own language, Weber (1991) explained that
81
green products are the products which claim to be

environment friendly and also biodegradable, Berman
(1993) stated green products to be environmentally
sound product, Davis (1994) stated that green products
are environment friendly or ecologically safe: and not
harmful or more beneficial to the environment,
Schuhwerk and Lefkoff-Hagius (1995) explained
green products to be less harmful to the environment,
Gurau and Ranchhod (2005) explained Ecological
product: product that was manufactured using toxicfree ingredients and environmentally-friendly
procedures, and who is certified as such by a
recognized organization.
As explained by Simon (1995) , green products are
defined as the products made with reduced amount of
material, extremely recyclable raw material, non toxic,
not involving animal testing, without adversely
affecting protected species, require a lesser amount of
energy during production or use or have minimal or no
packaging. According to Nimse (2007) green products
use recyclable materials, less wastage, reduced water
wastage, energy conservation, minimal packaging,
reduce toxic emission.
GREEN MARKETING
Pride and Ferrell (1993) explained Green marketing as
environmental or sustainable marketing which refers to
an organization's effort at designing, promoting,
pricing, and distributing products that will not harm the
environment. In view of the evident destruction of the
biosphere due to pollution and extreme human
modernization, current global warming discussions
and concerns are undeniable. It is evident that
chemicals, gases and pollutions released uncontrolled
by human activities are responsible for most of the
destruction caused to the environment on earth in the
past many decades. These trends are projected to
continue with greater intensity over the course of the
21st century and beyond (Green facts, 2007). The Chief
Executive Officer (CEO) of General Electric Jeffery R,
stated that: "The opportunity to provide environmental
solutions is going to be one of the big four or five
themes of our generation of business leadership". The
forum like World Wide Fund also referred that, all
existing industries are utilizing more than its
reasonable share of the earth's resources, retailers
continue to procure and sell product that are highly
dependent on natural resources without being worried
about the limited supply of resources. The concept of
green marketing has been discussed by many industries
and forums.
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Weiner and Sukhdail (1990) stated that Customer's

perceived level of self involvement towards the
protection of the environment may prevent them from
engaging environment friendly activities such as
recycling. With reference to this, Innumerable
businesses that promotes their products as green has
continually grew (Mansvelt, 2011).
The green marketing movement began in the US in
1994 (Kotler and Keller, 2006). It was evolved from
the concept of societal marketing (Wong, 2008). Many
organizations developed the objectives of green
marketing and implemented in their marketing
activities. Awareness of green products among
customers and its demand has grown during the last
two decades, as indicated by increased supply by
companies (Chung and Wee, 2008), increased
consumer demand (Chen, 2008), environmental
protection offered by non- governmental
organizations, various institutions offering specific
environmental and green marketing courses, and
increased number of research publications every year
(Hartman and Ibanez, 2006; Nyborg, Howarth and
Brekke, 2006).
Charter (1999) argued that businesses are faced with
increasing challenges of environmental protection and
demand for environment-friendly products and
services. According to Phillips (1999), consumers are
willing to pay premium for green products because
they prioritize green attributes in the green product.
Prothero & Fitchett (2000) argued that greater
ecological enlightenment can be secured through
capitalism by using the characteristics of commodity
culture to further progress environmental goals.
Marketing not only has the potential to contribute to the
establishment of more sustainable forms of society but,
as a principle agent in the operation and proliferation of
commodity discourse, also has a considerable
responsibility to do so. Karna et al. (2003) interpreted
that proactive marketers are the most genuine group in
implementing environmental marketing voluntarily
and seeking competitive advantage through
environmental friendliness. Jain and Kaur (2004) in
their study stated that
environmentalism has fast
emerged as a worldwide phenomenon. Business firms
too have risen to the occasion and have started
responding to environmental challenges by practicing
green marketing strategies. Green consumerism has
played a catalytic role in ushering corporate
environmentalism and making business firms green
marketing oriented.
Quite a good number of experiential studies have
www.ijsir.co.in
established the importance and advantages of the

organizations favoring and going green. Many studies
have shown that the green core competence of firms
has positive influence on their green product
innovation performance, green process innovation
performance, and green image. The green product
innovation performance and green process innovation
performance are positively correlated with the firms'
green image (Chen, 2008). This concludes that the
firms handled an environment issue well can sustain a
firm's competitiveness and increase its superior image.
Considering this, many organizations have implied
Green marketing strategies as one of the important
aspect in its marketing strategies.
GREEN MARKETING INITIATIVES IN INDIA
Considering the customer desire and market trends
favoring green marketing as the need of the hour, many
organizations are embracing green marketing as one of
the most important endeavor and have started acting as
a responsible member of the society. It is very
interesting to note that while, green marketing
continues to be an issue of 5 global interest, Google
Trends reports that, on a relative basis, more searches
for green marketing originated from India than from
any other country ( Wigder , 2007). Environment
sustainability being so important many organizations
have started focusing on the sustainability acts through
its green efforts by listing a number of activities in its
sustainability business agenda.
RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
The objective of this paper is to explore the initiatives
of some Indian organizations successful in
implementing green strategies for maintaining a
sustainable green environment.This study involves an
exploratory research study on the organizations green
marketing initiatives for environmental sustainability.
The study was done on the secondary data available in
various magazines, news papers, journals and
company web sites. From the list of those organizations
following genuine green practices, ten such
organizations from the different product sectors were
selected on convenience sampling and their green
initiatives under the environment sustainability were
studied and analyzed. It was interesting to note that
most of the companies have successfully marked its
presence in the field of Environment sustainability and
marketing itself as green organizations and have
presented its green initiatives with proper
documentations in their Sustainability report.
82

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
COMPANIES INITIATING GREEN

MARKETING STRATEGIES FOR
ENVIRONMENTAL SUSTAINABILITY
As per the social awareness, government norms and
consumer requirement for exploring options available
for low carbon growth path, few Indian companies
have taken a lead and made its decent status in global
list of those forms which have opted for its leadership
in saving the environment by cutting down its climate
damaging emissions. Companies selected like Essar
Oil, Tech Mahindra, Tata Consultancy Services and
Wipro makes itself to be one of the top global
companies following green practices. Few other
Companies like, ITC, Indian Oil Corporation, Dabur,
Maruti Suzuki, Sun Pharma and State Bank of India
have also been successful in implementing its
sustainability initiative programs to save the
environment. Awarded an 'A' grade for their
performance, these companies earn a position on the
first global ranking of corporate efforts to mitigate
climate change. The India 2014 report titled "Indian
companies decouple business growth from carbon
emissions" reveals that energy efficiency is the key
means by which companies are acting on climate
change. This study is a small effort towards the analysis
of the steps taken by these companies towards making a
difference in the world climate and environment
sustainability.
Essar Energy
Sushil Maroo, Chief Executive Officer, Essar energy,
states that, We are committed to minimizing
pollution, reducing our environmental footprint and
optimizing resource consumption by planning and
carrying out operations through environmentally
responsible processes and practices. At Essar Energy,
health, safety and environment ('HSE') continue to be
among its critical sustainability priorities
and an integral part of the management of Essar's
business from last many years. The organization's
move toward sustainability is towards minimizing
pollution, mitigating risks, reducing environmental
footprint and optimizing resource consumption. All the
environmental aspects, impacts and plans are part of an
environmental management plan which is specific to
each site. The organization's environmental
management plans are aligned with the international
environmental management system ISO 14001:2004.
The company encourages all its businesses to get
certified to the standard.
83
According to the organization's sustainability report,

Environmental performance during the FY2014 by
Essar is as follows:
Essar Oil ranked second in India looking across
all sectors and industries in Carbon Disclosure
Leadership Index in CDP India Climate
Change Report 2013.
Essar Oil recommended by Det Norske Veritas
for certification to Energy Management
System ISO 50001:2011.
Essar Oil's fuel switch project registered for
carbon credits.
Its refineries save 95 million kWh of energy;
over five times increase in the energy saved last
year.
20% reduction in hazardous waste generation
at its refinery, Zero oil spills reported by all
sites.
Essar Oil was ranked second All-India in the Carbon
Disclosure Leadership Index ('CDLI') in the Carbon
Disclosure Project ('CDP') India 200 Climate Change
Report 2013 that ranks the top 200 companies by
market capitalization.
Essar Oil, India uses the services of a sister company,
Vadinar Oil Terminal Limited ('VOTL'), to manage
crude oil imports and exports and for the distribution of
petroleum products. VOTL is governed by the
International Maritime Organization's guidelines and
protocol. Offshore pollution prevention and control is
managed by VOTL.
State Bank of India - Best Green IT Project
In the recent news headlines, it was seen that SBI
committed Rs 75K Cr to green projects. Sustainability
is not only about the savings of recurring costs to the
bank, the green project of SBI helps in reducing the
carbon footprints which impacts the quality of life of
the cardholders and society at large. With and
objective of paper less banking, SBI introduced its
green initiative which provided services of paperless
banking with no withdrawal form, no deposit slips, no
checks, no money transactions with the help of debit
cards provided to customers.This idea also supports the
cause of the bank's objective of diffusion of retail
electronic payment culture and reducing the
dependence on paper based transactions in the country
with an objective of saving the environment and
cutting of trees, through brisk expansion of ATMs and
debit cards usage.
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
State Bank of India implemented a gigantic rollout

during the financial year 2009-10 and installed more
than 10,000 eco, friendly ATMs across the country
while taking care of carbon footprint at the same time.
In all of these ATMs, LCD monitors were deployed in
lieu of CRTs. Usage of LCD, LEDs inside ATM and
even for signage, and usage of energy efficient 5 star
EER 3.1 rated ACs as an alternative of conventional
high energy consuming ACs. SBI also installed
Aluminum composite panels, instead of wooden
supplies at the various sites. Along with modifications,
SBI also developed and installed specially designed
ATMs for the low energy consumption and reduced
level of air conditioning. Also the solar powered were
developed for rural locations.
After deployment of these services at ATMs, SBI could
save 48508500 KWH of electricity and saved around
Rs 24 Cr in electricity bills. In the process of
deployment of energy efficient ATMs the major
challenge was ensuring compliance with consideration
of agreed contractual terms not only with the main
supplier but also with the outsourcing agencies.
Indian Oil Corporation
Being an active partner of the Global Compact
Program of the United Nations, Indian Oil completely
focuses on sustainable development. Being a leading
participant, the Indian Oil Corporation considers
environment protection as its core business obligation.
While fulfilling this commitment, the organization
base all its operational unit's activities towards a
comprehensive safety, health and environment
management system and also periodically review the
same for better performance in future. The various
refineries of Indian oil comply are with the
environmental standards and also incorporate the hightech systems. The environment management systems
of all Indian Oil refineries, pipeline Installations and
major marketing installations/terminals are certified to
ISO-14001 standards
Indian Oil refineries have adopted various measures
for control of gaseous emissions. These include use of
low-sulphur fuel oil, desulphurization of refinery fuel
gas, tall stacks for better dispersion of flue gases,
advanced process control systems; and energy
conservation measures to reduce fuel consumption.
Indian oil offers echo friendly Low Sulphur (0.5%)
Diesel, Extra-low Sulphur (0.25%) Diesel, Diesel with
0.05% sulphur, Unleaded Petrol/Gasoline, Green fuels
Euro-III etc. products as an efforts on its green
initiatives. On an average, Indian Oil has invested
www.ijsir.co.in
about Rs. 7,000 crore so far in green fuel projects at its

refineries; ongoing projects account for a further Rs.
5,000 crore. All refineries have been provided with
full-fledged effluent treatment plants consisting of
physical, chemical, biological tertiary treatment
facilities. 'Oilivorous-S '& 'Oilivorous-A' technologies
are being used for the treatment of oily sludge and acid
tar respectively. The treated effluent is far superior to
the stipulated MINAS quality and quantum standards.
Treated effluent is being reused to the extent of 65-70%
in the refinery units. Panipat Refinery continues to
maintain zero discharge since commissioning in 1998.
Diesel quality improvement facilities are taken care in
all the refineries of IOC for a sustainable environment.
The R&D Centre of Indian Oil engrosses itself in the
formulations of eco-friendly biodegradable lube
formulations. All these efforts of IOC make it
responsible organization and hence upgrade its brand
perception. Indian oil is currently focusing its
sustainability efforts towards CNG, LPG, Ethanol
blended petrol, bio diesel, and hydrogen energy.
Dabur
Dabur, with a portfolio of Ayurveda and nature-based
products, conservation of environment and natural
resources is deep rooted, environment and nature is the
core compliance of the business. Dabur, not only
incorporated the concept of sustainability into the core
of its business but expanded it as its value and
responsibilities towards the society and to the
ecosystem. The responsibility towards the nature
inspires the organization to perform challenging tasks
of environment safety extremely well. Dabur has
intensive focus on Conservation of Energy and
Technology Absorption, along with Health, Safety and
Environment Protection. Dabur uses many measure for
energy conservation which includes, use of bio-fuels in
boilers, generation of biogas and installation of energy
efficient equipment helped lower the cost of
production, besides reduce effluent and improve
hygiene conditions and productivity. Dabur makes
incessant efforts towards technology absorption and
innovation, for preservation of natural resources.
Dabur works on the ideology of minimum use of water
in process by pre-concentration of herbal extract and
reduction in concentration time. It also uses water
treatment plant with Reverse osmosis system for
reutilization of waste water from pump seal cooling
and waste water management. Dabur introduced water
efficient CIP system with recycling of water in fruit
juice manufacturing, also developed in-house
84

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
technology to convert fruit waste into organic manure

by using the culture Lactobacilus burchi. It also
constantly scrutinizes its waste in adherence with the
pollution control norms. The hard work includes
execution of rainwater harvesting, which has helped
the company on the path to becoming a Water-Positive
Corporation. The Company has also taken a lead for
green marketing in terms of product improvement, cost
reduction, product development, import substitution,
cleaner environment and waste disposal for its
customers. Being an organic company Dabur also
enjoys the customer loyalty for being safe and
environment friendly product by promoting its green
initiatives.
Wipro
Over the last many years Wipro have set momentum of
corporate initiative towards the environment
sustainability acts which involves its stake holders,
employees, customers and suppliers, investors,
government community and the education system.
With this aspiration Wipro has many acts in its agenda
which includes, GHG emission reduction, water,
wastage, biodiversity, supply chains, education and
community engagement. Wipro Company has
launched a wide range of eco- friendly desktops under
green ware initiatives to cut down e waste in
environment. The system launched toxin free and
operate under a total recycling policy. With the removal
of the toxins, recycling of the electronic products are
safer for customers and environment. Wipro has 17 ewaste collection centers in India where products are
collected are recycled. 12 Wipro campuses in the
country have been certified as green buildings. Green
marketing is a core part of Wipro's business strategy,
executing green across the entire value chain and
communicating to the customers. The Go green
campaign by Wipro furniture is to create healthy
atmosphere at the customer's work place and making
greener and healthier environment. For this initiative
selection of raw material, processes, considering longterm ecological sustainability for lowest
environmental impact. Wipro tests its products at
independent testing labs, manufacturing for
compliance with international air quality guidelines of
BIFMA, ISO and RoHS standards for contributing to
human health and environment protection. Wipro's
green strategy rests on three main pillars: chemical
management, energy and e-waste. It has also initiated a
take back program running in partnership with
authorized recyclers. Wipro's experience in the
85
adaptation of green manufacturing practices shows that

organizations need to go beyond stand alone and adopt
a holistic approach tied for a long term sustainability
vision.
Tata Consultancy Services
Playing far beyond the other green marketing
organizations of India, TCS follows Green IT concept
with efficiency and cost savings for not only for the IT
organizations but also a range of disciplines such as
manufacturing, engineering services, transportation
and more. It is also vital for regulatory compliance with
the rising number of environmental policies across
diverse geographies.
TCS implements few green initiatives which are not
necessary pertaining to IT based organizations. Few of
these are : (i) energy savings (for example, energy
efficient LED lighting, sensor based light turn on/off,
building design for cooling efficiency, automatic
cooling system modulation based on need and load,
alternate energy for lighting and cooking), ( ii)
reducing water consumption (for example, recycling,
rain water harvesting) and ground water recharging,
(iii) waste reduction (for example, paper reduction,
composting and digesters for bio- waste) and (iv) fuel
and emissions reduction through cycling, car-pooling
and buses. TCS also saves transportation and fuel costs
by arranging online meetings and webinars. Laptops
mobiles and high-tech devices play a positive role in
reducing travel-induced carbon footprints. By going
paperless by online forms, business processes and
workflows have yielded a significant reduction in
paper consumption for all its operations: Measures to
enforce double-sided printing, shared printing services
and recycling printer cartridges.
With the rising desirability for employing green
products and processes, TCS also is involved in
marketing itself as green as a business opportunities to
promote (i) environment-friendly products such as low
power hardware, (ii) services for assessment,
transformation and management for setting and
attaining environmental impact targets and (iii)
streamlined business and operational processes for
increased efficiency. Products and capabilities that
have environment friendly features offer a competitive
advantage in the market. For instance, performance per
watt of a server is now being used as a marketing pitch
as opposed to just raw performance.
Extensive awareness about green marketing practices
the customers has superior choices in vendor selection
based on Green IT practices.
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Tech Mahindra
As one of the responsible company in IT solutions,
Tech Mahindra understands the rising discrepancy in
the earth's environment, global warming and depletion
of natural resources leading to ecological imbalances
less safe ecological system for future generations and
for all the other species that inhabit this planet. Along
with a concern for the natural environment
commitment, towards society is reflected in Tech
Mahindra solutions and services that drive positive
change in society. Tech Mahindra, helps its customers
achieve their sustainability goals and objectives
through green IT solutions and service offerings. In
addition to conducting business consciously and
responsibly, Tech Mahindra supports the communities
through many environmental and social initiatives.
Tech Mahindra Foundation, Corporate Social
Responsibility arm, plays a key role in the field of
education, employment, women empowerment and
accessibility. Tech Mahindra has won a number of
awards at various forums for its green initiatives like,
Ranked #2 in the CDP's Carbon Disclosure Leadership
Index 2014. Tech Mahindra was listed on DJSI ROBECOSAM Year Book 2015 as one amongst the 6
Indian companies to make it to Global Yearbook. Tech
Mahindra got recognized as World Leader for
corporate action on climate change by CDP under
Supplier Climate Performance Leadership Index 2014-15, and also as World Leader for CDP under
Global A List Climate Performance Leadership
Index 2014. For creating sustainable environment,
Tech Mahindra works for a number of initiatives like
water conservation, energy conservation, echo
efficiency, education and employability, health and
safety, learning and development, ethical conduct in
business, employee well being, customer privacy,
quality delivery, integrity etc. The Green Marshals
Program at Tech Mahindra works towards spreading
awareness on how day-to-day activities can be done in
an environmental friendly way and the importance of
recycling and reducing pollution.
Few Green Initiatives at Tech Mahindra include:
Green Desktop Policy, Eco-Friendly Printer Policy ,
Solar Street Lights, Tree Plantation, Sapling sale,
Green Quiz, Think Eco Act Eco Fair , Food waste
reutilization for fertilizer and animal feed generation,
Paper management , e-waste, recycling, organic foods,
bicycles, jute bags, khadi sarees, organic makeup and
health supplements and eco-friendly paper books and
handicrafts, No Light Hour, Tech Mahindra Corporate
Sustainability website for enthusiastic associates to be
actively involved in going green, Idea Bank/Blog etc.
www.ijsir.co.in
Sun Pharma
Listed by Forbes at 38th amongst the world's 50 most
innovative companies, SUN Pharma uses innovations
to increase the efficiency and effectiveness of
processes and save energy. The organization continues
to invest in technology for the sustainability of the
environment. Many of the manufacturing facilities are
'Zero Liquid Discharge' and in process of emulating the
same for the rest of its units. In FY 13-14, 4 million
kWh of energy was generated through wind power. As
the company's aim is to produce more sustainability, it
accomplishes this by adopting and following
environment-friendly manufacturing processes.
Sun Pharma, sees every challenge in the path of
environment conservation as an opportunity in
disguise. It supports and sustains a culture of awareness
and sensitivity towards conserving and preserving the
environment. Sun Pharma has a robust Environment,
Health & Safety (EHS) policy that guides its intentions
and turns them into fruitful interventions.
The Organization constantly directs its efforts to ensure
statutory compliance, optimize natural resources,
affect continuous improvement in environment
management, innovate greener technologies and
processes, and spread green awareness across internal
and external stakeholders. The company operates in a
way so as to reduce the production of waste, reuse
recovered solvents and recycle numerous waste
materials. The recycled materials include solvents,
wastewater, glass, plastic liners, fibre drums, metal
drum sheets, HDPE sheets and waste oil. Energy
conservation, green investments, green operations
include installation of boiler economizers and air preheaters, using condensate recovery pumps, hot water
generation from Jacket Heat Exchanger, use of fuelefficient packaged boilers that use heat from waste
gases of engine exhaust, steam generation from
exhaust gas and hot water generation from jacket heat
As a progressive and environmentally-concerned
organization, Sun Pharma is switching from
'conventional' Furnace Oil/Light Diesel Oil boilers to
'eco-efficient' biomass briquette based boilers.
Social well-being: It will generate employment
opportunities and a source of income for the local
Population. Environmental well-being replaces fossil
fuels by a carbon neutral fuel - biomass briquettes. To
make customer more involved in green initiatives it
engages with customers through a healthy 'give' and
'take' relationship. It gives explicit information for all
the products, which complies with the applicable
labeling codes and specifications.
86

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Indian Tobacco Corporation

The ITC Company while fulfilling its green initiatives
takes care of management approach, energy, air
emissions, water management, recycling and waste
management, raw materials, and biodiversity etc. ITC
from last many years has been carbon positive, water
positive, solid waste recycling positive, soil &
moisture conservation, using renewable energy and
greenest luxury hotel chain. ITC has been known for its
social initiatives for years, which include primary
education initiative, e-choupal, creating sustainable
livelihoods for rural women, animal husbandry
services, afforestation programme, bio-diversity
programme.
ITC is vertically integrated to a large extent; it provides
unique opportunities for establishing synergy and
thereby minimizing environmental impacts through
optimum utilisation of raw materials, reuse/ recycling
of wastes and optimum logistics. As agricultural
produce are the key raw materials for most of ITC's
businesses, they are accorded prime focus for
addressing supply chain issues. ITC's interventions in
this realm along with community development
initiatives have not only supported sustainable
agricultural practices but also contributed to
sustainable livelihood creation for farmers. ITC's
sustainability policies, for which each Business has
developed specific phase-wise implementation plans,
and associated code of conduct for vendors and
suppliers provide the necessary framework to deal with
aspects associated with labour practices, human rights,
bribery, corruption, occupational health, safety and
environment in the entire value chain.
In line with the overall strategy to embed the principles
of sustainability, as far as practicable, into the various
stages of product or service life-cycle, ITC initiated life
cycle assessments (LCA) of its products and services to
evaluate the impacts and identify areas for
improvement in the value chain.
To address the key environmental issues ITC works for
continuous improvement on environmental
performance, ITC's Businesses have set voluntary
targets in terms of specific energy reduction, specific
water intake reduction, specific waste generation, etc.
Accordingly targets are set at the Business/Unit levels
for maintaining this performance. ITC also constantly
endeavours to create a positive environmental
footprint. Large-scale Social and Farm Forestry,
Integrated Watershed Development, Sustainable
Agriculture Practices and logistic network
optimisation of ITC's FMCG helps in environment
87
sustainability. Over the years ITC has won a number of

awards of global recognition for its achievements in
Green initiatives.
Maruti Suzuki
Green Initiatives in Maruti Suzuki is especially
concerned with global warming hence Maruti takes
special care for fuel efficiency improvement,
development of alternate fuel vehicles, reduction in
energy consumption, use of cleaner fuel. Maruti was
the first passenger car company in India to be certified
for Environment Management Systems (EMS) as per
ISO 14001:1996 in 1999. Maruti's Environment
Policy insists on maintaining and improving
environmental management system, prevention of
pollution resulting from operations and products and
adhere to environmental laws. The Guidelines which
Maruti follows for green strategy are promote energy
conservation, promote 3 Rs Reduce- Reuse- Recycle,
promote green procurement and provide
environmental education. Green Initiatives of Maruti
involve water conservation with 100% recycling of
treated effluent, air cooled air conditioners, closed
cycle cooling towers and waste recycling, with
reusable packaging, machinery, virtualization it can
save up to 70% of the energy required to power servers
with fewer servers need less energy for cooling and
storage and displays with facility infrastructure and
management, power saving improvement in
incineration process. Maruti bases its green initiatives
on Green technology for Green Computing with
Processors/Servers/ Use every Watt efficiently, 63%
of Data Center Energy Consumption is for cooling and
developing more sophisticated control measures,
technology to support people to work anytime
anywhere with help of telecommuting
teleconferences and telepresence. Maruti believes in
green procurement by procuring products from
environmental friendly companies and making
mandatory criterion for procurement. It also takes care
of maintenance with data centre equipment and fire
suppression systems. Maruti works for awareness of
environment protection by promoting a culture
Energy Saving with help of training programs. It also
does e-waste management by maintenance and
disposal of IT equipments in an environmental friendly
manner. Clauses
for disposal and e-waste
management have been explained by the company and
promoting buyback of all computer and peripherals is
also taken care of by the company for environment
protection.
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
CONCLUSION
This study indicates that the organizations in India,
continuously engaged in sustainable green
environmental marketing are not merely talking about
its environment concern and protections but are also
fulfilling its responsibilities by engaging itself
completely in the value creating activity. These
organizations are not only concentrating on earning
revenue but are also able to perform their duties as a
responsible organizations by not only incorporating the
green activities in their value chain and considering it
as one of the business strategy by continuously
working on creating a sustainable environment .
Witnessing radical change in the world of business will
be more prominent, if all nations make stringent rules
for the same because green endeavors are essential to
save world from pollution and destruction. With the
increasing threat of global warming, it is extremely
important that green initiatives become a part of culture
rather than an exception or just a fad. Recycling of
paper, metals, plastics, reduced emission of toxic
gasses and chemicals etc., with a safe and
environmentally harmless approach should become
much more systematized and universal. Finally,
consumers, industrial buyers and suppliers need to
pressurize effects on minimize the negative effects on
the environment-friendly. Green marketing assumes
even more importance and relevance in developing
countries like India.
The future of environmental marketing has huge
responsibility in the shoulders of the responsible
members of the society as the results of performing
green activities are not much evident in comparison to
the already caused harm to the environment. Still, one
positive action taken by an individual organization
may motivate other organizations in joining hands in
the mission to environmental sustainability. Many
organizations have been successfully adopting the
green culture, the need is to keep working towards the
same by educating more and more organizations and
customers by communicating about the importance
and benefits of cleaner, healthier, safer and error free
environment. There is a need to develop a sense of
responsibility in not only the organizations but the
entire nation including individuals to work for
environment safety.
SUGGESTIONS FOR GOING GREEN
It is commendable to note that a large number of
www.ijsir.co.in
organizations are working positively on the concept of

environment safety, with help of its green initiatives
still there are a set of problem as reported by those
organizations which are in process of going green
facing difficulties of many kinds as those green
initiatives act as hindrances while fulfilling their
respective marketing objectives. One of the major hitch
is that the firms using green sustainability marketing
needs to make certain that their deeds are not confusing
the consumers or the industry as far as the mission,
vision and marketing objectives of the firm are
concerned. It should not influence the customer's
perception regarding the product performance and
need fulfilment, not compromising with the demand of
the customers and quality of the product, and do not
breach any of the regulations or laws dealing with
environmental marketing.
To deal with these issues, the organizations using green
marketing activities for the genuine concern or
government regulations or competitive reasons, should
clearly state the environmental benefits and
characteristics to its stake holders. The firm should also
explain its process and ensure justifiable comparative
difference in the process. Without justifying the right
process and need of going green, it is not a good idea for
a firm to publicise its green endeavours. Many
organizations like Coca-Cola, Walt Disney etc. have
decided regarding going green quietly.
REFERENCES
1. Oyewole, P. (2001). Social Costs of Environmental
Justice Associated with the Practice of Green
Marketing. Journal of Business Ethics, 29(3), Feb,
pp. 239-252.
2. Alsmadi, S. (2007), Green Marketing and the
Concern over the Environment: Measuring
Environmental Consciousness of Jordanian
Consumers , Journal of Promotion Management,
Vol. 13(34), 2007.
3. Brahma, M. & Dande, R. (2008), The Economic
Times, Mumbai.
4. Donaldson, R. H. (2005), Green brands, NZ
Marketing Magazine, 24(8), 1417.
5. Ottman J.A, et al., "Avoiding Green Marketing
Myopia", Environment, Vol-48, June-2006
6. Karna, J., Hansen, E. & Juslin, H. (2003). Social
Responsibility in Environmental Marketing
Planning. European Journal of Marketing, 37(5/6),
pp. 848-873.
88

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
McDaniel, Stephen W.; David H. Rylander (1993).

"Strategic green marketing". Journal of Consumer
Marketing (MCB UP Ltd) 10 (3): 410.
doi:10.1108/07363769310041929.
8. Kilbourne, W.E. (1998). Green Marketing: A
Theoretical Perspective. Journal of Marketing
Management, 14(6), July, pp. 641-656.
9. Kotler, Philip. Marketing Management The
Millennium Edition Prentice Hall of India Private
Limited, New Delhi.
10. Mathur, L.K., Mathur, I. (2000).An Analysis of the
wealth effect of green marketing strategies,
Journal of Business Research, 50(2), 193-200.
11. O y e w o l e , P. ( 2 0 0 1 ) . S o c i a l C o s t s o f
Environmental Justice Associated with the
Practice of Green Marketing. Journal of Business
7.
Ethics, 29(3), Feb, pp. 239-252.

12. Ottman, Jacquelyn. 1993. Green Marketing:
Challenges and Opportunities for the New

Marketing Age. Lincolnwood, Illinois: NTC
Business Books.
13. Prothero, A. (1998). Green Marketing: The 'Fad'
That Won't Slip Slide Away. Journal of Marketing
Management, 14(6), July, pp. 507-513.
14. Prothero, A. and Fitchett, J.A. (2000). Greening
Capitalism: Opportunities for Green Community
Journal of Macro marketing, 20(1), pp. 46-56.
15. Jain S. K. and Kaur G., (2004), Green Marketing:
An Attitudinal and Behavioral Analysis of Indian
Consumers?, Global Business Review, Sage
Publications, 5:2 187-205.
Internet sites:
https://www.google.co.in/search?q=essar+oil+green+initiatives&oq=essar+oil+green+initiatives&aqs=
chrome..69i57.9544j0j7&sourceid=chrome&es_sm=93&ie=UTF-8
http://www.wipro.org/resource/WiproSustainabilityBrochure.pdf
https://www.sbi.co.in/portal/documents/41076/60023/1403856255584_SBI_BR_13.06.14.pdf/02c5c712375b-4c97-9c5f-3ea7de70a800
http://www.itenablinggreen.com/Rajesh-Uppal-%20Maruti-Suzuki-India-Ltd.pdf
http://www.tcs.com/Sitehttp://www.techmahindra.com/en-US/wwa/Company/Documents/Tech-MahindraSustainability-Report-FY-2013-2014.pdf
CollectionDocuments/White%20Papers/tcs_innovation_whitepaper_Make-IT-Green.pdf
http://www.essar.com/ebook/Foundation/EOL_CSR_AR_2013-14/index.html
https://www.sbi.co.in/portal/documents/41076/60023/1403856255584_SBI_BR_13.06.14.pdf/02c5c712375b-4c97-9c5f-3ea7de70a800
https://www.google.co.in/search?q=Ranbaxy+sustainibility+report&oq=Ranbaxy+sustainibility+report&aqs
=chrome..69i57.13529j0j7&sourceid=chrome&es_sm=93&ie=UTF8#q=sun+pharma++sustainibility+report
http://www.rila.org/sustainability/Documents/Sustainability%20Maturity%20Matrix/2015%20Retail%20
Sustainability%20Report.pdf
89
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
SOME PREDICTIVE ANTHROPOMETRIC VARIABLES OF

FAST BOWLING IN CRICKET
* Abhay Singh1, Amit Kumar Singh2, Hari shanker singh2
1
Department of Physical Education, Sai Nath University, Ranchi, Jharkhad, India,
2
Research Scholar, Sai Nath University, Ranchi , Jharkhad, India
*Address for correspondence: Dr. Abhay Singh, Assistant Professor, Department of Physical Education, Sai
Nath University, Ranchi, Jharkhad, India ; Email ID: abhayacri@yahoo.com
ABSTRACT
The game of cricket requires considerable amount of physical fitness and mastery of skills. A key element of fast
bowling is ball-release speed or peak bowling speed (V-peak). Ball-release speed in fast bowlers is influenced by
various anthropometric factors. Certain anthropometric measurements are advantageous for a good performance
in fast bowling in cricket like longer the arm length more the leverage which helps the bowler to bowl fast. In this
study, the researcher has tried to find out the predictive anthropometric variables which contribute towards fast
bowling in cricket. To achieve the purpose of the study, 45 male fast bowlers of inter-collegiate cricket teams in
various colleges affiliated to University of Lucknow, Lucknow were randomly selected as subjects. 18
anthropometric variables namely: the height, weight, foreleg length, thigh length, leg length, upper arm length,
forearm length, ponderal index, crural ratio, arm length, hand length, upper arm girth, forearm girth, wrist
circumference, shoulder width, chest girth, thigh girth and calf girth were selected and their individual and multiple
correlation with velocity of the ball were computed by using Pearson's Product Moment Method for Coefficient of
Correlation and Multiple Correlation. Multiple regression equation was developed in order to predict the most
contributory factors towards fast bowling performance for the anthropometric variables. Bowling performance of a
fast bowler was found highly correlated to height (0.4241), Fore arm length (0.4573), Wrist Circumference (0.4753)
and Shoulder width (0.4464), whereas it was found significantly correlated to Leg length (2983) and Ponderal
index (0.2974).
Keywords: Fast bowling; Anthropometric variables; Correlation, regression.
INTRODUCTION
There are numerous factors which are responsible for
the performance of a sportsman. The physique and
body composition including the size, shape and form
are known to play a significant role in this regard. The
game of cricket requires considerable amount of
physical fitness and mastery of skills. A key element of
fast bowling is ball-release speed or peak bowling
speed (V-peak). Ball-release speed in fast bowlers is
influenced by various anthropometric factors.
Heyward (2006) included body weight, height,
circumference, skin fold thickness and bony widths
and lengths as major anthropometric measurements
(Heyward, 2006:13). Certain anthropometric
measurements are advantageous for a good
performance in fast bowling in cricket like longer the
arm length more the leverage which helps the bowler to
bowl fast. Height is an important factor in fast bowling
and this is evident from the fact that most of the great
fast bowlers have an advantage of height. Although
strength and power characteristics are purported to be
www.ijsir.co.in
important factors influencing ball-release speed

(Bloomfield, Ackland, and Elliott, 1994), the extent to
which they explain variations in bowling speed
between different fast bowlers is unclear.
REVIEW OF LITERATURE
Sharma (1983) found that fast bowlers were
significantly taller than bats man. Mishra (1986)
studied the relationship between flexibility, speed, and
strength and body segment to bowling performance
and found that shoulder, wrist, trunk, neck flexibility,
speed, and arm length are reliable variables in
predicting bowling performance in cricket. Results of
the study conducted by Kumar and Gladykirubakar
(2014) reveal that there was significant difference
between the standing height, arm length, leg length,
and body composition and there is no significant
difference exit between the thigh girth of spin bowlers
and medium pace bowlers in cricket.
90

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
DEFINITION OF TECHNICAL TERMS USED

Fast Bowling: Fast bowling in cricket involves the
projection of ball with maximum velocity towards the
opposite end of wicket at a distance of twenty-two
yards (Fingleton, 1972:11).
Anthropometric variables: Anthropometric variables
are dimensions of the structure of the human body
taken at specific sites to give measures of length, girth
and width (Mathews, 1978:19). Anthropometric
measurement plays an important role in fast bowling in
cricket.
HYPOTHESES
1. Performance in fast bowling is influenced by
selected anthropometric variables.
2. Anthropometric variables can be utilized in
predicting performance in fast bowling.
METHODOLOGY
Selection of Subjects: To achieve the purpose of the
study, 45 male fast bowlers of inter-collegiate cricket
teams in various colleges affiliated to University of
Lucknow, Lucknow were randomly selected as
subjects. All the 45 fast bowlers were of fairly welldeveloped physique and all of them had been
participating in cricket regularly for a number of years.
Selection of Variables
Dependent Variables: Velocity of the ball was
considered as the dependent variable.
Independent Variables (Anthropometric Variables)
18 anthropometric variables namely : the height,
weight, foreleg length, thigh length, leg length, upper

arm length, forearm length, Ponderal Index, Crural
Ratio, arm length, hand length, upper arm girth,
forearm girth, wrist circumference, shoulder width,
chest girth, thigh girth and calf girth were selected.
Collection of Data
After establishing the reliability of the data, the data
was collected by administering the standard
procedure/tests for taking anthropometric
measurements as well as fast bowling performance.
Statistical Techniques used for analysis of Data
In order to find out the relationship of
anthropometric variables, to velocity of ball, Pearson's
Product Moment Method for Coefficient of
Correlation and Multiple Correlation were applied.
Multiple regression equation was developed in order to
predict the most contributory factors towards fast
bowling performance for the anthropometric variables.
For testing the hypotheses the minimum level of
confidence was set at 0.05.
RESULTS
The scores of each of the independent variables
selected under anthropometric variables and
dependent variable (fast bowling performance) were
correlated using Pearson's Product Moment Method
for finding out the relationship between them. The
Coefficient of Correlation have been presented in
Table 1.
Table No. 1: Correlation between Anthropometric Variables and Velocity of Ball

Anthropometric Variables
Height
Weight
Foreleg Length
Thigh Length
Leg Length
Upper Arm Length
Fore Arm Length
Ponderal Index
Crural Ratio
Arm Length
Hand Length
Upper Arm Girth
Fore Arm Girth
Wrist Circumference
Shoulder Width
Chest Girth
Thigh Girth
Calf Girth
91
Coefficient of Correlation 'r' (N=45)

0.4241**
0.1060
0.1089
0.1807
0.2983*
-0.1464
0.4573**
0.2974**
-0.0075
-0.0841
0.0703
-0.1245
-0.0821
0.4753**
0.4464**
0.1404
0.1192
-0.0169
Note : * = Significant at df=43 and p=0.05 (r>0.294); ** Significant at df=43 and p=0.01 (r>0.380)
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Foreleg Length (0.1089), Thigh Length (0.1807),

Upper arm length (0.1464), Crural ratio (0.1807), Arm
Length (0.0841), Hand length (0. 0703), Upper Arm
Girth ( 0.1245), Fore Arm Girth (-0.082), Chest girth
(0.1404), Thigh girth (0.119) and Calf girth (0.0169)
are not found significantly correlated to bowling
performance of respondents.
Table 1 reveals that bowling performance of a fast

bowler is highly correlated to height (0.4241), fore arm
length (0.4573), Wrist Circumference (0.4753) and
Shoulder width (0.4464), whereas it is significantly
correlated to Leg length (2983) and Ponderal index
(0.2974).
This table also indicates that other
anthropometric variables namely weight (0.106),
Height
Thigh Length
Fore Arm Length
Arm Length
Fore Arm Girth
Chest Girth
Weight
Leg Length
Ponderal Index
Hand Length
Wrist Circumference
Thigh Girth
Foreleg Length
Upper Arm Length
Crural Ratio
Upper Arm Girth
Shoulder Width
Calf Girth
0.294
0.380
Coefficient of correlation
-0.2
-0.1
0.1
0.2
0.294
0.380
0.3
0.4
0.5
Fig 1 : Relationship Between Anthropometric Variables and Velocity of Ball Combined Contribution of Significant
Anthropometric Variables to Fast Bowling Performance
www.ijsir.co.in
92

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Table No. 2 : Correlation Matrix of Significant Anthropometric Variables to Fast Bowling Performance
Height
Hight
Leg
Length
Forearm
Length
Ponderal
Index
Wrist
Circumference
Shoulder
Width
Vilocity
of Ball
Leg
Length
Fore Ponderal wrist Shoulder Velocity

Arm
Index circum- Width
of Ball
Length
ference
1
0.2852
0.2579
0.2622
0.7161
0.2152
0.3660
0.2213
0.2297
0.4674
0.2511
0.2133
0.2124
0.4225
0.2427 0.3140
0.4241
0.2983
0.4573
0.2974 0.4753
0.4464
Table 2 presents the inter-correlation between Significant Anthropometric, variables of Velocity of ball
delivered. This table shows that all significant Anthropometric variables of fast bowling performance are also
significantly inter correlated to each other.
Table No. 3 : Multiple Correlation between Significant Anthropometric Variables and Fast
Bowling Performance
Indicator
Value
Multiple R
0.7192
R Square
0.5172
Adjusted R Square
0.4695
Standard Error
3.2190
Observations
Table 3 reveals that the combined contribution of

height, leg length, Forearm Length, Ponderal index,
shoulder width and wrist circumference was
significant at 0.05 level as the computed value of
0.7192 for multiple correlation was much more than
the value of 0.339 required for the multiple
correlation coefficient to be significant at 0.05 level
with 43 degrees of freedom.
Therefore, it can be observed that Height,
Leg Length, Forearm Length, Ponderal Index, Wrist
Circumference, Shoulder Width, Arm and Shoulder
Strength and Leg Strength are the six important
variables which contribute towards fast bowling
performance.
The Regression Equation developed for prediction
93
45
of velocity of ball on the basis of anthropometric

variables has been given as follows:
Xy =
42.623 XH + 0.300 XLL + 0.452 XFL + 0.357 XPI+

1.009 XWC + 0.55 XSW + 3.251
Where,
XH
XLL
XFL
XPI
XWC
XSW
=
=
=
=
=
=
Hight
Leg Length
Forearm Length
Ponderal Index
Wrist Circumference
Shoulder Width
The findings of regression equation revealed

that Height, Leg Length, Forearm Length, Ponderal
Index, Wrist Circumference and Shoulder Width
play a significant role towards fast bowling
performance.
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
DISCUSSION
The findings of the present study are in
agreement with the findings of Bagchi (1990),
Sharma (1983), Kumar and Gladykirubakar
(2014). Therefore, the hypothesis stated earlier
with respect to height, leg strength, shoulder
width, leg length, ponderal index and wrist
circumference is accepted. The significant
relationship between Ponderal Index and velocity
of the ball may also be due to the same reason as
mentioned above because height plays an
important role in the computation of Ponderal
Index. A significant relationship between shoulder
width and velocity of the ball may be due to the
fact that main force is applied through shoulders.
Greater shoulder width may mean well developed
shoulder which may assist an individual to bowl
fast.
Height and leg length contribute significantly
towards bowling performance because a player
may be able to generate greater force due to longer
limbs. Usually it is seen that fast bowlers have a
greater height than that of the batsman or spinners.
Even the research points out that fast bowlers who
are between the heights six feet and two inches to
six feet six inches can have greater bounce and
effective line in order to achieve excellent
performance as a fast bowler. Further, it has been
pointed out that the height of a bowler is directly
proportional to the point of release as it may help in
accuracy as well as adequate bounce.
CONCLUSIONS
Based on the findings of the study, the following
conclusions are drawn:
1. Height, leg length and Ponderal Index contributed
to fast bowling performance.
2. Shoulder width and Wrist Circumference
contributed significantly to fast bowling
performance.
3. Height, Leg Length, Forearm Length, Ponderal
Index, Wrist Circumference and Shoulder Width
contributed significantly to fast bowling
performance.
RECOMMENDATIONS
In the light of the conclusions drawn, the following
recommendations have been made:
1. The selected anthropometric variables which limit
www.ijsir.co.in
2.
the performance in fast bowling may be taken into

consideration by the physical education teacher
and coaches while selecting potential fast bowlers.
While preparing training programme for fast
bowlers, the physical education teachers and
coaches should give due emphasis to the selected
anthropometric, variables which contributed
significantly to fast bowling performance.
REFERENCE
1. Bagchi, Devashish (1983), "R elationship of
Strength and Flexibility with the Velocity of Ball in
Fast Bowling iin Cricket,"Unpublished Master's
Thesis, Jiwaji University, Gwaliar.
2. Bhagat, U., Amarpreet Singh and Nishan Singh
Deol (2015), Comparative Study of Selected
Anthropometric, Physical Fitness and
Psychological Variables Between Softball and
Cricket State Level Boys Players, The Global
Journals, Vol. 5, Issue 6, June, pp. 257-60.
3. Bloomfield, J., T. Ackland, and B. Elliott (1994),
Applied Anatomy and Biomechanics in Sport.
Blackwell Scientific, Melbourne.
4. Fingleton, J. (1972), Cricket, Alan and Monbroy
Publication, London.
5. Garret, H.E. (1979), Statistics in Psychology and
Education, International Book Bureau,
Hyderabad.
6. Glazier, P.S., G.P. Paradisis, and S.M. Cooper
(2000), Anthropometric and kinematic influences
on release speed in men's fast-medium bowling.
Journal of Sports Sciences, 18 , pp. 1013-1021.
7. Heyward, V.H. (2006), Advanced fitness
assessment and exercise prescription, 5th ed.,
Sage Publications Ltd., London.
8. Kumar, M. and Gladykirubakar, S. (2014),
Comparative Analysis on Anthropometrical
Variables of Spin Bowlers and Fast Bowlers in
Cricket, Academic Sports Scholar, Vol. 3, Issue. 7,
July.
9. Mathew, D.K. (1973), Measurement in Physical
E d u c a t i o n , W. B . S a u n d e r s C o m p a n y,
Philadelphia.
10. Mishra, Santanu Kumar (1986), "Relationship of
Selected Motor Components and Body Segments
to Bowling Performance in Cricket,"Unpublished
Master's Thesis, Jiwaji University, Gwalior.
94

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
11. Parameswari, G. and V. Gopinath (2012), Body

Dimension among Indian University Women
Cricket Bowlers, Asian Journal of Science and
Technology, Vol. 2, Issue 01, Jan., pp. 83-85.
12. Pauls, G., Giorgos, P.P. and Cooper, Stephen-Mark
(2000), Anthropometric and kinematic influences
on release speed in men's fast-medium bowling,
Journal of Sports Sciences, 18, 1013-1021.
13. Pyne, D.B., G.M. Duthie, P.U. Saunders, C.A.
Petersen, and M. Portus (2006), Anthropometric
and strength correlates of fast bowling speed in
junior and senior cricketers, J. Strength Cond.
Res., 20(3):620-26.
14. R a j e n d r a n , K . ( 2 0 1 3 ) , R e l a t i o n s h i p o f
Anthropometric Measurements to Performance in
Cricket, Star Phy. Edn., Vol. 1, Issue 1(9), Aug.
15. Sharma, Umesh Kumar (1983) "Variations in
95
selected Physical Variables and Anthropometric

Measurements between bowlers and Batsman,"
Unpublished Master's Thesis, Jiwaji University,
Gwalior.
16. Singh and Gaurav (2014), Comparative Study of
Hand Grip and Shoulder Girdle Strength among
Intercollege Level Cricket, Baseball and Softball
Players, Research Directions, Vol. 2, Issue 3, Sep.
17. Stretch, R.A. (2003), Cricket injuries: A
longitudinal Study of the Nature of Injuries to
South African Cricketers, Brit. J. Sports Med., Vol.
37, pp. 250-53.
18. Stretch, R. (1991) Anthropometric profile and
body composition changes in first class cricketers.
South African Journal for Research in Sport,
Physical Education and Recreation, 14:2 , pp. 5764.
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
COMPARISON OF SELF-CONCEPT AMONG MALE CRICKET

PLAYERS OF VARIOUS LEVELS
Suyash Shukla1, * Joseph Singh2
1
2
Research Scholar, Himalayan University, Itanagar, Arunachal Pradesh , India, Department of
Physical Education, HNBGU (A Central University) ,Srinagar, Garhwal , Uttara Khand, India
*Address for correspondence: Dr. Joseph Singh, Assistant Professor , Department of Physical
Education, HNBGU (A Central University), Srinagar, Garhwal, Uttara Khand, India
ABSTRACT
The purpose of the study was to compare self-concept of male cricket players of various levels. The study was
delimited to assessment of self-concept by using Self-concept Questionnaire of Dr. Raj Kumar Saraswat. It was
hypothesized that there shall be any significant difference between means of Self-Concept of male cricket players of
various levels. A total of fifty male cricketers of each level was selected for the study from the state of Uttar Pradesh.
The age of the subjects ranged between 15 to 25 years. Total one hundred and fifty subjects from various cities were
divided into three group of fifty each based on their age for the study from the state of Uttar Pradesh, those who have
represented at least one time the state tournament of Uttar Pradesh state as shown below. Group I- Age group 15-17
years , Group II- Age group 17-19 years , and Group III- Age group 19-25 years. The self-concept scores of the
subjects were obtained by using self-concept Questionnaire (SCQ) by Dr. Raj Kumar Saraswat. To compare the
Self-concept between male cricket players of each level from the state of Uttar Pradesh Analysis of variance was
applied at .05 level of significance. Result: The observed mean and standard deviation of Self-Concept was found to
be 171.30 & 9. 86 for Group I, 174.45 &10.46 for Group II and 186.36 &10.88 for Group III respectively. There
exists a significant difference among the three group, since the computed value of F (28.88) on cricket players
belonging to various levels in relation to self-concept was more than the tabulated of 3.0576, at F (2,147) at .05
level, therefore hypothesis on cricket players belonging to various levels in relation to self-concept was accepted at
0.05 level. There exists significant differences between Group 1 and Group 3, & Group 2 and Group 3. There exists
no significant difference between Group 1 and Group 2.
INTRODUCTION
The self-esteem is to be self-satisfied and seeing
himself worthy, positive, worth of being liked and
loved, without seeing himself lower or superior. The
self-esteem has got its emotional, mental, social and
also in an indirect way, physical elements. Feeling
himself worthy, being able of demonstrating his
capabilities, knowledge and skills, being successful,
being liked within the society, being accepted, loved,
accepting and internalizing his own physical
properties, are the leading factors in the formation and
the development of the self-esteem (zgi, 2001).
Some researchers put the self-awareness on the basis of
the human behaviour and acting from that basis, form
their psychological theories. Some of the
"personality/ego theorists who divide among
themselves in using some of the concepts, can reach
different conclusions. However, these researchers who
have been working in the field of personality and
psychotherapy, have basically got similar views.
According to various theorists, a few common points
www.ijsir.co.in
have been obtained in the definitions of the selfesteem. First of them is that the information about their
self-esteem that the individuals acquired regarding
themselves, was subjective. And the other one is that
the self-esteem is an evaluation process. And any other
common direction is that the person reaches a
judgement of worthiness regarding himself as the
result of subjective evaluations he makes himself.
STATEMENT OF THE PROBLEM
The purpose of the study was to compare self-concept
of male cricket players of various levels.
DELIMITATIONS
1. The study was delimited to the male cricket players
with age ranging from 15- 25 years.
2. The study was delimited to assessment of selfconcept by using Self-concept Questionnaire of Dr.
Raj Kumar Saraswat.
96

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
HYPOTHESIS
Based on evidence available in the literature and on the
basis of personal experiences, as well as discussion
with experts, the following hypothesis was formulated.
It was hypothesized that there shall be any significant
difference between means of Self-Concept of male
cricket players of various levels.
SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY
1. The study may help the coaches to maintain the
optimum self-concepts level during the play.
2. The coaches may inculcate the moral values in the
players by telling them not to be blindfolded by
Self Concept.
3. The study may help the coaches in selection of the
Cricket Group
I
II
III
Subjects
50
50
50
suitable activities for the players according to their

level of self-concept.
SELECTION OF SUBJECTS
A total of fifty male cricketers of each level were
selected for the study from the state of Uttar Pradesh.
The age of the subjects ranged between 15 to 25 years.
Total one hundred and fifty subjects from various cities
of Uttar Pradesh were divided into three group of fifty
each based on their age for the study from the state of
Uttar Pradesh, those who have represented at least one
time the state tournament of Uttar Pradesh state as
shown below.
Age group
15-17 years
17-19 years
19-25 years
The self-concept scores of the subjects were obtained by using self-concept Questionnaire (SCQ) by Dr. Raj Kumar
Saraswat.
ADMINISTRATION OF SELF CONCEPT TEST
The self-concept inventory provides six separate
dimensions of self-concept, viz Physical, Social,
Temperamental, Educational, Moral and Intellectual
Self-Concept. Each item is provided with five
alternatives. Responses were obtained on test booklet
itself. There is no time limit but generally 20 minutes is
found sufficient for responding to all the items. The
research scholar supervised the group and verified that
they were responding in a desired way.
Scoring:
The respondent were provided with five alternatives to
give his responses ranging most acceptable to least
acceptable description of this self-concept. The
alternatives or responses were arranged in such a way
that the scoring system for all the items remained the
same i.e. 5, 4, 3, 2, 1 whether the items were positive or
negative. If the respondent put () mark for first
alternative the scores is 5, the second alternative the
score was 4, third alternative the score was 3, the fourth
97
it was 2 and the last alternative the score was one. The
sum of scores of all the forty-eight items provided the
total self-concept of an individual. A high score on this
inventory indicates a high self-concept, while a low
score indicates a low self-concept. The scores of each
item were transferred to the front page against that
item. All the scores of eight items given in that column
were added up which represented that particular
dimension of self-concept.
Statistical procedure
To compare the Self-concept and Sports Morality
between male crickets players of each level from the
state of Uttar Pradesh, Analysis of variance were
applied at .05 level of significance. Descriptive
statistics was applied to characterize Self-Concept
belonging to various levels. To study Self concept of
cricketers at various levels mean and standard
deviations were computed and data pertaining to that
have been presented in table-1.
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Table-1 Mean and Standard Deviation of Self-Concept

Belonging to various level (Cricketer)
Standard
Variables
SelfConcept
Groups
Mean
Deviation
171.30
9.68
II
174.45
10.46
III
186.36
10.88
Findings with regard to Self-Concept on cricket players belonging to various levels :

Table-1 clearly indicates the mean and standard deviation of players belonging to various levels. The observed
mean and standard deviation of Self-Concept was found to be 171.30 & 9. 86 for Group I, 174.45 &10.46 for
Group II and 186.36 &10.88 for Group III respectively.
The observed mean on self-concept of all group are shown in graphical form (171.30 for Group I, 174.45 for Group
II and 186.36 for Group III)
190
185
180
Selfconcept Gr.I
175
Selfconcept Gr.II
Selfconcept Gr.III
170
165
160
Group I
Group II
Group III
Table 2: ANOVA Table of cricket players belonging to Various levels in relation to self-concept
Source
of
Sum of
d.f.
Variance
28.88*
0.000
Variation
Squares
Between
6189.50
3094.76
15752.93
147
107.16
21942.44
149
Groups
Within
Groups
Total
*Significant at .05 level, F0.05 (2,147) =3.0576

www.ijsir.co.in
98

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
.05 level as shown in table -2, therefore hypothesis on

It appears from the Table- 2 that there exists a
cricket players belonging to various levels in relation
significant difference among the three groups, since
to self-concept was accepted at 0.05 level. To find the
the computed value of F (28.88) on cricket players
difference between the groups the post hoc test is
belonging to various levels in relation to self-concept
done, the post hoc test is shown in table-3
was more than the tabulated of 3.0576, at F (2,147) at
Table -3 Post-hoc test of cricket players belonging to various levels on self-concept
Group 1 vs
Diff=2.9500
95%CI=-1.9517
to
p=0.3308
Group 2
Group 1 vs
7.8517
Diff=14.8600
Group 3
Group 2 vs
to
p=0.0000
to
p=0.0000
19.7617
Diff=11.9100
Group 3
It is evident from the table-3 that there exists

significant differences between Group 1 and Group 3,
& Group 2 and Group 3. There exists no significant
difference between Group 1 and Group 2.
The results of the study have shown significant Selfconcept difference between cricket players belonging
to various levels in Uttar Pradesh. Group 1 and Group
3 & Group 2 and Group 3 differ in Self-concept. The
results of this study have also shown insignificant
Self-concept difference between cricket players
belonging to various levels in Uttar Pradesh (Group 1
and Group 2). It has been observed that Group 3 have
better self-concept than Group 1 and 2, because the
mean of Group 3 is more than the Group 1 and 2. This
difference is attributed to the fact that Group 3 have
more past experience, much mature and older than
Group 1 and 2 and Group 2 have better self-concept
than Group 1 as it is evident from table-1. This
difference may be attributed to the fact that Group 3
have better Physical strength, their Individual view of
their body health, physical appearances and strength
are better than Group 1 and 2. This difference is also
attributed to the evidence that Group 3 cricket player's
sense of worth in social interaction is better than
Group 1 and 2. The Group 1 is poorest in social
interaction as compare to other two groups. The
difference may be also attributed to the fact that
Group 3 players have better Temperamental. Their
Individual views of their prevailing emotional state or
predominance of particular kind of emotional
reaction is much better than Group1 and 2. The Group
1 is poorest in emotional reaction as compare to other
two groups. This difference may be again attributed to
99
95%CI=9.9583
95%CI=7.0083
16.8117
the evidence that Group 3 have more moral values

than other groups. Their estimation of their moral
worth, right is good as compared to Group 1 and 2.
This difference is attributed to the evidence that
Group 3 is having much more Intellectual capacity
than the other two groups. Their Individual's
awareness of their intelligence and capacity of
problem solving and judgments is far better than other
two groups. The Group 1 is poorest in intelligence and
capacity of problem solving and judgments as
compare to other two groups.
REFERENCE
1. Izgi F and Akyuz G. Investigating the
Relationship between the Social Phobia and the
Body Image and the Self-Esteem of the
University Students .3p Journal 9 (4) 2001: 592598,
2. B y k l L . S e l f - C o n c e p t o f P h y s i c a l l y
Handicapped Children, PhD Thesis, Ankara
University, Basmevi. Ankara 1989, retrieval date
17 April 2015.
3. Bong Mimi and Skaalvik Einar M. Academic selfconcept and self-efficacy: How different are they
really? Educational Psychology Review, Volume
15, Number 1/ March, 2003.
4. Campbell and Jennifer D. Self-esteem and clarity
of the self-concept. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology. Vol 59(3), September 1990,
538-549
5. Civan Adem. The relation between self-esteem
levels and life quality levels of disabled and nondisabled tennis sportsmen. Educational Research
Review Vol. 10(3), pp. 351-356, Feb. 2015,
retrieval date 17 April 2015.
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
EDUCATION AND TRAINING OF GENERAL

WOMEN EDUCATION IN INDIA
*Virendra Singh Yadav1, Neelam Shukla2
1
2
K.M. College of Education, Ghatampur, Kanpur, Uttar Pradesh, India, Research Scholar, Sai Nath University
*Address for correspondence: Dr. Virendra Singh Yadav, Principal, K.M. College of Education,
Ghatampur,Kanpur, Uttar Pradesh, India, Email ID : vyadav@yahoo.co.in
ABSTRACT
The paper deals with the field of social Generaleducation and its relevance and sustainability in the future. With
increasing concerns about global warming and greenhouse gases, the electricity education generation, conversion
and utilisation will play an important part in future growth and development. The author has highlighted the present
state of General Women Education and suggested few areas, which can invigorate and sustain its development in
the new emerging areas.
Keywords: Education; Social education; Energy consumption
INTRODUCTION
Social Education is a well-established field of study
and General education is the oldest sub-discipline of it.
Social Education field has expanded much rapidly over
the last few decades with rapid advances in solid-state
education, communication, computer systems and
microprocessors, computer control, artificial
[1-4]
intelligence etc.
.It was rather natural to
accommodate new developments in already crowded
curricula by removing or rationalizing existing course
structures. Due to huge new developments, new degree
programs have emerged as specialist disciplines e.g.
electronic education, computer education,
communication education, control education and of
course social Generaleducation and even highly
specialized sub-discipline of photovoltaic and solar
education[5-7]. Generaleducation has gone through
various stages including earlier golden era of largescale electrification, later an era of automation and
computer control and more recently an era of
restructuring/ deregulation and privatization and
education conservation [8-13]. It is expected that the
future of Generaleducation will concentrate on
alternative social education sources, General quality
issues, smart drive systems, distributed generation and
electric vehicles and better forms of storage, use of
superconductivity and other highly efficient and smart
materials.Large numbers of Australian and overseas
universities have eliminated Generaleducation
teaching and research from their curriculum due to lack
[12,13]
of student interest
. It has produced a crisis in
www.ijsir.co.in
General and education. With restructuring and

rationalisation in electric utilities, many qualified
General engineers have left the industry and very few
have taken their positions. There is ensuing crisis in
industry and academia in the next few years when such
an important area of economic activity will not be well
maintained. It is essential that Generaleducation
should be taught as an essential component of any
social education program with more emphasis on
General conservation, new forms of electricity
generation, including renewable sources,
embedded/distributed generation, General quality and
[14]
EMC issues .
University of Western Sydney

Western Sydney has a population of 1.5 million people.
It is the third largest regional economy in Australia and
is home to 150 of the top 500 companies based in
Australia. The region has a population that is young
and ethnically diverse providing a multicultural and
international environment for study. All six University
of Western Sydney (UWS) campuses are conveniently
located between 30 to 90 minutes from the Sydney
Central Business District. The campuses are adjacent
to suburban retail and commercial centres and are
easily accessible from the city by the extensive road
and rail network. Western Sydney home of the 6 UWS
campuses is the 3rd largest economy in Australia.
Figure 1 shows the Penrith campus where the school of
Education is based.
100

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
With more than 37,000 students, UWS is one of the

largest universities in Australia. The student population
is comprised of undergraduate, postgraduate, crossinstitutional and non-award students. Of these, 3,630
are on-shore International Students and 3,283 off-shore

International Students. The total number of staff
comprises of 995 Academic and 1,283 General Staff
members.
Figure 1: University of Western Sydney, Penrith campus

students with different degrees. The following is a brief
School of Education
definition of 3 disciplines at the school of Education at
School of Education at UWS offers a diverse range of
UWS.
innovative professional degree programs at both
Computer Education deals with the analysis and design
undergraduate and postgraduate levels in a dynamic
of computer systems. It involves aspects of social
yet relevant mix of disciplines in education,
education and information technology with an
construction and industrial design. Most programs are
emphasis on software and hardware design and their
available with the flexibility of full-time and part-time
integration. It is applicable to the development of
attendance, which gives students control over the path
information and database systems, the Internet,
they take to develop skills in their chosen
networked communication systems, embedded
profession.Within the degrees students also undertake
systems and robotics.Social Education concentrates on
an industry placement before graduation and this
the application of a broad range of technologies dealing
ensures that they have actively engaged with the
with electricity. Studies in Social Education enable
community and have a sense of the commercial and
analysis, design, and manufacture of social and
public world prior to graduation. The development and
electronic devices; generation, transmission and
expansion of strong industry links continues to provide
distribution of electric General; and design and
a wide range of options for placements which often
analysis of control systems, signal processing and
leads to full employment after graduation. The staffs
communication systems.Telecommunication
within the school also conduct research, which is of
Education combines the knowledge of sciences, social
both a fundamental and applied nature. The school has
and electronic education and computers for the
strong industry links ensures that the research serves
communication of information over distances or time.
the needs of the Greater Western Sydney area and
The course emphasises the fundamentals of modern
beyond.The School of Education at Sydney (UWS) is
telecommunication systems, including digital systems,
off 3 major groups: Education, Industrial Design and
signal processing, radio propagation, antennas, and
Construction. The first year Education students have a
communication hardware.
It also covers
common program. The common first year will enable
communication-theoretic aspects of wireless
all students to build a good foundation to education in
communication, coding and multiple-access
their first year at university. The second year will be
techniques.
common for the Social, Computer and
Telecommunication degrees. The school is graduating
101
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
PRESENT STATE AND FUTURE CHALLENGES

IN TEACHING
The traditional components of social Generaleducation
are as follows:
Social machines
Social drive system
Generaleducation
General system analysis
General generation transmission and
distribution
High quality education
General system protection and control
Some newly emerging areas of technologies also
require the essential elements of social General
engineers e.g. Mechatronics and robotics require
essential of General electronic and control, social
machines and drives.
incorporated.
General Systems Education
In addition to traditional area, some new additions need
to be included by moving some of traditional topics
such as load flow, planning etc. to postgraduate (PG)
level.
Distributed/ embedded generation
Effects of penetration of new and renewable
educationGeneral
General quality issues
Developmental electricity markets, short term
load forecasting
Business aspects of electricity markets
Social Machines
There is very little teaching done at undergraduate
(UG) level in the designs of social machines. It is more
devoted from a user's point of view. There is need to
include some modern developments in such areas, such
as
Permanent magnet machines
Brushless motors
Stepper motors
Variable reluctance drives and control
EMC
This seems to an old area of traditionally of interest to
communication education. It has taken on significance
due to application of Generaleducation in industry,
computer application and transportation. There are
stringent standards/requirements covering such issues
as EMC certifications. The author believes that this is
to be introduced at UG level, which can be of interest to
all social / electronic/ computer/ telecommunication
engineers or even Mechatronics engineers. It can easily
cover important areas of EMI/ EMC, testing,
ramifications and mitigation techniques. It may also
address the issues of many simplifying assumptions in
traditional analysis and design.
Generaleducation
This subject needs to be taught more from a practical
application point of view. There needs to be more of an
emphasis on new developments.
General supply design
Applications in General system
Application in traction and future electric
vehicle and hybrid vehicles development
Soft switching techniques
Issues resulting from Generaleducation e.g.
General quality and EMC
Education Systems
This subject can cover fundamentals of generation and
distribution systems, Generaleducation. In addition to
this new areas are to be included.
Wind and solar education and conversion to
electricity.
Fuel cell and other alternative sources of
electricity generation, OTE, wave education.
Economics of green General.
Operational aspects of large penetrations of
renewable education in General systems.
Social Drive Systems

It covers electric motors, General converters and
associated control as an integrated system. This area
needs to be taught as an integrated area with possible
use of multimedia and computer simulations. New
developments in microprocessors, control techniques
and DSP applications and dynamics can be easily
PRESENT STATE AND FUTURE CHALLENGES

IN RESEARCH
A general look at research activities in universities and
research centres and organizations provide an
indication of activities as follows:
Renewable Education
www.ijsir.co.in
102

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Social Machines Design

GeneralEducation and control
Social drives
General System Protection and Control
General Quality and EMC
High QualityEducation
De-regulation Issues
There is an urgent need to rationalize the research
efforts not by consolidation but cooperative efforts one
or two schools concentrate their efforts is one or two
areas of research based on expertise or form formal (or
informal consortia).
Social Machines
Social Machines (Design & Analysis)
This is generally concentrated on PM or VR
machines (generators/motors)
Permanent magnet couplers, Gears and magnetic
bearings.
Control
Vector Control of Drive Systems (IM, PM and
VR).
Direct Torque Control
Sensor less Control (IM, PM and VR).
Neuro-Fuzzy Control (IM, PM and VR).
Social Drive Systems
Converter Topologies for drive systems
Soft-switching techniques
EMC and noise issues
Electric vehicle Applications
Education Systems
General Quality/ EMC
General Systems Control and Protection
Renewable Education (wind, solar)
Distribution/Embedded Generation
High QualityEducation
Load Forecasting
GeneralEducation in General Systems
Active filters
103
FACTS
Applications of superconductivity
General Education
Soft-switching techniques
Electronic ballasts
General electronic control for renewable education
systems
Fuel cell and battery storage/systems development has
traditionally been undertaken by chemical engineers
and other physical scientist and rarely by social
General engineers. There is certainly need to develop
some research initiatives on the effects of such
technologies on General Systems.Another area, which
is still in its infancy, is the electricity as trading
commodity on the financial markets. As electricity
cannot be stored so easily as traditional commodities as
products, such as metals, beverages, foods etc. There is
urgent need for universities to develop short courses for
business executives, future brokers and traders,
investment bankers some essential elements of social
generation, transportation, distribution and utilization
for business communities, through existing business
studies programs or stand-alone short courses . The
General academic community need to take this
important opportunity to develop expertise in short
term load forecasting, future trading in electricity,
demand/supply analysis.It is an area where coordination/ co-operative efforts can bring larger gains
for their other research activities and development.
CONCLUSIONS
The paper outlined the state of teaching and research in
social Generaleducation. It has also highlighted the
need to improve the teaching of various components of
generaleducation. A more aggressive approach is
required to form research consortia's and develop new
and important areas. There is an urgent need to develop
some initiatives in the business aspects of education in
markets.
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
REFERENCES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Wildes, K. and Lindgren, N (1985). A century of

Social Education and Computer Science at MIT,
1882-1982, MIT Press
Kline, W. (1994) World War II: a watershed in
social education IEEE Technology and Society
Magazine, Volume: 13 Issue: 2, Page(s): 17 23
Terman, F.E. (1998) A brief history of social
education Proceedings of the IEEE, Volume: 86
Issue: 8, Aug., Page(s): 1792 1800
Henderson, K. (1997) Educating social and
electronic engineers Education Science and
Education Journal, Volume: 6 Issue: 3, June,
Page(s): 95 98
Alder, C. (1989)Software education in an
electronic education degree Software Education
Journal, Volume: 4 Issue: 4, July, Page(s): 191
199
Striegel, A. (2001)Distance education and its
impact on computer education laboratories
Frontiers in Education Conference, 31st Annual,
2001, Page(s): F2D -4-9 vol.2
Wenham, S.R.; Honsberg, C.B.; Cotter, J.; Green,
M.A.; Aberle, A.G.; Bruce, A.; Silver, M.D.;
Largent, R.; Cahill, L. (2000) Commencement of
world's first Bachelor of Education in
Photovoltaic and Solar Education Photovoltaic
Specialists Conference, 2000. Conference Record
of the 28th IEEE, Page(s): 1744 1747
Hui Ni; Heydt, G.T.; Tylavsky, D.J.; Holbert, K.E.
www.ijsir.co.in
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
(2002) General education and the Internet:

motivation and instructional tools General
Systems, IEEE Transactions on, Volume: 17
Issue: 1, Feb., Page(s): 7 12
Singh, S.N. (2001) Challenges and initiatives in
General education IEEE Computer Applications
in General, Volume: 14 Issue: 2, April, Page(s): 36
41
Crow, M.L.; Pahwa, A.; Starrett, S.K.; Olejniczak,
K.J.; Sudhoff, S.D. (2000)Collaborative distance
education in General education General
Systems, IEEE Transactions on, Volume: 15
Issue: 1, Feb., Page(s): 3 8
Pedersen, K.O.H.; Havemann, H. (2000) An
alternative approach to General education
[education] General Education Society Summer
Meeting, IEEE, Volume: 4, 2000, Page(s): 2085 2090 vol. 4
Kim, C.J. (1999)Electric General education in
Korea: status report General Systems, IEEE
Transactions on, Volume: 14 Issue: 4, Nov.,
Page(s): 1187 1192
Karady, G.G.; Heydt, G.T.; Michel, M.; Crossley,
P.; Rudnick, H.; Iwamoto, S. (1999) Review of
electric General education worldwide General
Education Society Summer Meeting, 1999. IEEE,
Volume: 2, Page(s): 906 -915 vol.2
Pultgen, H.B., P.R. Macgregor and F.C. Lambert
(2003) Distributed Generation: Semantic Type or
the draw of a new era IEE General and Education
Magazine, pp. 22-29, Jan/Feb.
104

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
IMPORTANCE OF CROP INSURANCE IN MEETING OUT THE

PROBLEMS AND CHALLENGES FACED BY INDIAN AGRICULTURE
IN CURRENT SCENARIO
* Dr. S.C. Pandey1
1
Department of Commerce,Kalicharan P.G. Degree College, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh, India
*Address for correspondence: Dr. S.C. Pandey,Department of Commerce,Kalicharan P.G. Degree College,
Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh, India, Email ID:drscpandeykalicharan@gmail.com
ABSTRACT
This working paper discusses the dependence of Indian agriculture on uncertain rains. In addition the farmers
experience other production risks as well as marketing risks related to different crop enterprises and for different
agro-climatic regions and areas. It then argues on the need for crop insurance as an alternative to manage
production risk. It then takes up the historical overview of crop insurance products and their performance. It is
followed by the discussion on the currently available crop insurance products for specific crops and regions. It
discusses at length the two important products, namely, National Agricultural Insurance Scheme and Weather
Based Insurance Scheme. It also reflects on some deficiencies in these products.
Keywords: Indian Agriculture, Crop Insurance, Marketing Risks
INTRODUCTION
Indian agriculture is heavily dependent on rainfall
which largely occurs during monsoon season of about
two and half months. The abnormal behaviour of
monsoon may cause natural disasters such as scarcity
conditions or drought, floods, cyclones, etc. Nearly
two thirds of the cropped acreage is vulnerable to
drought in different degrees. On an average 12 million
hectares of crop area is affected annually by these
calamities severely impacting the yields and total
agricultural production
(1) About two thirds of the cultivated area has no
irrigation. Even large part of irrigated area does not get
adequate water supply for intensive cropping (double
cropping). In rain fed areas sowing of kharif crops
commences with the onset of monsoons and the delay
in the onset of monsoons delays sowing with its
adverse impact on yield. Further the growth of crops
and realization of output are determined by the
quantum of rainfall and its distribution during the
monsoon season. Even sowing of rabi crops is
determined by the soil moisture retained from the rains
especially during the latter part of the monsoon season.
Rainfall pattern affects the irrigated crops also.
Rainfall during flowering period washes the pollens
adversely affecting the crop yield. Excess rainfall may
adversely affect the yield realization. Heavy rains may
105
submerge the growing crops in the early stages and

may cause lodging in the later stages of crop growth. In
the catchments heavy rains may cause floods in the
plains.
The floods disrupt the sowing schedule and damage the
standing crops resulting in reduced yield or even total
loss of crops and farm income in addition to loss of
property. Other weather variables that affect yield
include sunlight, temperature, wind, hails. In fact since
time immemorial weather has been the major
adversary that the farmers are not able to control. It has
been established that 50 per cent of the variations in
crop yield is due to variations in rainfall
(2) In any climatic zone crop yield among the farms
varies with the soil, topography, tillage operations and
use of four complementary inputs, namely, seed,
fertilizer, pesticides and irrigation (soil moisture). Seed
is the index of productivity which may be realized with
the proper tillage practices, irrigation and fertilizer use.
Pesticides use avoids the loss in yield because of pests
and diseases. Not only quantum of these inputs but also
their quality, and timings and method of use affect the
yield realization. These four dimensions of
complementary inputs vary for the individual farms in
a year and for a farm over the years.
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
1. Risk and Uncertainty in Agriculture

Uncertainty refers to an event the outcome of which is
not certain i.e. the outcome may be one of the many
possible outcomes. As such it cannot be measured. But
certain probability may be attached to individual
outcome. Risk on the other hand refers to the impact of
the uncertain outcome on the quantity or value of some
economic variable. The value of the economic variable
may be on either side of the mean value. Repeated
events would result different outcomes having a range
of values. Thus risk refers to the variations in value of
an economic variable resulting from the influence of an
uncertain event. Since the variations in the value are
measurable risk can be measured. Agricultural
production is an outcome of biological activity which
is highly sensitive to changes in weather. Important
weather variables such as temperature, humidity,
rainfall, wind etc. influence the biological process
directly or indirectly. For instance, low soil moisture
due to poor precipitation in the pre-sowing period
adversely affects seed germination resulting in reduced
plant population. The poor precipitation during growth
period results in stunted plant growth. Heavy rainfall
during early growth period causes submersion of
plants. Similarly hailstorms, wind and cyclones
damage the standing crops by lodging and uprooting
especially the perennials (trees and shrubs). High
humidity may cause outbreak of pests and diseases. All
these result in partial loss in yield and sometimes
complete crop failure and hence reduced income to
farmers. In other words, deviations in the weather
variables from the normal adversely affect the crop
yields and hence production and income on individual
farms. As variations in weather are more a regular
phenomenon crop yields are not stable. As if all this is
not enough the sword of uncertain agricultural prices
always hangs on the farmers' fate. As a consequence
farm incomes fluctuate violently from year to year.
These variations in income are referred to as risk. The
variations in income due to changes in yield are
production risk and due to changes in price marketing
risk. In business risk is treated as a cost. Once in the
business one has to bear this cost. Since, risk is
associated with the activity it cannot be eliminated so
long the activity is carried out. It, however, can be
managed i.e., can be reduced or minimized but at a
certain cost. Risk management, therefore, implies
minimization of income loss either by reducing
variations in output or ensuring certain minimum price
www.ijsir.co.in
or guaranteeing certain level of income. It is a process

of appraising and reducing risk. The ways devised to do
so are referred to as risk management alternatives.
These are discussed under the following heads.
a. Avoiding Risk
Some of the production risks can simply be avoided.
For instance, eliminating more risky enterprises would
minimize risk but at the cost of decreased total
production (returns). Laggards always try to avoid risk.
They opt for assured though low income enterprises.
b. Preventing Risk
Many a time some risks could be prevented by taking
advance action. For instance, risk of loss in crop yield
due to pest attack could be prevented by following
preventive pest control. The cost of this risk
management alternative is the cost of preventive pest
control.
c. Sharing Risk
This alternative of risk management is quite common
in India. Important example of risk sharing is the share
lease of land to tenants. The production risks are shared
between the landlord and the tenant in the ratio they
share some inputs and the output. The cost of this
alternative to the landowner would be equal to the
difference between the net income tenant earns less the
cash rent he would have paid for rental lease.
d. Transferring Risk
Risk may be transferred from one entity to another. For
instance, marketing risk could be transferred to buyers
by way of forward contract. It guarantees to pay an
agreed price for the produce to be realized in future.
Crop insurance is another example of transferring
production risk to another entity i.e., insurance
company. In case the crop prospects are reduced below
certain minimum, proportionate indemnity is paid for
the expenditure incurred. The cost of this alternative is
the premium paid by the farmer.
e. Spreading Risk
Risk may be spread over a number of enterprises with
varying degree of risk and of course with varying level
of net income. This is known as diversification.
Diversification could be in terms of mixed farming,
diversified farming or even mixed cropping.
106

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
The idea is not to put all eggs in one basket. It would

ensure some income realization from enterprises/crops
even in the event of adverse weather conditions etc. As
n e t r e t u r n s f r o m c o m b i n a t i o n o f d i ff e r e n t
enterprises/crops would be less than the net returns
from the most paying crop (pure) the difference
between the two would be the cost of this alternative.
f. Taking Risk
Taking risk could be one of the alternatives to manage
risk where the management cost is nil because no
attempt is made to reduce risk. The idea is to plan for
maximum returns even at high risk. Innovators and
early adopters are the two categories of people who
always are willing to take risk. They go for high return
enterprises exposing themselves to high risk.
2. Need for Crop Insurance
Crop insurance is one alternative to manage risk in
yield loss by the farmers. It is the mechanism to reduce
the impact of income loss on the farmer (family and
farming). Crop insurance is a means of protecting
farmers against the variations in yield resulting from
uncertainty of practically all natural factors beyond
their control such as rainfall (drought or excess
rainfall), flood, hails, other weather variables
(temperature, sunlight, wind), pest infestation, etc. (1
& 3). Crop insurance is a financial mechanism to
minimize the impact of loss in farm income by
factoring in a large number of uncertainties which
affect the crop yields. As such it is a risk management
alternative where production risk is transferred to
another party at a cost called premium. The weather
based crop insurance uses weather parameters as proxy
for crop yield in compensating the cultivators for
deemed crop losses. It provides a good alternative both
to farmers and government. Farmers get on actuarially
fair insurance with swift payments at little
administrative costs to the government. Rainfall
insurance is a specific form of weather insurance. As
such weather insurance is not yield insurance while
crop insurance is. In both the cases cultivators pass risk
in yield to another party for a premium. The insurance
need for agriculture, therefore, cannot be over
emphasized as it is a highly risky economic activity
because of its dependence on weather conditions. To
design and implement an appropriate insurance
programme for agriculture is therefore very complex
and challenging task. There are two approaches to crop
107
insurance, namely, individual approach where yield

loss on individual farms forms the basis for indemnity
payment, and homogeneous area approach where a
homogeneous crop area is taken as a unit for
assessment of yield and payment of indemnity. In both
the cases reliable and dependable yield data for past 810 years are needed for fixing premium on actuarially
sound basis. Homogeneous area approach has the
advantage of availability of data on yield variations.
3. Crop Insurance
Insurance is a technique where losses suffered by few
are met from funds accumulated through small
contributions made by many who are exposed to
similar risk. Crop insurance is a means to protecting the
cultivators against financial loss on account of
anticipated crop-loss arising out of practically all
natural factors beyond their control such as natural fire,
weather, floods, pests, diseases etc. The sum insured
could be the total expenditure or a multiple of it or a
proportion of expected income from crop(s) for which
premium is paid. The indemnity (claims payable
against the paid out of pocket expenses) is payable on
the basis of shortfall in average yield from the
guaranteed yield (threshold yield). The claims are paid
after the loss in yield is ascertained. Weather based crop
insurance is another avenue for transferring production
risk to the insurer. It aims to mitigate the hardship of the
insured farmer against the likelihood of financial loss
on account of anticipated crop loss resulting from
incidence of adverse conditions of weather parameters
like rainfall, temperature, frost, humidity etc. While
crop insurance specifically indemnifies the cultivator
against shortfall in crop yield, weather insurance is
based on the fact that weather conditions affect crop
yield even when a cultivator has taken all the care to
ensure good harvest. Studies of historical correlation of
crop yield with weather parameters help us in
developing weather thresholds (triggers) beyond
which crop starts getting affected adversely. Payout
structure may be developed using the weather triggers
to compensate cultivators to the extent of losses
deemed to have been suffered by them. Actual loss in
yield or income is not ascertained for eligibility for
claims. In other words, weather insurance uses weather
parameters as 'proxy' for crop yields in compensating
the cultivators for deemed crop losses due to reduction
in yield.
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
4. Evolution of Crop Insurance in India

The question of introduction of crop insurance in India
was taken up for examination soon after independence
in 1947. A special study to work out modalities of crop
insurance was commissioned in 1947-48 following an
assurance given by the Ministry of Food and
Agriculture to introduce crop and cattle insurance in
the country. The first aspect regarding the modalities of
crop insurance considered was whether it should be on
Individual Approach or Homogenous Area Approach.
The individual approach seeks to indemnify the farmer
to the full extent of the losses and the premium to be
paid by him is determined with reference to his own
past yield and loss experience. As such it necessitates
reliable and accurate data of crop yields of individual
farmers for a sufficiently long period for fixation of
premium on actuarially sound basis. The homogenous
area approach envisages that in the absence of reliable
data of individual farmers and in view of the moral
hazards involved in the individual approach, a
homogenous area would form the basic unit, instead of
an individual farmer. The homogeneous area would
comprise of villages that are homogenous from the
point of view of crop production and whose annual
variability of crop productivity would be similar. The
study favoured homogenous area approach. Various
agro-climatically homogenous areas to be treated as
units and the individual farmers in those area units
would pay the same rate of premium and receive the
same benefits, irrespective of differential loss in
individual yields. The ministry circulated the scheme
for adoption by the state governments but the states did
not accept. In 1965, the Central Government
introduced a Crop Insurance Bill and circulated a
model scheme of crop insurance on compulsory basis
to constituent state governments for their views. The
bill provided for the Central Government framing a
reinsurance scheme to cover indemnity obligations of
the states. However because of very high financial
obligations none of the states accepted the scheme. On
receiving the responses of state governments, the
subject was considered in detail by an Expert
Committee headed by the then Chairman, Agricultural
Price Commission set up in July 1970 for full
examination of the economic, administrative, financial
and actuarial implications of the subject. Different
experiments on crop insurance on a limited, ad hoc and
scattered scale started in 1972-73. By now we have the
experience of a number of products including some of
www.ijsir.co.in
weather insurance. In what follows is a brief on the past

experience and availability of different products at
present. Though, agricultural insurance is largely in the
public domain some private efforts especially in
weather insurance have also been there for some time.
Their experience is not all that discouraging. The real
challenge is to scale up the distribution and ensure fast
claim settlement (10). India, thus, has a publicly
administered crop insurance scheme since 1972. All
the variants of the scheme introduced from time to time
had flaws. Nevertheless India is not alone where public
crop insurance has not been successful. In both
developed and developing countries such insurance
schemes have incurred losses without offering an
effective product (11). Public crop insurance schemes
are available to cultivators as means of reducing the
cost associated with crop failure. The schemes,
however, suffers from moral hazards and adverse
selection and are very costly as payment eligibility is
determined by crop damage assessment for each
individual farmer. There is a feeling that it is not
profitable proposition at all (12).
5. Past Experience in Crop Insurance
a. First Ever-Individual Approach Scheme
In 1972-73, the General Insurance Department of Life
Insurance Corporation of India introduced a Crop
Insurance Scheme on H-4 cotton. Later in 1972,
general insurance business was nationalized by an Act
of Parliament, and the General Insurance Corporation
of India (GIC) was set up. The new corporation took
over the experimental scheme in respect of H-4 cotton
in Gujarat. The Scheme was based on "Individual
Approach". Subsequently the scheme included
groundnut, wheat, potato and gram and was
implemented in the states of Gujarat, Maharashtra,
Tamilnadu, Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka and West
Bengal. The scheme continued till 1978-79. However,
it covered only 3110 farmers for a premium of Rs.4.54
lakhs against claims of Rs.37.88 lakhs indicating its
non-viability and non-popularity.
b. Pilot Crop Insurance Scheme (PCIS) 1979
In the background and experience of the aforesaid
experimental schemes for crop insurance, a study was
commissioned by GIC and entrusted to eminent
agricultural economist, Prof. V.M. Dandekar. Based on
the recommendations of Prof. Dandekar, a Pilot Crop
Insurance Scheme was introduced by GIC in 1979. The
important features of the scheme were:
108

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
i. The scheme was based on "Area Approach".

ii. The scheme covered cereals, millets, oilseeds,
cotton, potato and gram.
iii. The scheme was available to loanee farmers only
and on voluntary basis.
iv. The risk was shared between General Insurance
Corporation of India and State Governments in the
ratio of 2:1.
v. The maximum sum insured was 100 per cent of the
crop loan, which was later increased to 150 per cent.
vi. A 50 per cent subsidy was provided for insurance
charges payable by small and marginal farmers by the
State Government and the Government of India on
50:50 basis.
The PCIS launched in 1979 continued till 1984-85 and
was implemented in 13 states. During this period it
covered 6.27 lakh farmers for total premium of
Rs.196.95 lakhs against claims of Rs.157.05 lakhs.
c. Comprehensive Crop Insurance Scheme (CCIS)
On the basis of experience gained from
implementation of PCIS a Comprehensive Crop
Insurance Scheme (CCIS) was introduced with effect
from 1st April 1985 by the Government of India with
the active participation of State Governments. The
Scheme was linked to short term crop credit and
implemented on homogeneous area basis. Though the
scheme was available to all states it was not mandatory.
In all 15 states and 2 union territories implemented the
Scheme until Kharif 1999. These were Andhra
Pradesh, Assam, Bihar, Goa, Gujarat, Himachal
Pradesh, Karnataka, Kerala, Madhya Pradesh,
Maharashtra, .Meghalaya, Orissa, Tamilnadu, Tripura
and West Bengal among the states and Andaman &
Nicobar Islands and Pondicherry among union
territories. The states of Rajasthan, Uttar Pradesh,
Jammu & Kashmir, Manipur and Delhi had initially
joined the scheme but subsequently opted out after few
years. The main features of the scheme were:
i. It covered farmers availing crop loans from financial
institutions for growing food crops and oilseeds on
compulsory basis. The coverage was restricted to 100
per cent of crop loan subject to a maximum of Rs.10
thousand per farmer.
ii. The premium rates were 2 per cent for cereals and
millets and 1 per cent for pulses and oil seeds. Small
and marginal farmers were given a subsidy of 50 per
cent of the premium payable shared equally by the
central and state governments.
109
iii. The central and state governments shared the

premium and claims in the ratio of 2:1.
iv. The scheme was optional to state governments.
v. The scheme was a multi-agency effort, involving
Government of India, State Governments, Banking
Institutions and General Insurance Corporation of
India.
d. Sookha Suraksha Kavack (Drought Risk
Insurance)
Sookha Suraksha Kavach was specially designed for
Rajasthan to cover 23 districts and popular and widely
grown crops like guar, bajra, maize, jowar, soybean and
groundnut. There is high spatial and temporal variation
in rainfall across West Rajasthan. The average rainfall
ranges from 10mm in northwest part of Jaisalmer to
40mm along the western fringes of the Aravalli range.
Variation in rainfall is as high as 39 per cent. The sum
insured per hectare ranged from cost of cultivation to
value of produce given in the Benefit Table showing
claims at different levels of deficiency in weighted and
actual rainfall indices. The premium ranged from 5 to 8
per cent. Claims assessment was based on rainfall
indices for June to October using appropriate weights
and caps. The weighted actual rainfall index was
compared with weighted normal rainfall index to
compute deficiency in rainfall index. A claim trigger is
basically a threshold deficiency percentage of the
weighted actual rainfall index as compared to normal
rainfall index. The deficiency greater than or equal to
claim trigger makes the participating farmers eligible
for claims as per the Benefit Table. Rainfall indices are
prepared on the basis of data from specified rain gauge
station. Claims are automated and directly credited to
bank account. The non-loanee insured are required to
submit a proof of insurance. The proposals are received
up to 30th June.
6. Products in the Market
A number of crop insurance products are available to
farmers in different geographical areas and for
different purposes. These include National
Agricultural Insurance Scheme, Weather Based Crop
Insurance Scheme, Wheat Insurance (Weather &
Biomass), Rabi Weather Insurance, Potato Insurance,
Poppy Insurance, Varsha Bima (Rainfall Insurance) for
seasonal and annual crops. Insurance products are also
available for plantaion crops in specific geographical
areas such as Uttarakhand Seb Bima Yojana (Apple
Insurance),
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Grapes Insurance, Rainfall Insurance Scheme for

Coffee Growers (Coffee Insurance), Bio-Fuel Tree /
Plant Insurance, Pulpwood Tree Insurance, Coconut
Insurance, Rubber Insurance and Mango Insurance for
plantation crops in specific geographic area. We
present here a brief description of selected field crop
related insurance products, namely, National
Agricultural Insurance Scheme (NAIS), Weather
Based Crop Insurance Scheme (WBCIS), Varsha Bima
2005, Wheat Insurance.
A. National Agricultural Insurance Scheme
Keeping in view the demands of States for improving
scope and contents of CCIS, a broad-based National
Agricultural Insurance Scheme (NAIS) has been
introduced in the country from Rabi 1999-2000 with
the following objectives.
a. To provide insurance coverage and financial support
to the farmers in the event of failure of any of the
notified crop as a result of natural calamities, pests and
diseases.
b. To encourage the farmers to adopt progressive
farming practices, high value inputs and higher
technology in Agriculture.
c. To help stabilize farm incomes, particularly in
disaster years. Some of the improvements incorporated
in the new scheme are visible from the following.
i. Scope of the Scheme
a. Area Coverage
The scheme was available to all states and union
territories on optional basis. However the states opting
for the scheme were required to take up all the crops
identified for coverage in a given year and shall have to
continue for a minimum period of three years before it
may quit. For Rabi 1999 only eight states (Assam, Goa,
Gujarat, Himachal Pradesh, Kerala, Madhya Pradesh,
Maharashtra and Orissa) and union territory of
Pondicherry opted for the scheme. This number was
increased to 17 in Kharif 2000 and to 21 in Kharif 2002.
Currently the scheme has been implemented in 23
states and two union territories. Punjab, Manipur,
Nagaland, and Arunachal Pradesh among states and
Chandigarh, Daman & Diu, Dadra & Nagar Haveli and
Lakshadeep among union territories have not yet opted
for the scheme.
b. Farmers covered
All farmers including sharecroppers and tenant farmers
www.ijsir.co.in
growing notified crops in notified areas are eligible for

coverage under the scheme. However, it is compulsory
for loanee farmers availing crop loans from financial
institutions (PACS, RRBs, and commercial banks).
While all loanee farmers would automatically get
compulsorily coverage under NAIS through PACS /
bank branches extending crop loan for insured crops all
non-loanee farmers desirous of availing insurance
coverage should contact the nearest bank branch before
the stipulated time frame with a proposal for insurance.
They must have a bank account and pay the requisite
premium to get insurance coverage.
c. Risks Covered
The scheme provides comprehensive risk insurance
against yield losses due to nonpreventablerisks, i.e. (a)
natural fire and lightening, (b) storm, hailstorm,
cyclone, typhoon, tempest, hurricane, tornado etc., (c)
flood, inundation and landslide, (d) drought, dry spells,
and (e) pests / diseases etc. However losses arising out
of war and nuclear risks, malicious damage and other
preventable risks shall be excluded.
d. Crops Covered
The scheme besides food and oilseed crops also
covered annual commercial and horticultural crops.
The crops in respect of which the past yield data based
on Crop Cutting Experiments (CCEs) are available for
past 10 years and the state government agreed to
conduct requisite number of CCEs for estimating the
average yield during the proposed season are covered.
The crops to be covered next year will have to be spelt
before the close of preceding year. At present 35
different Kharif and 30 different Rabi season crops are
being insured under NAIS in the country. The crops
covered in various states fall under the following
groups.
a. Food crops (cereals, millets and pulses): Wheat,
paddy, Jowar, Bajra, Maize, Ragi, Korra, Kodokutki,
Green gram, Black gram, Red gram, Horse gram, Moth
etc.
b. Oilseeds: Groundnut, Sunflower, Soya bean,
Safflower, Sesame, Niger, Caster etc.
c. Annual commercial/horticultural crops: Sugarcane,
Cotton, Potato, Onion, Chilly, Turmeric, Ginger,
Coriander, Cumin, Fennel, Fenugreek, Isabgol, Jute,
Tapioca, Banana, Pineapple, etc. However mangoes,
apples, grapes and oranges are not yet covered.
110

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
e. Unit of Insurance
The scheme operates on the basis of area approach i.e.,
defined areas (unit of insurance) for each notified crop
for widespread calamities. The unit area of insurance
may be a Gram Panchayat, Mandal, Hobli, Circle,
Phirka, Block, Taluka etc. as decided by the state
government. However, each participating state was
required to reach the level of Gram Panchayat as the
unit in a maximum period of three years. The
assessment of loss is estimated through CCEs
conducted by the state administration. In case of
localized calamities such as hailstorm, landslide,
cyclone and flood the scheme operates on the basis of
individual approach. To begin with, NAIS was to be
implemented in limited areas on experimental basis
initially and extended in the light of operational
experience gained. The individual farmers would
intimate the crop loss within 48 hours to local revenue
or agricultural department. The District Revenue
administration would assist implementing agency in
assessing the extent of loss.
ii. Sum Insured and Premium
In case of loanee farmers the sum insured would be at
least equal to the amount of crop loan advanced (scale
of finance plus insurance charges). The sum insured
may extend to the value of the threshold yield of the
insured crop at the option of the insured farmer. For
non-loanee farmers the coverage at normal rates of
premium is available up to the value of threshold yield
(at MSP or market price). Both loanee and non-loanee
farmers can obtain additional coverage up to 150 per
cent of value of average yield of the notified area by
payment of premium at actuarial rates. A non-loanee
farmer would produce a proof of ownership of land. In
case of sharecropper / tenant farmer a proof showing
crop sharing/tenancy arrangements would be needed to
obtain the insurance cover. The threshold yield (TY) or
guaranteed yield for a crop in an insurance unit is the
moving average based on past three years average yield
in case of Rice and Wheat and five years average yield
in case of other crops, multiplied by the level of
indemnity. Three levels of indemnity, viz., 90, 80 and
60 per cent corresponding to low risk, medium risk and
high risk areas would be available for all crops (cereals,
millets, pulses and oilseeds and annual commercial and
horticultural crops) based on coefficient of variation
(C.V.) in yield of past 10 years' data. However, the
111
insured farmers of unit area may opt for higher level of

indemnity on payment of additional premium based on
actuarial rates. The premium payable is fixed for
groups of crops on the basis of the nature of yield
variations observed historically. Over time these would
be replaced by actuarial rates. The actuarial rate may
include pure risk premium, administrative costs,
reserve for unexpected losses, and allowance for
enhanced scale of finance, adverse selection and moral
hazards, and profit margin. Pure risk component would
be higher for basic crops than for commercial and
horticultural crops. Transition to the actuarial regime in
case of cereals, millets, pulses and oilseeds would be
made in a period of five years. The actuarial rates
would be applied at District / Region / State level at the
option of the state / union territory.
iii. Estimation of Crop Yield, Indemnity and Claim
Settlement
The state government or union territory administration
would plan and conduct the requisite number of Crop
Cutting Experiments (CCEs) for all notified crops in
the notified insurance units in order to assess the crop
yield and maintain a single series of CCEs and resultant
yield estimates, both for crop production estimates and
crop insurance
Seasonality Discipline for Kharif and Rabi
Activity Kharif Rabi
Loaning period (loanee) April September October
Next March
Cut-off date for receipt of declarations (loanee)
November May
Cut-off date for receipt of proposals (non-loanee) 31st
July 31st December
Cut-off date for receipt of yield data (for all) January
March July September
Once the yield data is received from the state/UT as per
the prescribed cut-off dates, claims are worked out and
settled by the implementing agency. The claim cheque
along with claim particulars is released to the
individual Nodal Banks. The Banks at the grass-root
level, in turn, credit the accounts of the individual
farmers and display the particulars of beneficiaries on
their notice board. In the context of localized
phenomenon viz. hailstorm, landslide, cyclone and
flood, the implementing agency would evolve a
procedure to estimate such losses at individual farmer
level in consultation with DAC / State / UT.
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Settlement of such claims would be on individual basis.

The A&O expenses would be shared equally by the
Central Government and respective State Government
on sunset basis (100% in year 1, 80% in year 2, 60% in
year 3, 40% in year 4, 20% in year 5 and 'zero'
thereafter).
iv. Management of the Scheme
In respect of loanee farmers, the banks play the same
role as under CCIS. In respect of non-loanee farmers,
banks collect the premium along with the declarations
and send it to IA within the prescribed time limits.
H o w e v e r, i n a r e a s w h e r e I A h a s r e q u i s i t e
infrastructure, a non-loanee farmer has the option to
pay premium along with declaration directly to IA
within the time limits. The selection of the banks would
be on the basis of Service Area Approach of the RBI or
at the option of the Banks (where Co-operative Banks
have good network). The Department of Agriculture,
Directorate of Economics and Statistics, Department
of Cooperation, Revenue Department of the state
governments would be actively involved in smooth
implementation of the scheme. The scheme is be
implemented in accordance with the operational
modalities as worked out by IA, in consultation with
Department of Agriculture and Co-operation. During
each crop season, the agricultural situation is closely
monitored in the implementing state/ UT. Department
of Agriculture and district administration set up a
District Level Monitoring Committee (DLMC), who
would provide fortnightly reports of agricultural
situation with details of area sown, seasonal weather
conditions, pest incidence, stage of crop failure (if any)
etc. The operation of the scheme would be reviewed
annually, and modifications as may be required would
be introduced. Periodic Appraisal Reports on the
Scheme would be prepared by Ministry of Agriculture,
the Government of India or Implementing Agency.
Efforts would be made by IA to obtain appropriate
reinsurance cover for the proposed NAIS in the
international Reinsurance market. Risk is shared by
Implementing Agency (IA) and the Government for
different groups of crops as explained below.
a. Food crops and Oilseeds: Till complete transition to
actuarial regime in a period of five years takes place,
claims beyond 100 per cent of premium would be borne
by the Government. Thereafter, all normal claims, i.e.,
claims up to 150 per cent of premium would be met by
www.ijsir.co.in
IA and claims beyond 150 per cent shall be paid out of

Corpus Fund for a period of three years. After this
period of three years, claims up to 200 per cent would
be met by the implementing and above this ceiling out
of the Corpus Fund.
v. Benefits Expected from the Scheme
The scheme is expected to:
a. be a critical instrument of development in the field of
crop production, providing financial support to the
farmers in the event of crop failure,
b. encourage farmers to adopt progressive farming
practices and higher technology in Agriculture,
c. help in maintaining flow of agricultural credit,
d. provide significant benefits not merely to the insured
farmers, but, to the entire community directly and
indirectly through spill-over and multiplier effects in
terms of maintaining production and employment,
generation of market fees, taxes etc. and net accretion
to economic growth, and
e. streamline loss assessment procedures and help in
building up huge and accurate statistical base for crop
production.
The scheme has been administered by the Ministry of
Agriculture and was initially implemented by General
Insurance Corporation of India and from Rabi 2003-04
by Agricultural Insurance Company of India Limited
on behalf of MOA. NAIS is to cover food crops,
oilseeds, sugarcane, cotton, potato and other
commercial and horticultural crops. It is available to all
states opting for implementation for at least three years.
The Scheme covered the farmers, sharecroppers and
tenants growing notified crops in notified areas on
compulsory basis for loanees and voluntary basis for
non-loanees. The scheme is in operation since then.
However, so far the scheme has been adopted by 23
states and two union territories (1, 3, 6 & 7). The
scheme had covered more than 110 million farmers and
11.42 million hectares of cropped area in 2008. The
premium collected was Rs.36673 million of which
Rs.3055 million was subsidy. Against this, Rs.98817
million was the indemnity paid and another Rs.2955
million was the indemnity yet to be paid. In all, 27.96
million farmers were the beneficiaries. The subsidy is
more than 8 per cent of the total premium while claims
are 2.8 times the premium (3, 7 & 12). Not all the
loanee farmers in the states were happy with the
mandatory aspect of the scheme.
112

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Similarly non-loanee farmers came forward for

selected crops only. They perceived a number of
problems with the product (8 & 9). The fixing of
threshold yield on the basis of past performance
ignores the future improvement and yield estimation
process for average yield on the basis of crop cutting
experiments are not easy for them to comprehend. The
average yield benefits the poor performers more than
the good performers. Delay at various points in the
implementation adds to the disappointment of the
insured. For the insurers viability of the scheme is the
major concern. Monitoring has been the most difficult
job for them.
B. Weather Based Crop Insurance Scheme
Weather Based Crop Insurance Scheme (WBCIS) is a
unique weather based insurance product designed to
provide insurance protection against losses in crop
yield resulting from adverse weather incidences. In
provides payout against adverse rainfall incidence
(both deficit and excess) during Kharif and adverse
incidence in weather parameters like frost, heat,
relative humidity, un-seasonal rains etc. during rabi
season. As such it is not yield guarantee insurance.
WBCIS has been piloted in the country since Kharif
2003 season. Some of the states where the scheme is
piloted over the years are Andhra Pradesh, Bihar,
Chattisgarh, Gujarat, Haryana, Karnataka, Madhya
Pradesh, Maharashtra, Punjab, Rajasthan, Uttar
Pradesh etc.
i. Reference Unit Area
Weather Based Crop Insurance Scheme (WBCIS)
operates on the concept of area approach. That is, for
the purposes of compensation, a 'Reference Unit Area
(RUA)' is deemed to be a homogeneous unit of
Insurance. The RUA is notified before the
commencement of Kharif season by the State
Government and all the insured cultivators of a
particular insured crop in that area are deemed at on par
in the assessment of claims. Each RUA is linked to a
Reference Weather Station (RWS), on the basis of
which current weather data and the claims would be
processed. Adverse weather incidences during the
season entitle the insured a payout, subject to the
weather triggers defined in the 'Payout Structure' and
the terms and conditions of the scheme.For Rabi season
the weather triggers are broadly fixed to capture the
adverse incidence of weather parameters on yield.
113
Claims arise when there is a certain adverse deviation

in actual weather parameter incidence in RUA as per
the weather data measured at RWS. The actual may be
more or less than compared to what has been specified
in the Benefit Table leading to crop losses. In such case
all the insured cultivators under a particular crop are
deemed to have suffered the same adverse deviation
and become eligible for claim subject to terms and
conditions of the scheme. The claim settlement is
automatic process based on weather readings at the
RWS. Insured cultivators are not required to make a
claim. In a given RUA the payout given per unit area is
the same for all cultivators under the same RWS.
Weather insurance payouts are assured within 45 days
from the end of insurance period. For traditional crops
where payout is linked to yield estimates claim
processing may take more time.
ii. Sum Insured
The amount of insurance protection is broadly the cost
of inputs expected to be incurred by the insured in
raising the crop. Sum insured is pre-declared per unit
area by AIC at the beginning of each crop season in
consultation with the experts in state government, and
it may be different for different crops in different RUA.
Sum insured is further distributed under key weather
parameters used in the insurance in proportion to the
relative importance of the weather parameters. For a
loanee the sum insured per crop is calculated by
multiplying per unit area value of inputs with crop
specific acreage declared in the loan application form
by the loanee cultivator for the purpose of maximum
borrowing limit fixed for him by the lending bank. For
the non-loanee the acreage figure is the expected area
sown / planted under the particular crop as declared in
the insurance proposal form.
iii. Advantages of WBCIS
Weather based crop insurance scheme has many
advantages which make it beneficial for cultivators in
their production risk management such as the
following.
a. Trigger events like adverse weather can be
independently verified and measured.
b. It allows speedy settlement of claims
c. All farmers can buy WBCIS
d. Government provides subsidy in premium and hence
premium payable is affordable
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
direct payouts for adverse weather incidences

f. Insured is not required to submit claim form or other
documents as proof for loss
C. Varsha Bima-2005
i. Background
Nearly two thirds of Indian agriculture is heavily
dependent on unpredictable and uncertain natural
factors, particularly rainfall. Studies have established
that rainfall variations account for more than 50% of
variability in crop yields. Although there is no way of
controlling weather-factors, there is now a hope of
mitigating the adverse financial effects that rainfall can
have on the rural economy, particularly farm incomes
through insurance.
ii. Scope of the Scheme
Varsha Bima covers anticipated shortfall in crop yield
on account of deficit rainfall. Varsha Bima is voluntary
for all classes of cultivators who stand to lose
financially upon adverse incidence of rainfall. Varsha
Bima is meant for cultivators for whom National
Agricultural Insurance Scheme (NAIS) is voluntary.
The insurance operates during June to September for
short duration crops; June to October for medium
duration crops; and June to November for longer
duration crops. Further, these periods are statespecific. In case of Sowing Failure option is from 15th
June to 15th August. A cultivator can buy Varsha
Bimaonly up to 15th June for sowing failure option and
30th June for other options Proposal forms are
available at all the loan disbursing outlets viz PACS,
branches of all Cooperative / Commercial / Regional
Rural banks. The coverage under Varsh Bima at the
grass-root level is made mostly through the existing
network of Rural Finance Institutions (RFIs) as in
NAIS. AIC also directly market / provide insurance
subject to the availability of its network. The network
of formal and informal institutions working in the rural
areas such as NGOs, Self Help Groups, Farmers
Groups, etc. could also be utilized for delivery of
Varsha Bima. The cultivators proposed for insurance
under Varsha Bima are required to have a bank account
at the nearest bank branch to facilitate their insurance
transactions.
D. Rabi Weather Insurance
Weather Insurance (Rabi) is a mechanism for providing
effective risk management aid to those individuals and
www.ijsir.co.in
institutions likely to be impacted by adverse weather

incidences. The most important benefits of Weather
Index Insurance are:
a. Trigger events like adverse weather events can be
independently verified and measured.
b. It allows for speedy settlement of indemnities, as
early as a fortnight after the indemnity period.
c. All growers, be it Small /Marginal; Owners or
tenants/Sharecroppers can buy the weather insurance.
Wheat, Mustard, Gram, Potato, Masoor, Barley and
Coriander are the major Rabi season crops mostly in
the states of UP, MP, Maharashtra and Rajsthan. These
crops are extremely vulnerable to weather factors, such
as excess rainfall, frost, and fluctuation in temperature
etc. Agriculture Insurance Company of India would
compensate the insured, against the likelihood of
diminished crop output/ yield resulting from:
Maximum Temperature ( C) above the trigger level
and / or Deviation in Temperature Range from the
normal above the trigger value and / or Minimum
Temperature ( C) below the trigger level and / or
Minimum Temperature below 4 C resulting frost and /
or Rainfall in excess of the trigger levels (calculated on
daily/ weekly/ monthly basis) and / or Bright Sunshine
Hour below the trigger level. The insurance operates
during the months of December to April. However the
period is different for different parameters and crops.
Claims are automated; and settled on the basis of actual
maximum temperature, minimum temperature, rainfall
and BSH received from the concerned agencies/
institutions as applicable to each crop separately.
Claims when become payable, are paid at a uniform
rate to all the insured growers in the area (jurisdiction
of reference weather station) growing the insured crop
with in 4-6 weeks after insurance period. Maximum
liability is linked to cost of cultivation and varies from
crop to crop.
E. Wheat Insurance Policy
Wheat insurance policy is a unique technology based
insurance product combining crop vigour / biomass
(Normalized Difference Vegetative Index - NDVI) and
weather (temperature / raifall) parameters. The NDVI
component of cover measured at peak vigour stage
provides effective risk management aid to those wheat
growers who are likely to be impacted by poor growth
of the crop arising out of non-preventable natural
factors. It is insurance against the likelihood of
e. It provides transparent, fully objective, efficient and
114

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
diminished wheat yield resulting from lower NDVI

within the specified taluka preferably during February
and/or high temperature consecutively for specified
number of days above specified levels in 1st and / or
2nd fortnight of March as measured at RWS. The
insurance is linked to biomass triggers. Trigger events
could be measured using high technology standards
based in satellite imagery from remote sensing
technology which could be independently verified and
measured, and accurate and allows for speedy
settlement of indemnities even before the crop is ready
for harvesting. When the current NDVI falls short of
the specified trigger level, the benefits payable to the
insured will be the sum specified corresponding to
trigger level and or the maximum temperature of
specified number of days as recorded at RWS is higher
than the specified trigger level during 1st and / or 2nd
fortnight of March the benefit payable to insured shall
be the sum specified corresponding to trigger level.
The premium chargeable is statistically / actuarially
calculated based on the geographical area, the triggers
specified and biomass and temperature patterns of the
specified area in the historical periods.
7. Private Participation
ICICI Lombard, a national Indian insurance company
piloted in 2003 a formal rainfall insurance scheme for
groundnut and castor in semi-arid tropical areas of
India. The insurance policy was developed with the
technical assistance of Agricultural and Rural
Development Department of the World Bank and was
designed as insurance against deficit rainfall. Similar
products adapted to the specifics of the local
environment were also developed and sold in northern
India. Two insurance policies were designed for the
two crops. The coverage of both the policies was for the
prime crop season, the Kharif. The policy triggers,
phases and payouts try to maximize the correlation
between economic loss and rainfall events. The
triggers are set in mm of accumulated rainfall as
measured in local weather stations. If it rains less than
1st trigger level with in a given period there is a payout
per mm of deficient accumulated rain per acre insured.
If the accumulated rainfall is below the 2nd trigger
level then there is a maximum lump sum payout of the
insurance. In order to maximize the correlation
115
between rainfall and crop production Kharif season is

divided in to three different phases each with its own
trigger and payout: sowing, flowering and harvest. In
addition to deficit rainfall in some areas there is also a
risk of excess rainfall towards the end of Kharif. The
policy has additional payout for excess rain for those
areas. The amount of the payout is calibrated to the
expected economic loss for the area (mandal).
REFERENCES
1. Government of India, Report of the Working
Group on Risk Management in Agriculture for
Eleventh Five Year Plan (2007-12), Planning
Commission, New Delhi.
2. India Development Gateway, Varsha Bima 2005, www.indg.in/agricultutre
3. G o v e r n m e n t o f I n d i a , C r o p I n s u r a n c e ,
www.indiaagronet.com.
4. India Development Gateway, Weather Based
Crop Insurance Scheme (WBCIS),
www.indg.in/agriculture.
5. Lilleor, Helene Bie et. Al., Weather Insurance in
Semi-Arid India, March 23, 2005, www.rff.dk
6. Venkatesh, G, Crop Insurance in India A Study,
Mumbai.
7. Government of India, State-wise Progress of
CCIS from Kharif '85 to Kharif 1999.
8. Ifft, Jennifer, Government vs Weather: The True
Story of Crop Insurance in India, Research
Internship Papers 2001, Centre for Civil Society,
www.cci.in.
9. Sinha, Sidharath, Agriculture Insurance in India:
Scope for Participation of Private Insurers,
Economic and Political Weekly, June 19, 2004, P
2605-2612.
10. World Bank, Piloting Weather Insurance Scheme
in India, August 27, 2003, web.worldbank.org.
11. Raju, SS and Ramesh Chand, Agriculture
Insurance in India: Problems and Prospects,
NCAP Working Paper No. 8, March 2008.
12. Agriculture Insurance Company of India,
Performance of NAIS, Country Profile,
www.aicofindia.org.
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
ATTITUDE OF HIGHER SECONDARY SCHOOLS' TEACHERS

1
Rashmi Sharma1 and * Naresh Chandra Srivastava2

2
Research scholar, Sai Nath University, Ranchi, Jharkhand , India, Raja Harpal Singh PG College, Singramau,
Jaunpur, India
*Address for correspondence: Dr. Naresh Chandra Srivastava, Associate Professor (Retd.), Raja Harpal Singh
PG College, Singramau, Jaunpur, Uttar Pradesh, India
ABSTRACT
The teacher is focused in the classroom not only to create a special relationship only with the class as a whole but
also with the individual children. Children obey the command of teacher because they accept their teacher as a role
model under whose control they need to be taken care of. Teachers are role models for their students since students
are copying their teachers. Every aspects of teachers' behaviour is being closely monitored by the students as
teacher becomes a cardinal beacons to them. However, a very few teachers are aware about their pitfalls in dealing
with the tender some students who are supposed to be path breaker instead they are lurching towards their
personality .In this study, researcher has undertaken survey of male and female teachers of higher secondary
schools in Raebareli district of Uttar Pradesh. Teacher Attitude Inventory of Dr. S.P. Ahluwalia was given to
randomly selected teachers. Findings indicate that both male and female teachers have almost similar and positive
attitude for their profession.
Keywords: Attitude; Teacher; Teacher Attitude Inventory; Teaching profession
INTRODUCTION
The key point in the educational decorum is
undoubtedly the teacher. In comparison to other, the
progress and prosperity of children depend much on
teacher. No one can take place of teachers or influence
children in the manner the way he imparts; it is
possible, only for them all alone to do. A teacher is to
be the member of a pious deeds. Anastasias define
attitude as, An attitude is often defined as a tendency
to react favorably towards a designated class of stimuli,
such as a national or a racial group, custom or an
institution Attitude includes individual's perceptions
with emotional content, their beliefs, their prejudices,
their biases, proneness, appreciations and their states of
readiness to act or react. The individuals have an array
of attitudes towards number of objects such as
statesmen, politicians, religions, games etc. The
person's experiences are influenced by their attitudes.
The important functions of the process in the school is
to create and shape healthy attitudes in students.
Attitude has meaningful implications for the people
from all walk of life whether they are learner, the
teacher or belonging to any social group where a
learner relates to entire school system. A specific kind
of learning experiences are the backbone of formation
of attitudes. These values may be inculcated by the
www.ijsir.co.in
opinion of parent or teacher. Learning situations and

teaching tool can be updated by mimicry or imitation
and they also play pivotal role in designing teaching
and learning situation. The student is driven by his
teachers' disposition to possess his own attitude and it
also affects his learning outcomes.
REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE
Bulut and Dogar (2006) investigated that the gender
factor is not effective on the attitude and types of
program and class level are effective. Osunde and
Izevbigie (2006) examined the 400 Nigerian post
primary school teachers' attitude towards teaching
profession and found that because of inadequate
financial remuneration and delay in payment teachers
have low attitude towards the teaching profession.
They also found that poor conditions of service, wider
negative influence and teachers' negative personal and
professional behavior are the other factors of the
teachers' low attitudes towards teaching profession.
Hussain et al. (2011) studied attitude of secondary
school teachers towards teaching profession. An
Attitude Scale Towards Teaching Profession (ASTTP)
developed by Hussain (2004), having sixty-six items
and four components was and four components was
116

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
administered to the respondents to determine the

subjects' attitude towards teaching profession. 40
secondary schools were selected as a sample of the
study (male and female, rural and urban, and public and
private). Three secondary school teachers, each were
selected randomly from the sampled institutions. They
found that majority of the secondary school teachers in
Pakistan do not have positive attitude towards the
profession. They, also, found that the female secondary
school teachers have more positive attitude towards the
profession than male secondary school teachers.
Research evidences as above prove that the teachers'
attitude towards their profession improves their
effectiveness and competencies as teacher. A favorable
attitude makes the work not only easier but also more
satisfying.
PROBLEM
To study the Teaching Attitude of Higher Secondary
School teachers
OBJECTIVES
1. To study teaching attitude of Higher Secondary
Schools' male teachers.
2. To study teaching attitude of Higher Secondary
Schools' female teachers.
3. To compare teaching attitude of Higher Secondary
Schools' male and female teachers.
HYPOTHESIS
There is no significant difference between teaching
attitude of Higher Secondary Schools' male and female
teachers.
METHOD AND PROCEDURE
Sample:
Sample consists of randomly selected male and female
teachers of higher secondary schools. Teacher Attitude
Inventory (TAI) of Ahluwalia was given to randomly
selected teachers.
Tools:
The researcher used 'Teacher Attitude Inventory' (TAI)
117
of Dr S. P. Ahluwalia to collect data from sample

teachers of higher secondary schools of Raebareli.
Teacher Attitude Inventory of Dr S. P. Ahluwalia is a
Likert instrument consisting of 90 items of 6 sub scales.
Each scale has 15 statements that pertain to a particular
aspect of prospective and practicing teacher's
professional attitudes. These aspects are (1) Attitude
towards teaching profession (2) Attitude towards
classroom teaching (3) Attitude towards child centered
practices (4)Attitude towards educational process (5)
Attitude towards pupils (6) Attitude towards teachers.
This TAI appears to have reasonably high reliability
and validity. The contents of its item seem appropriate
for the purpose of research with teachers.
Statistical Techniques:
The following statistical techniques were used by
researcher:
1. Percentile 2. Mean and S.D. 3. T-Test
Scoring of completely filled answer sheets
were done and scores were used for statistical analysis.
Percentile is used to know attitude categories of male
and female teachers. Mean is used to find out average
performance of male and female teachers about their
attitudes towards teaching profession. The standard
deviation is used for comparing attitude towards
teaching profession of male and female teachers on
different subscales of TAI. T-Test is used as the test of
significant of the difference between means of male
and female teachers.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS
Scores obtained on TAI of male and female sample
teachers of higher secondary schools were tabulated.
Firstly, percentile was calculated to know and
categorize attitude of male and female teachers as high,
moderate and low attitude.In order to test the
significant difference between attitude towards
teaching profession of male and female teachers of
higher secondary schools mean, standard deviations,
and t-ratios were calculated. For analyzing and
comparing attitudes of male and female sample
teachers of higher secondary schools, results of
statistical analysis were shown in following tables :-
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Table 1 : Attitude Categories of MaleTeachers

Male Teachers
Attitude
Categories
[ P25 =171 &
P75 =188 ]
No.
High Attitude
48
28.91
Moderate Attitude
73
43.98
Low Attitude
45
27.11
166
Table 1 indicates that out of 166 male teachers 48 (28.91%) teachers have high, 73 (43.98%) teachers having
moderate and 45 (27.11%) teachers have low teaching attitude.
Table 2: Attitude categories of female teachers
Female Teachers
Attitude Categories
[ P25 =166 & P75

=185 ]
No.
High Attitude
41
24.11
Moderate Attitude
89
52.35
Low Attitude
40
23.53
170
Above table 2 shows that out of 170 female teachers 40 (23.53%) teachers have low teaching attitude, 89 (52.35%)
teachers have moderate teaching attitude and 41 (24.11%) teachers have high teaching attitude.
Table 3: statistical data for attitude of male and female teachers
Group
Mean
Male
186.94
Calculated Degree
Standard
SED
of
Deviation
't' value freedom
31.93
3.56
Female 180.32
www.ijsir.co.in
33.41
1.86
333
Table
value of
't' at .05
and .01
levels
Significance
Level
1.97(.05),
2.34(.01)
Not
significant
118

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Table 3 indicates that in reference to the hypothesis

"There is no significant difference between teaching
attitude of Higher Secondary Schools' male and female
teachers the calculated't' value (1.86) is insignificant
even at .05 level of confidence. The difference appears
in the mean between scores of attitude of male and
female teachers of higher secondary school towards
teaching profession is negligible and cannot be
accepted. Hence the hypothesis "There is no significant
difference between teaching attitude of Higher
Secondary Schools' male and female teachers has
been accepted.
2. Attitude(psychology) - Wikipedia, the free

encyclopedia, Attitude formation - Attitude change Implicit and explicit attitudes - Jung's definition,
3.
4.
5.
CONCLUSION
Both male and female teachers have positive attitude
towards teaching profession. No significant difference
is found between male and female teachers of higher
secondary schools. Both male and female teachers
accept that student's personal, moral and cultural
development can be done by educating them properly.
It is teaching through which good and progressive
social environment can be created and improved.It may
be concluded that all teachers have positive and healthy
attitude for their profession. There are indications that
teacher's attitudes have a positive relation with success
in teaching.
REFERENCES
1. Akbulut E., Karaku F., The investigation of
secondary school science and mathematics preservice teachers' attitudes towards teaching
profession, Educational Research and Reviews
Vo l . 6 ( 6 ) , p p . 4 8 9 - 4 9 6 , J u n e 2 0 1 1 ,
www.academicjournals.org.
119
6.
7.
8.
9.
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ Attitude_
(psychology) , Apr 07, 2011.
Bhalla A, Jajoo UN, Kalantri SP., Attitude of
teachers towards teaching, Assoc Physicians India.
2002 Nov;50:1405-8, http://www.ncbi.nlm.
nih.gov/ pubmed/12583472, Jul 13,2013
Garrett H. E., Woodworth R.S., Statistics in
Psychology and Education, Paragon International
Publishers, Delhi, 2007.
Hussain et al., Attitude of Secondary School
Teachers towards Teaching Profession",
International Journal of Academic Research Vol. 3.
No. 1. January, 2011, http://www.slideshare.net/
nurnabihah 1/attitude-of-secondary-schoolteachers-towards.
Kothari C.R., Research Methodology Methods and
Techniques, New Age international Limited
Publishers, New Delhi, 2010.
Koul Lokesh , Methodology of Educational
Research, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi,
2008.
Rastogi A. and Goel C, Effectiveness of School
Experience Programmes in Building Attitude of
Prospective Teachers,http://www.ncert.nic.in/
publication/journals/pdf_files/indian_education_r
eview/January_2010.pdf, pg 101-111, 4 Jul,2013.
Sarma M K , ' Educational Psychology ', Attitude
and its Measurement, Tushar Publishing House,
Assam, 2008, pp 527-545.
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
JOB SATISFACTION OF HIGHER SECONDARY SCHOOLS' TEACHERS

1
Rashmi Sharma1 and Naresh Chandra Srivastava2

2
Research scholar , Sai Nath University, Ranchi , Jharkhand , India, Raja Harpal Singh PG College,
Singramau, Jaunpur, Uttar Pradesh, India
*Address for correspondence: Dr. Naresh Chandra Srivastava, Associate Professor (Retd.), Raja Harpal Singh
PG College, Singramau, Jaunpur, Uttar Pradesh, India
ABSTRACT
Job satisfaction plays an important role towards personal attitude and belief system. These two factors may
ultimately cause an individual to strive hard or the opposite may happen, due to this he/she is forced to work below
expectation. If one is not satisfied with his days' work so he is forced to lavishly spend his/her time while at days'
work. As a consequence, if an individual is not satisfied with the assigned task, this will prop up to dissatisfaction
towards other segment of their life. After due investigation it has been revealed that once a man is truly satisfied with
his commitment, he is profited by a certain reward. In such a case new destiny is shaped. For this study was done
with teachers of higher secondary Hindi and English medium schools and Teacher Job Satisfaction Questionnaire
of Pramod Kumar, D.Phil. and D. N. Mutha, Ph.D. were given to randomly selected sample teachers as tool.
Finding indicates that there are indications that teacher's level of job satisfaction has a positive relation with
success in teaching. The satisfaction of teachers with teaching profession is significantly correlated with teaching
success.
Keywords: Teacher Job satisfaction, Teaching profession, Working conditions, Authority.
INTRODUCTION
Job satisfaction is the favorableness or un
favorableness with which employees view their work
(Bruneberg, 1976).If each and every one is highly
pacified with his job, only then a wave of job
satisfaction is considered rational. Job satisfaction is
affected by number of factors like age groups,
designation, absenteeism and organization where he
deployed. The level of satisfaction depends on
expectations from job. According to Garton (1976), the
attitudinal variables are based on the job satisfaction of
employee and morale he possesses which speaks either
positive or negative feeling about a specific person or
circumstances when this satisfaction is referred to
work context notably for teaching it looks to say to the
degree to which teacher can meet individual ,
professional and personal. Job satisfaction is the whole
matrix of job factors that make a person 'like' his work
situation and be 'willing' to head for it without distaste
at beginning of his workday. Some of the studies reflect
that job satisfaction does not imperatively focus job
performance in leading to be better. In some instances,
the good pay and perk is sufficient to guarantee a better
performance for a definite period of time. After that the
owner or supervisor is contented with the outcome. Job
www.ijsir.co.in
satisfaction is a key area while redefining our abilities

and its outcome because one who is cheerful and
satisfied in his assigned task shall possess higher
growth than who only cares his job for the sake of
financial gain.
REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE
Panda (2002) studied the level of job satisfaction
among teachers of government and non government
colleges. A sample of 110 college teachers (48 from
government, 62 from non- government aided and unaided colleges) was administered the Job Satisfaction
Scale (Saxena). Analysis revealed that the college
teachers both from government and non- government
colleges were satisfied with their job. Type of
management of the college had no significant effect on
job satisfaction. Ahmed, Raheem and Jamal (2003)
studied the job satisfaction of 236 teachers in senior
secondary schools. Female teachers enjoyed greater
satisfaction than their male counterparts did. Married
teachers showed more job satisfaction than unmarried
teachers did. Teachers who were teaching in
government schools showed greater job satisfaction
than teachers teaching in private schools.
120

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
There was no significant change in the job satisfaction

due to change in the level of independent variables like
sex, marital status and types of schools. Crossman and
Harris (2006) conducted a study on job satisfaction
among secondary school teachers in United Kingdom
and their findings indicated that their satisfaction levels
did not differ significantly by gender. Choudhury
(2007) indicated that no significant relationship exists
between professional awareness and job satisfaction of
college teachers. The factors like type of institution and
educational qualification of teachers at higher level did
not seem to have any bearing on relationship between
professional awareness and job satisfaction
.Zhongshan (2007) found that elementary school male
teachers in Shanghai, China were more satisfied with
their salaries than their female colleagues. Wu & Wu
(2010) conducted a study among 960 elementary
school teachers from Taipei Municipality and Taitung
County.
The study aimed at developing causal model to
describe elementary school teachers' job satisfaction
and how it is affected by social network and job
characteristics. It was found, among others, that higher
levels of satisfaction are generally found in female
teachers, homeroom teachers, teachers who assumed
directorship in schools, teachers with lower
educational attainment and teachers with higher
income. Research evidences as above prove that
teacher's professional satisfaction improves their
effectiveness and competencies as teacher.
PROBLEM: To study the job satisfaction of Higher
Secondary Schools' Teachers.
OBJECTIVE:
1. To study the job satisfaction of Hindi medium
Higher Secondary Schools' Teachers..
2. To study the job satisfaction of English medium
Higher Secondary Schools' Teachers.
3. To compare the job satisfaction of Hindi and
English medium Higher Secondary Schools'
Teachers.
HYPOTHESIS: There is no significance difference
between the job satisfaction of Hindi and English
medium Higher Secondary Schools' Teachers.
121
METHOD AND PROCEDURE

Sample: Sample consists of Hindi and English
medium Higher Secondary Schools' Teachers of
Raebareli. Teacher Job Satisfaction Questionnaire of
Pramod Kumar, D.Phil. and D. N. Mutha, Ph.D. was
given to randomly selected sample teachers.
Tools: Teacher Job Satisfaction Questionnaire of
Pramod Kumar and D. N. Mutha, consists of 29 highly
''
discriminating Yes/No type items. The items of this
questionnaire seems to appropriate for knowing level
of teachers job satisfaction. These items were
classified into four different aspect of job satisfaction
in teaching, which are attitude towards Profession,
Working conditions, Authority, Institution. This
Teacher Job Satisfaction Questionnaire of Pramod
Kumar and D. N. Mutha, appears to have appropriate
high reliability and validity. The contents of its item
seem appropriate for the purpose of research with
teachers.
Statistical Techniques:
The following statistical techniques were used by
researcher:
1. Percentile 2. Mean and S.D. 3. T-Test
Scoring of completely filled answer sheets
were done and scores were used for statistical analysis.
Percentile is used to know satisfaction level of Hindi
and English medium teachers. Mean is used to find out
average performance of Hindi and English medium
teachers about their satisfactionin teaching profession.
The standard deviation is used for comparing
satisfaction of Hindi and English medium teachers.TTest is used as the test of significant of the difference
between means of Hindi and English medium teachers.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS
Scores obtained on different aspects of job satisfaction,
of Hindi and English medium sample teachers of
higher secondary schools were tabulated in form of
frequencies. In order to test the significant difference
between job satisfaction in teaching profession of
Hindi and English medium teachers mean, standard
deviations, and t-ratios were calculated. For analyzing
and comparing job satisfaction of Hindi and English
medium teachers of higher secondary schools, results
of statistical analysis were shown in following tables-
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Table 1 : showing Job Satisfaction level of Hindi medium teachers

Satisfaction
Level
High Satisfaction
Moderate
Satisfaction
Low Satisfaction
N
Hindi Md.
Teachers[ P 25 =16
& P75 =28 ]
No.
%
09
04.09
170
77.27
41
18.64
220
Table 1 represented that out of 220 Hindi medium teachers only 9 (4.09%) teachers are highly satisfied, 170
(77.27%) teachers are moderately satisfied and 41 (18.64%) teachers are low satisfied.
Table 2 : showing Job Satisfaction level of English medium teachers
Satisfaction
Level
High
Satisfaction
Moderate
Satisfaction
Low
Satisfaction
N
English Md. Teachers

[ P25 =16 & P75 =24 ]
No.
%
48
41.38
40
34.48
28
24.14
116
In case of English medium teachers out of 116 teachers 48 (41.38%) teachers are highly satisfied, 40 (34.48%)
teachers are moderately satisfied and 28 (24.14%) teachers are low satisfied [Table 2].
Table 3: showing statistical data for Job Satisfaction of Hindi and English medium higher secondary school
teachers
Group
Mean
Standard
Deviation
Hindi Md.
English Md.
21.59
21.44
4.49
4.88
SED
Calculated
't' value
Degree of
freedom
0.54
0.28
333
Table value of
't' at .05 and .01
levels
1.97(.05),
2.34(.01)
Significanc
e Level
Not
significant
The results indicate that the difference between mean of scores of job satisfaction of Hindi and English medium
teachers is insignificant. The calculated' value (0.28) is found insignificant even at .05 level of significance. Hence
hypothesis There is no significance difference between the job satisfaction of Hindi and English medium Higher
Secondary Schools' Teachers " has been accepted.
www.ijsir.co.in
122

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
CONCLUSION
Both Hindi and English medium school teachers are
satisfied with their job. But English medium teachers
show comparatively more satisfaction than Hindi
medium teachers. They feel that teaching is the best
profession for them and they feel proud to be a teacher.
It may be concluded that there are indications that
teacher's level of job satisfaction have a positive
relation with success in teaching. A positive
favourable attitude makes the work not only easier but
also more satisfying and professionally rewarding. If
the teachers enjoy their job with positive attitude, their
work will be easier, expert like and will have long
lasting impact on the society.
REFERENCES
1. Chattopadhyay & Bhattacharya, Impact of
personality characteristics & mode of adjustment
to job satisfaction & job effectiveness of secondary
school teachers, Social Science International
Journal 18(1), 64-71.
2. Evans L., Teacher Morale, Job Satisfaction and
Motivation, SAGE Publication India, New Delhi,
1998, https://books.google.co.in/books.
3. Garrett H. E., Woodworth R.S., Statistics in
Psychology and Education, Paragon International
Publishers, Delhi, 2007.
4. Gesinde A.M. and Gbadebo O. A, Job Satisfaction
Status of Primary School Teachers in OTA,
Nigeria, European Journal of Educational Studies
4 ( 1 ) , 2 0 1 2 p g 11 - 1 8 , h t t p : / / w w w. o z e l
academy.com.
5. Gupta SP, 1980, A Study of Job Satisfaction at
Three Levels of Teaching, Ph.D. Thesis, Meerut
University.
123
6. Klassen R and Ming Ming Chiu, Effects on

Teachers' Self-Efficacy and Job Satisfaction:
Teacher Gender, Years of Experience, and Job
Stress, Journal of Educational Psychology 2010
American Psychological Association,2010, Vol.
102, No. 3, 741756,http://www.researchgate.net/
publication.
7. Kothari C.R., Research Methodology Methods and
Techniques, New Age international Limited
Publishers, New Delhi, 2010.
8. KoulLokesh, Methodology of Educational
Research, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi,
2008.
9. Lal Roshan, Shergill S S, A Comparative Study Of
Job Satisfaction And Attitude Towards Education
Among Male And Female Teachers Of Degree
Colleges, INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF
MARKETING, FINANCIAL SERVICES &
MANAGEMENT RESEARCH ,Vol.1 No.
1,January 2012, ISSN2277 3622,
http://indianresearchjournals. Com/pdf/IJMFSMR
/2012/January/5_IJMFMR_ROSHAN.pdf, Feb
27, 2013.
10. Panda BB, (2002), Job Satisfaction of college
teachers in the context of type of management,
The Educational Review, 45(4), 76-79.
11. Suryanarayana N.V.S. and Luciana. M.Z,
Teaching Competency and Teacher Job
Satisfaction among Secondary School Teachers,
o n l i n e a r t i c l e d i r e c t o r y, A u g 2 3 , 2 0 1 0 ,
<www.articlebase.com>, Feb04, 2011.
12. Vi s h a l S o o d , A n a n d A . , P r o f e s s i o n a l
Commitment Among B.Ed. Teacher Educators of
Himachal Pradesh, <www.ejournal.aiaer. net>,
Feb04, 2011.
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF SCIENTIFIC & INNOVATIVE RESEARCH

(A Bi-annual Official Journal of Sky Institute, a constituent Institution of BALA JI FOUNDATION established
under Societies Registration Act 1860)
AIM & SCOPE
The International Journal of Scientific & Innovative Research (IJSIR)is a bi-annual published on line/ offline
journal which publishes innovative research papers, reviews, mini reviews, short communications and notes
dealing with all branches of science, technology, engineering health and agriculture. All manuscripts are subject to
rapid peer review, those of high quality (not previously published and not under consideration for publication in
another journal) contributing significantly to further the scientific knowledge in science, technology, engineering,
health and agriculture will be published without delay. The subjects will cover all the disciplines and branches of
science, technology, engineering, health and agriculture.
EDITORIAL POLICY
The criteria for publication are originality high scientific quality and interest to a multidisciplinary audience. Papers
not sufficiently substantiated by experimental detail will not be published. Any technical queries will be referred
back to the author although the Editors reserve the right to make alterations in the text without altering the technical
content. Manuscripts submitted under multiple authorships are reviewed on the assumption that all listed authors
concur with the submission and that a copy of the final manuscript has been approved by all authors. If accepted, the
manuscripts shall not be published elsewhere in the same form in either the same or another language without the
consent of the Editors.
International Journal of Scientific and Innovative Research insists on ethical practices in both human and animal
experimentation. Evidence for approval by a institutional Ethics Committee (for both human as well as animal
studies) must be supplied by the authors on demand. Animal experimental procedure should be on humane as
possible and the details of anesthetics and analgesics used should be clearly stated. The ethical standards of
experiments must be in accordance with the guidelines provided by the CPCSEA (animal) and ICMR (human). The
journal will not consider any paper which is ethically unacceptable. A statement on ethics committee permission
must be included in all research articles under the Materials and Methods section. Authors must be careful when
they reproduce text, tables and illustrations from other sources. Plagiarism will be viewed seriously. All accepted
papers are subject to editorial changes. All rights are reserved to editor-in-chief, International Journal of Scientific
& Innovative Research (IJSIR). IJSIR will be published bi-annually in the month of July (January-June issue) and
January (July-December issue) every year.
IJSIR would take much care in making your article published without much delay with your kind cooperation.
A Broad ranging open access journal.
Fast and efficient online submission.
Expert peer review.
Rapid publications and high visibility.
Cost saving.
Ability to track the publication processing progress.
Ease of contacting the IJSIR Journal
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
INSTRUCTION TO AUTHORS
The International Journal of Scientific and Innovative Research is a bi-annually published online / offline Journal
which publishes innovative research papers, reviews, mini-reviews, short communications and notes dealing with
all branches of science, technology and engineering, health and agriculture. All manuscripts are subject to rapid peer
review. Those of high quality (not previously published and not consideration for publication in another journal)
will be published without delay.
MANUSCRIPT FORMAT
The preferred format of all manuscript is MS Word or RTF. Illustrations (figures) and images must be inserted in the
manuscript at the position they should appear when published.
PREPARATION OF MANUSCRIPTS
RESEARCH PAPER
The language of the journal is English. Each manuscript should be typed double-spaced on A4 (8.5" x 11") paper
size with 1 inch margins. It should be arranged in the following order: Title, Abstract, Keywords, Introduction,
Materials and Methods, Results, Conclusion, Acknowledgement, References.
Title Page
Title page should contain title of the paper in bold face, title case (font size 14), names of the authors in normal face,
upper case (font size 12) followed by the address in normal face lower case. The author to whom all correspondence
be addressed should be denoted by an asterisk mark. The title should be as short as possible and precisely indicate
the nature of the work in the communication. Names of the authors should appear as initials followed by surnames.
At the bottom left corner of the title page, please mention *Address For correspondence and provide a functional
e-mail address. Address of the corresponding author to whom all correspondence may be sent should be given only
if is different from the address already given under authors names.
Abstract
Should start on a new page after the title page and should be typed in single-space to distinguish it from the
Introduction. Abstracts should briefly reflect all aspects of the study, as most databases list mainly abstracts.
Key-words
Provide four to six appropriate key words after abstract.
Introduction
Shall start immediately after the abstract, as the next paragraph, but should be typed in double- space. The
Introduction should lead the reader to the importance of the study; tie-up published literature with the aims of the
study and clearly states the rationale behind the investigation.
Materials and Methods
Shall start as a continuation to introduction on the same page. All important materials used along with their source
shall be mentioned. The main methods used shall be briefly described, citing references. Trivial details may be
avoided. New methods or substantially modified methods may be described in sufficient detail. The statistical
method and the level of significance chosen shall be clearly stated. IJSIR prefers to publish work that has been
subjected to an appropriate statistical test at one level of significance.
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Results
All findings presented in tabular or graphical form shall be described in this section. The data should be statistically
analyzed and the level or significance stated. Data that is not statistically significant need only to be mentioned in the
text no illustration is necessary. All tables and figures must have a title or caption and legend to make them selfexplanatory. Results section shall start after materials and methods section on the same page.
Discussion
This section should follow results, deal with the interpretation of result, convey how they help increase current
understanding of the problem and should be logical. Unsupported hypothesis should be avoided. The Discussion
should state the possibilities the results uncover that need to be further explored. There is no need to include another
title such as Conclusions at the end of Discussion. Results and discussion of results can also be combined under
one section, Results and Discussion.
Acknowledgements
Should be given after the text and not in the form of foot-notes.
References
Should be numbered consecutively in the order in which they are first mentioned in the text (not in alphabetic order).
Identify references in text, tables and legends by Arabic numerals in superscript in square brackets. References cited
only in tables or figure legends should be numbered in accordance with the sequence established by the first
identification in the text of the particular table or figure.
Journal Articles
Singh N., Verma P., Pandey B.R., Gilca M. Role of Withania somnifera in Prevention and Treatment of Cancer: An
Overview. International Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences and Drug Research. 2011; 3(4): 274-279.
A Book
Singh N, Gilca M. Herbal Medicine Science embraces tradition a new insight into the ancient Ayurveda. Edn 1,
Lambert Academic Publishing (Germany), 2010, pp. 115-116.
A chapter in a Book
Nadkarni KM, Indian Materia Medica. Edn 3, Vol. I, Popular Prakashan, Mumbai, 2000, pp. 242-246.
A Report
World Health Organization. The World Health Report 2004: changing history. Geneva: WHO; 2004.
Conference Proceedings
Stock A, Signal Trasduction in Bacheria. In the Proceedings of the 2004 Markey Scholars Conference. 2004, pp. 8089.
A Thesis
Strunk, JL. The extraction of mercury from sediment and the geochemical partitioning of mercury in sediments
from Lake Superior, M.S. thesis, Michigan State Univ. East Lansing, Ml, 1991
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Illustrations
Tables Should be typed on separate sheets of paper and should not preferably contain any molecular structures.
Only MS word table format should be used for preparing tables. Tables should show lines separating columns but
not those separating rows except for the top row that shows column captions. Tables should be numbered
consecutively in Arabic numerals and bear a brief title in capital letters normal face. Tables should not be very large
that they run more than one A4 sized page.
Figures
Should be on separate pages but not inserted within the text. Figures should be numbered consecutively in Arabic
numerals and bear a brief title in lower case bold face letters below the figure. Graphs and bar graphs should
preferably be prepared using Microsoft Excel and submitted as Excel graph pasted in MS Word.
Abbreviations, Units Etc
Authors should follow internationally agreed rules especially those adopted by the IUPAC-IUB Commission on
Biochemical Nomenclature (CBN). The journal will essentially follow the rules defined in the IUPAC Manual of
symbols and terminology for physico-chemical quantities and units.
Short Communications
The journal publishes exciting findings, preliminary data or studies that did not yield enough information to make a
full paper as short communications. These have the same format requirements as full papers but are only up to 10
pages in length in total. Short Communications should not have subtitles such as Introduction, Materials and
Methods, Results and Discussion all these have to be must into the running text. Short Communications preferably
should have only 3-4 illustrations.
Review Articles
Should be about 15-30 pages long, contain up-to-date information, comprehensively cover relevant literature and
preferably be written by scientists who have in -depth knowledge on the topic. All format requirements are same as
those applicable to full papers. Review articles need not be divided into section such as materials and methods and
results and discussions, but should definitely have an abstract and introduction if necessary.
Submission of Manuscript
All manuscripts (must be in English and in MS Word format) and should be submitted via our online system or
through e-mail editorijsir02@gmail.com, as an attachment for quick evaluation.
Manuscript Charges
There is no charge for the processing of papers but author(s) of each accepted paper is required to pay a publication
charge of Rs. 2,000 for Indian authors and US $ 125 for foreign authors before the accepted paper is published.
Copyright and Permissions
Submission is a representation that the manuscript has not been published previously and is not under consideration
for publication elsewhere. Authors would be required to sign a form (to be supplied by the Editor) transferring
copyright before the manuscript can be published. By submitting a manuscript to the editor or publisher you are
deemed to have granted permission to publish the manuscript.
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
Ethical Matters
Authors using experimental animals and human subjects in their investigation must seek approval from the
appropriate Ethical Committee. The method section must include a statement to prove that the investigation was
approved and that informed consent was obtained.
Galley Proofs
Proofs will sent via e-mail as an Acrobat PDF (Portable Document Format) file. Acrobat Reader will be required in
order to read the PDF.
Manuscript Submission Process:
1. First you should Read Author Instructions and
2. Download Cover letter -fill the necessary fields and scan it and send to our email address along with
manuscript or Upload through Online Manuscript submission option.
3. Submit your prepared manuscript through email or Online submission option.
4. Download Copy Right Form and Sign it (by the corresponding/main author) and send its scanned copy
only to Email ID editorijsir02@gmail.com.
(Without this signed undertaking your paper would not get displayed.)
Track Your Manuscript: New Option of our IJSIR web portal.
You can track the status of your manuscript through the online production process. Please provide your Manuscript
ID to know the status.
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
COVER LETTER
Date
Place
From
(Name and Address of the corresponding author)
To,
Editor-in-Chief
International Journal of Scientific and Innovative Research (IJSIR)
Sir,
Ref:
Title Type Subject Branch
In reference to the above title, I as a corresponding author submit the manuscript for publication in International
Journal of Scientific and Innovative Research. I undertake that animal study (if any) was taken after the prior
approval of country/institutional ethical committee. This manuscript has not been published or considered for
publication by any other journal or elsewhere. Kindly consider the manuscript for publication in your journal.
Thank you
Corresponding author name
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
PRINT SUBSCRIPTION RATES

International Journal of Scientific and Innovative Research (IJSIR)
SUBSCRIPTION FORM
Complete and submit this form to order an individual /institutional subscription for the print version of the
International Journal of Scientific and Innovative Research (IJSIR), a bi- annual journal. The journal is published in
month of July (January-June) and January (July-December) every year.
Select Your Subscription:
Individual Subscription
Institutional Subscription
Note: Subscriber should submit the subscription form to email ID: editorijsir02@gmail.com
Subscribers Name: (It includes first name, last name and professional credential (if any)
NAME .......................................................................................................
INSTITUTIOANAL/ INDIVIDUAL ADDRESS ..........................................
....................................................................................................
STATE .............. CITY..........................
PIN CODE ................... COUNTRY.................................
PHONE NUMBER(S) .........................................................................................
E-MAIL ADDRESS......................................................................................
PAYMENT DETAILS:
BANK NAME ...........................................................
DD NO/ CHEQUE NO ....................................... DATE ..................
AMOUNT.............................................................
SUBSCRIPTION RATE
FOR INDIVIDUAL 3000/- OR 200 US$ FOR FIVE YEAR
FOR INSTITUTION- 5000/- OR 250 US$ FOR FIVE YEAR
Payment should be made in favor of BALAJI FOUNDATION, payable at LUCKNOW.

NOTE: Fees once paid will not be refunded in any circumstances.
SIGNATURE
www.ijsir.co.in

P-ISSN 2347-2189, E- ISSN 2347-4971
UNDERTAKING*
I _____________________________________________________________ (corresponding author), working as

__________________ (Designation), in __________________(Department/ Affiliation),
submit
the
manuscript
No.
_____
do
hereby
entitled:
______________________________________, authors _________, _____________, _______________

(names of all authors) for publication in International Journal of Scientific and Innovative Research.
I / We declare that this is an original research work and is not previously published or presented elsewhere in any
language and is also not in consideration in any other journal simultaneously.
I /we, all authors of the above manuscript are agree that the content of this manuscript will not be copyrighted,
submitted, or published elsewhere (including the internet), and is also not plagiarized from any language.
I/We also solemnly affirm that not any brand name of drug/product/manufacturer was included in this manuscript to
avoid legal hindrance and I / We will responsible to face any dispute, pointed out by anyone in future.
Name with designation/affiliation

of the corresponding author
Name of all author
Signature
Affiliation
1.____________________________________
________________
________________
2.____________________________________
________________
________________
3.____________________________________
________________
________________
*This undertaking must be submitted along with submission of the manuscript in IJSIR.
www.ijsir.co.in
RESEARCH
The Sky Institute gives a lot of emphasis on research
in various areas of science, technology, engineering
health , agriculture andalso in subjects related to
humanities and education with a view to develop
skilled human resources in higher education and
research sector. Sky institute has started to publish a
bi-annual scientific journal "International Journal of
Scientific and Innovative Research (IJSIR)" :PISSN
2347- 2189, E ISSN 2347-4971 (website
wwwijsir.co.in), which publishes innovative research
papers, reviews, minireviews, short communications
and notes dealing with all branches of science,
technology, engineering, health and agriculture. The
institute is also developed a research laboratory in
the area of biotechnology in order to conduct
multidisciplinary R & D work in frontier areas of
biotechnology and allied disciplines for the benefit of
society and ailing humanity.
science and engineering graduates both at under

graduate and post graduate level as part of the
fulfillment of their graduate and post graduate
courses. The Biotechnological Research Laboratory
set up at Sky Institute will help science and
engineering graduates/post graduates in building
their scientific and technological skill in the area of
biotechnology which has enormous scope in research
and industries. The Institute also conducts summer
training programs for under graduates and post
graduates (science and engineering) in various areas
including biotechnology, herbal sciences, computer
sciences etc. for upgrading their knowledge and
technical skill which help them immensely in
building their careers in education, research and
industry sectors.
EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS
At present, Sky Institute is running various
educational courses in collaboration with universities.
TRAINING
The Sky Institute conducts training programs for
CONTACT DETAILS:
Website: www.skylucknow.com
Campus 1:
SKY INSTITUTE
Shivam Palace II, Near Sports College, Opp. Petrol Pump, Mishrpur, KursiRoad, Lucknow, PIN 226026
Mobile :+91 9839414406, +91 8417009592, +91 9794849800
e-Mail : balajisky169@gmail.com
Campus 2:
SKY INSTITUTE
4/285, Vivek Khand, Opp. Petrol Pump, Patrakarpuram, Gomti Nagar, Lucknow, PIN 226010
Mobile :+919839414406, +91-522-4107526
e-Mall : mohitsky25@gmail.com
ABOUT SKY INSTITUTE

Sky Institute, a constituent institution of BALAJI
FOUNDATION established under Societies
Registration Act 1860, has been functioning from the
year 2006. Sky institute aims to provide quality
education to young students with a view to develop
socially responsible future technologists and business
leaders with good communication spirit with a
commitment to economic development with a strong
multi disciplinary knowledge base and technical/
managerial skills. Graduates of Sky Institute will be
well prepared to succeed in an increasingly
competitive global economy.
With a focus on multidisciplinary research and
education and learning model, that emphasizes active
learning, Sky Institute aspires to be globally known
for education, research, innovation at the intersection
of disciplines. The institute provides a professional
learning environment that acts as a catalyst for the
exponential growth of students as well as
extracurricular abilities. It conducts courses at the
level of under graduate and post graduate followed by
research courses leading to M Phil and Ph.D. in all
subjects in association with universities.
VISION
To be known globally for education, research and
innovation at the intersection of disciplines

Improving lives through education, research and
innovation
To be an outstanding higher learning and research
Institution of excellence ever in pursuit of horizons

to build self reliant global citizens through assured
quality educational programs.
MISSION
To promote sustainable development of the Higher
Education consistent with statutory and regulatory

requirements.
To plan and continuously provide necessary
infrastructure learning resources required for

quality education and innovation.
To stimulate to extend the frontiers of knowledge
through faculty development and continuing

education programs.
To make research a significant activity involving
staff, students and society.

To promote industry/ organization interaction/
collaborations with regional national/ international

bodies.
To establish system for communication among all
stake holders for vision oriented growth.

INFRASTRUCTURE
Sky Institute is having sufficient infrastructure to
undertake educational and research programs in
various disciplines. Presently, it has two premises in
Lucknow one in Gomti Nagar and another at Kursi
Road with sufficient space and office infrastructure
including Wi-Fi internet facility, telephone and
computers. In addition, Biotechnological Research
Laboratory with adequate equipment facility has been
setup in its premises situated at Kursl Road, Lucknow
with main emphasis to undertake multidisciplinary
research and development (R & D) projects of
societal benefits in frontier areas of biotechnology
(industrial biotechnology, medical biotechnology,
environmental biotechnology and agricultural
biotechnology) and allied areas, which will also help
in developing trained and highly skilled human
resource in science and technology (S & T) sector for
the benefit of the country. In addition, Sky Institute
has also established a computer laboratory and is
strengthening its library in this premises The institute
is also having a conference hall in its premises
situated at Kursi Road, Lucknow.

International Journal of Scientific and Innovative Research 2015 3 (2) P-ISSN 2347-2189, E - ISSN 2347-4971

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

International Journal of Scientific and Innovative Research 2015 3 (2) P-ISSN 2347-2189, E - ISSN 2347-4971

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

VOLUME 3, ISSUE 2 (JULY - DECEMBER) 2015

International Journal of Scientific and Innovative Research 2015; 3(2)

COMMITTEE FOR EDITORIAL ASSISTANCE

Dr. Pankaj Verma

Shri Sanjay Pandey

Shri Ashish Tiwari

Shri Sanjay Dixit

Shamshul Hasan Khan

Prof. (Dr.) R. L. Singh

Former Vice Chancellor, CCS Meerut University, Meerut, Uttar Pradesh

Prof & Head, Department of Biochemistry & Coordinator Biotechnology

Dr. Sarita Verma

Prof.(Dr.) M.I. Khan

Prof. (Dr.) S.K. Avasthi

Prof.(Dr.) Amrika Singh

Prof. (Dr.) U.N. Dwivedi

Prof. (Dr.) U.K. Misra

Dr. A.K. Gupta

Prof. (Dr.) Amod Kumar Tiwari,

Prof.(Dr.) Chandra Dhar Dwivedi

Prof. (Dr.) Vimal Kishore

Prof. (Dr.) S.P. Singh

Prof. (Dr.) S.K.Agarwal

Dr. Bharat Sah

Prof. (Dr.)N.S. Verma

Prof. (Dr.)A.K. Tripathi

Dr. Rupesh Chaturvedi

Dr. Mohd. Tarique

International Journal of Scientific and Innovative Research 2015; 3(2)

Dr. Vinod Singh

Assoc. Prof. & Head, Deptt. of Microbiology, Baruktulla University, Bhopal,

Prof.(Dr.) R.K. Singh

Assoc. Prof., Deptt. of Physics & Electronics.Dr. R. M. L. Awadh University ,

Prof. (Dr.) R.S.Diwedi

Dr. Atul Gupta

Dr. Saudan Singh,

Prof. (Dr.) Nuzhat Husain

Senior Principal Scientist, CSIR- Central Institute of Medicinal & Aromatic

Prof. (Dr.) Amita Jain

Senior Principal Scientist ,CSIR- National Botanical Research Institute,

Prof. Deptt. of Microbiology, K.G. Medical University, Lucknow, U.P.

Dr. Shivani Pandey,

Dr. Sudhir Mahrotra

Asstt. Prof., Deptt. of Biochemistry,K.G.Medical University, Lucknow, U.P.

Associate Prof., Deptt. of Biochemistry, Lucknow University, Lucknow, U.P.

Dr. B.C. Yadav,

Prof. (Dr.) Vibha Singh

Prof., Deptt. of Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery, Faculty of Dental Sciences,

Dr. Anchal Srivastava,

Prof. (Dr.) U.S. Pal

Prof., Deptt of Physics, Lucknow University,Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh

Dr. Shalini Bariar

Prof. (Dr. ) K.K. Pant

Associate Professor, Thakur Institute of Management Studies and

Prof. & Head, Deptt. of Pharmacology & Therapeutics,

Principal Scientist, National Bureau of Fish Genetic Resources,Lucknow, U.P.

Dr. Suneet Kumar Awasthi,

G.M. LML Factory, Kanpur Uttar Pradesh

Dr. R.D. Tripathi

Asst. Prof, Deptt.of Physics J.P. University, Noida, Uttar Pradesh

Prof.(Dr.) Ashwani K. Srivastav

Prof .(Dr.) Bali Ram

Asst. Prof, Deptt. of Physics Amity University, Noida ,Uttar Pradesh